Aitl Epc - Package - I Sbia

EPC
(ENGINEERING PROCUREMENT AND

CONSTRUCTION)
AGREEMENT
FOR
Design and Build the Infrastructure Works for Roads,

Drains, Culverts, Minor Bridges, Water Supply,
Sewerage, Power systems for Phase - I in Shendra Bidkin Industrial Area, Aurangabad, Maharashtra on
EPC Basis (Package - I)
Managing Director
Aurangabad Industrial Township Limited
Udyog Sarathi, MIDC office, Marol Industrial Area,
Andheri (East), Mumbai, Maharashtra 400093.
EPC Agreement
Table of Contents
S. No
Page No
PART I
Preliminary
10
Definitions and Interpretation
12
1.1
Definitions
12
1.2
Interpretation
12
1.3
Measurements and arithmetic conventions
15
1.4
Priority of Agreements and errors/discrepancies
15
1.5
Joint and several liability
15
PART II
Scope of the Project
17
18
2.1
18
Obligations of the Contractor
19
3.1
19
3.2
Obligations relating to sub-contracts and any other Agreements
21
3.3
Employment of foreign nationals
21
3.4
Contractors personnel
22
3.5
Advertisement on Project Site
22
3.6
Contractor's care of the Works
22
3.7
Electricity, water and other services
22
3.8
Unforeseeable difficulties
23
Obligations of the Employer
24
4.1
24
4.2
Maintenance obligations prior to the Appointed Date
25
4.3
Environmental Clearances
25
Representations and Warranties
27
5.1
Representations and warranties of the Contractor
27
5.2
Representations and warranties of the Employer
28
5.3
Disclosure
29
Disclaimer
30
6.1
Disclaimer
30
PART III
Construction and Maintenance
31
Performance Security
32
7.1
32
7.2
Extension of Performance Security
32
7.3
Appropriation of Performance Security
33
Design and Build the Infrastructure works for Roads, Drains, Culverts, Minor Bridges, Water
Supply, Sewerage, Power systems for Phase-I in Shendra-Bidkin Industrial Area, Aurangabad,
Maharashtra on EPC Basis (Package I)
EPC Agreement
7.4
Release of Performance Security
33
7.5
Retention Money
33
Right of Way
35
8.1
The Site
35
8.2
Procurement of the Site
35
8.3
Damages for delay in handing over the Site
36
8.4
Site to be free from Encumbrances
37
8.5
Protection of Site from encroachments
37
8.6
Special/temporary Right of Way
38
8.7
Access to the Employer and the Employers Engineer
38
8.8
Geological and archaeological finds
38
Utilities and Trees
39
9.1
Existing utilities and roads
39
9.2
Shifting of obstructing utilities
39
9.3
New utilities
39
9.4
Felling of trees
41
10
Design and Construction of the Project Works
42
10.1
Obligations prior to commencement of Works
42
10.2
Design and Drawings
44
10.3
Construction of the Project Works
46
10.4
Maintenance during Construction Period
47
10.5
Extension of time for completion
47
10.6
Incomplete Works
49
10.7
Maintenance Manual
49
11
Quality Assurance, Monitoring and Supervision
50
11.1
Quality of Materials and workmanship
50
11.2
Quality control system
50
11.3
Methodology
50
11.4
Inspection and technical audit by the Employer
51
11.5
External technical audit
51
11.6
Inspection of Construction records
51
11.7
Monthly progress reports
51
11.8
Inspection
51
11.9
Samples
52
11.10
Tests
52
11.11
Examination of work before covering up
52
11.12
Rejection
53
11.13
Remedial work
53
11.14
Delays during Construction
54
EPC Agreement
11.15
Quality control records and Documents
54
11.16
Video recording
54
11.17
Suspension of unsafe Construction Works
54
12
Completion Certificate
56
12.1
Tests on completion
56
12.2
Provisional Certificate
56
12.3
Completion of remaining Works
57
12.4
58
12.5
Rescheduling of Tests
58
13
Change of Scope
59
13.1
Change of Scope
59
13.2
Procedure for Change of Scope
59
13.3
Payment for Change of Scope
61
13.4
Restrictions on Change of Scope
61
13.5
Power of the Employer to undertake Works
61
14
Maintenance
62
14.1
Maintenance obligations of the Contractor
62
14.2
Maintenance Requirements
63
14.3
Maintenance Programme
63
14.4
Safety, vehicle breakdowns and accidents
63
14.5
Lane closure
63
14.6
64
14.7
Reduction of payment for non-performance of Maintenance

obligations
Employers right to take remedial measures
64
14.8
Restoration of loss or damage to Project Works
64
14.9
Overriding powers of the Employer
65
15
Supervision and Monitoring during Maintenance
66
15.1
Inspection by the Contractor
66
15.2
Inspection and payments
66
15.3
Tests
67
15.4
Reports of unusual occurrence
67
16
Traffic Regulation
68
16.1
Traffic regulation by the Contractor
68
17
Defects Liability
69
17.1
Defects Liability Period
69
17.2
Remedying Defects
69
17.3
Cost of remedying Defects
69
EPC Agreement
17.4
Contractors failure to rectify Defects
69
17.5
Contractor to search cause
70
17.6
Extension of Defects Liability Period
70
18
Employers Engineer
71
18.1
Appointment of the Employers Engineer
71
18.2
Duties and Employer of the Employers Engineer
71
18.3
Delegation by the Employers Engineer
72
18.4
Instructions of the Employers Engineer
72
18.5
Determination by the Employers Engineer
72
18.6
Remuneration of the Employers Engineer
73
18.7
Termination of the Employers Engineer
73
PART IV Financial Covenants
74
19
Payments
75
19.1
Contract Price
75
19.2
Advance Payment
75
19.3
Procedure for estimating the payment for the Works
76
19.4
Stage Payment Statement for Works
77
19.5
Stage Payment for Works
77
19.6
Monthly Maintenance Statement of the Project Works
78
19.7
Payment for Maintenance of the Project Works
78
19.8
Payment of Damages
79
19.9
Time of payment and interest
79
19.10
Price adjustment for the Works
80
19.11
Restrictions on price adjustment
81
19.12
Price adjustment for Maintenance of Project Highway
81
19.13
Final Payment Statement
81
19.14
Discharge
82
19.15
Final Payment Certificate
82
19.16
Final payment statement for Maintenance
82
19.17
Change in law
83
19.18
Correction of Interim Payment Certificates
83
19.19
Employers claims
83
19.20
Bonus for early completion
84
20
Insurance
85
20.1
Insurance for Works and Maintenance
85
20.2
Notice to the Employer
86
20.3
Evidence of Insurance Cover
86
20.4
Remedy for failure to insure
86
20.5
Waiver of subrogation
87
EPC Agreement
20.6
Contractors waiver
87
20.7
Cross liabilities
87
20.8
Accident or injury to workmen
87
20.9
Insurance against accident to workmen
87
20.10
Application of insurance proceeds
88
20.11
Compliance with policy conditions
88
Part V
Force Majeure and Termination
89
21
Force Majeure
90
21.1
Force Majeure
90
21.2
Non-Political Event
90
21.3
Indirect Political Event
91
21.4
Political Event
91
21.5
Duty to report Force Majeure Event
92
21.6
Effect of Force Majeure Event on the Agreement
93
21.7
Termination Notice for Force Majeure Event
93
21.8
Termination Payment for Force Majeure Event
94
21.9
Dispute resolution
94
21.10
Excuse from performance of obligations
94
22
Suspension of Contractors Rights
95
22.1
Suspension upon Contractor Default
95
22.2
Employer to act on behalf of the Contractor
95
22.3
Revocation of Suspension
95
22.4
Termination
96
23
Termination
97
23.1
Termination for Contractor Default
97
23.2
Termination for Employer Default
99
23.3
Termination for Employers convenience
100
23.4
Requirements after Termination
100
23.5
Valuation of Unpaid Works
100
23.6
Termination Payment
101
23.7
Other rights and obligations of the Parties
102
23.8
Survival of rights
103
PART VI Other Provisions
104
24
Assignment and Charges
105
24.1
Restrictions on assignment and charges
105
24.2
Hypothecation of Materials or Plant
105
25
Liability and Indemnity
106
25.1
General indemnity
106
EPC Agreement
25.2
Indemnity by the Contractor
106
25.3
Notice and contest of claims
107
25.4
Defence of claims
107
25.5
No consequential claims
108
25.6
Survival on Termination
108
26
Dispute Resolution
109
26.1
Dispute Resolution
109
26.2
Conciliation
109
26.3
Arbitration
109
26.4
Adjudication by Regulatory Employer, Tribunal or Commission
110
27
Miscellaneous
111
27.1
Governing law and jurisdiction
111
27.2
Waiver of immunity
111
27.3
Delayed payments
111
27.4
Waiver
112
27.5
Liability for review of Documents and Drawings
112
27.6
Exclusion of implied warranties etc.
112
27.7
Survival
112
27.8
Entire Agreement
113
27.9
Severability
113
27.10
No partnership
113
27.11
Third Parties
113
27.12
Successors and assigns
114
27.13
Notices
114
27.14
Language
114
27.15
Counterparts
114
27.16
Confidentiality
114
27.17
Copyright and Intellectual Property rights
115
27.18
Limitation of Liability
115
28
Definitions
116
28.1
Definitions
116
EPC Agreement
Schedules:
Schedule-A
Site of the Project..,,,..127 - 138
Schedule-B
Development of the Project ...139 - 188
Schedule-C
Project Facilities.....189 - 192
Schedule-D
Specifications and Standards..183 - 260
Schedule-E
Maintenance Requirements....261 - 268
Schedule-F
Applicable Permits.269 - 270
Schedule-G
Form of Bank Guarantee277 - 280
Schedule-H
Contract Price Weightages..281 - 291
Schedule-I
Drawings.....292 - 295
Schedule-J
Project Completion Schedule.296 - 298
Schedule-K
Tests on Completion.......299 - 301
Schedule-L
Provisional/ Completion Certificate...302 - 304
Schedule-M
Payment reduction for non-compliance..305 - 308
Schedule-N
Selection of Employers Engineer..309 - 316
Schedule-O
Forms of Payment Statements....317 - 318
Schedule-P
Insurance.....319 - 320
Schedule-Q
3D BIM Requirements....321 - 389
Schedule-R
Guideline for Health, Safety and Environment Plan......390 - 401
Schedule-S
Project Management Requirements....402 - 405
Schedule -T
Aerial Photography......406- 408
Schedule U Reports.409
EPC Agreement
Part I
Preliminary
EPC Agreement
ENGINEERING, PROCUREMENT AND CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT THIS

AGREEMENT is entered into on this the .. day of , 20.
BETWEEN
The Aurangabad Industrial Township Limited (AITL), represented by its Managing
Director, incorporated under Indian laws having its registered office at [Mumbai]
(hereinafter referred to as the Employer which expression shall, unless repugnant to
the context or meaning thereof, include its administrators, successors and assigns) of
one part;
AND
{------------,} means the selected bidder incorporating under Indian laws having its
registered office at , (hereinafter referred to as the Contractor which
expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its
successors and permitted assigns) of the Other Part.
WHEREAS:
(A) A special purpose vehicle viz Aurangabad Industrial Township Limited (AITL),
is set up (the Employer) with the equity participation of Central and State
Governments for procurement and Construction of trunk infrastructure in
Shendra-Bidkin Industrial Area (SBIA), Aurangabad, Maharashtra.
(B)
Accordingly, the Employer has decided to undertake the Design and B uild
the Infrastructure Works for Roads, Drains, Culverts, Water Supply,
Sewerage, Power systems for Phase - I in Shendra-Bidkin Industrial Area,
Aurangabad, Maharashtra on EPC Basis (Package - I), (the Project),
through Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) basis, in
accordance with the terms and conditions to be set forth in an Agreement to be
entered into.
(C)
The Employer had accordingly invited proposals by its [Request for

Qualification No. *** dated ***] (the Request for Qualification or
RFQ) for short listing of bidders for EPC of the Project and had
shortlisted certain bidders including, inter alia, the selected bidder.
(D) The E m pl oyer h a d presc ribe d the technical and commercial terms and
conditions, and invited bids (the Request for Proposals or RFP) from the
bidders shortlisted pursuant to the RFQ for undertaking the Project.
(E) After evaluation of the bids received, the Employer had accepted the Bid of the
selected bidder and issued its Letter of Acceptance No. .. dated
.. (hereinafter called the LOA) to the selected bidder Design and
Build the Infrastructure Works for Roads, Drains, Culverts, Water
Page 10
EPC Agreement
Supply, Sewerage, Power systems Infrastructure for Phase - I in ShendraBidkin Industrial Area, Aurangabad, Maharashtra on EPC Basis
(Package - I) at the contract price specified hereinafter, requiring the selected
bidder to inter alia:
(a) deliver to the Employer a legal opinion from the legal counsel of the
selected bidder with respect to the authority of the selected bidder to
enter into this Agreement and the enforceability of the provisions
thereof, within 10 (ten) days of the date of issue of LOA; and
(b) execute this Agreement within 30 (Thirty) days of the date of issue of
LOA.
(F)
The Contractor has fulfilled the requirements specified in Recital (E) above;
NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and
Agreements set forth in this Agreement, the sufficiency and adequacy of which is hereby
acknowledged, the Employer hereby covenants to pay the Contractor, in consideration
of the obligations specified herein, the Contract Price or such other sum as may
become payable under the provisions of the Agreement at the times and in the manner
specified by the Agreement and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties agree as
follows:
Page 11
EPC Agreement
ARTICLE 1
1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
1.1
Definitions
The words and expressions beginning with capital letters and defined in this
Agreement (including those in Article 28) shall, unless the context otherwise
requires, have the meaning ascribed thereto herein, and the words and
expressions defined in the Schedules and used therein shall have the
meaning ascribed thereto in the Schedules.
1.2
Interpretation
1.2.1
In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires,

(a)
references to any legislation or any provision thereof shall include

amendment or re-enactment or consolidation of such legislation or
any provision thereof so far as such amendment or re-enactment or
consolidation applies or is capable of applying to any transaction
entered into hereunder;
(b)
references to laws of India or Indian law or regulation having

the force of law shall include the laws, acts, ordinances, rules,
regulations, bye laws or notifications which have the force of law in
the territory of India and as from time to time may be amended,
modified, supplemented, extended or re-enacted;
(c)
references to a person and words denoting a natural person shall

be construed as a reference to any individual, firm, company,
corporation, society, trust, Government, state or agency of a state or
any association or partnership (whether or not having separate legal
personality) of two or more of the above and shall include
successors and assigns;
(d)
the table of contents, headings or sub-headings in this Agreement

are for convenience of reference only and shall not be used in, and
shall not affect, the Construction or interpretation of this Agreement;
(e)
the words include and including are to be construed without

limitation and shall be deemed to be followed by without
limitation or but not limited to whether or not they are followed
by such phrases;
(f)
references to Construction or building include, unless the

context otherwise requires, survey and investigation, design,
developing, engineering, procurement, supply of plant, Materials,
equipment, labour, delivery, transportation, installation, processing,
fabrication, testing, and commissioning of the Project Works,
including Maintenance during the Construction Period, removing
Page 12
EPC Agreement
of defects, if any, and other activities incidental to the Construction

and construct or build shall be construed accordingly;
(g)
references to development include, unless the context

otherwise requires, Construction, renovation, refurbishing,
augmentation, upgradation and other activities incidental thereto
during the Construction Period, and develop shall be construed
accordingly;
(h)
any reference to any period of time shall mean a reference to that

according to Indian standard time;
(i)
any reference to day shall mean a reference to a calendar day;
(j)
references to a business day shall be construed as a reference to

a day (other than a Sunday) on which banks in Aurangabad
are generally open for business;
(k)
any reference to month shall mean a reference to a calendar month

as per the Gregorian calendar;
(l)
references to any date, period or Project Milestone shall mean and

include such date, period or Project Milestone as may be extended
pursuant to this Agreement;
(m)
any reference to any period commencing from a specified day

or date and till or until a specified day or date shall include
both such days or dates; provided that if the last day of any
period computed under this Agreement is not a business day, then
the period shall run until the end of the next business day;
(n)
the words importing singular shall include plural and vice versa;
(o)
references to any gender shall include the other and the neutral
gender;
(p)
lakh means a hundred thousand (100,000) and crore means ten

million (10,000,000);
(q)
indebtedness shall be construed so as to include any obligation

(whether incurred as principal or surety) for the payment or
repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;
(r)
references to the winding-up, dissolution, insolvency, or

reorganization of a company or corporation shall be construed so
as to include any equivalent or analogous proceedings under the law
of the jurisdiction in which such company or corporation is
incorporated or any jurisdiction in which such company or
corporation carries on business including the seeking of
liquidation, winding-up,re organization, dissolution, arrangement,
protection or relief of debtors;
Page 13
EPC Agreement
(s)
save and except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any

reference, at any time, to any Agreement, deed, instrument, license or
document of any description shall be construed as reference to that
Agreement, deed, instrument, license or other document as amended,
varied, supplemented, modified or suspended at the time of such
reference; provided that this Clause shall not operate so as to increase
liabilities or obligations of the Employer hereunder or pursuant hereto
in any manner whatsoever;
(t)
any Agreement, consent, approval, authorization,

notice,
communication, information or report required under or pursuant to
this Agreement from or by any Party or the Employers Engineer
shall be valid and effective only if it is in writing under the hand of a
duly authorized representative of such Party or the Employers
Engineer, as the case may be, in this behalf and not otherwise;
(u)
the Schedules and Recitals to this Agreement form an integral part of

this Agreement and will be in full force and effect as though they
were expressly set out in the body of this Agreement;
(v)
references to Recitals, Articles, Clauses, Sub-clauses or Schedules in

this Agreement shall, except where the context otherwise requires,
mean references to Recitals, Articles, Clauses, Sub-clauses and
Schedules of or to this Agreement, and references to a Paragraph
shall, subject to any contrary indication, be construed as a reference
to a Paragraph of this Agreement or of the Schedule in which such
reference appears;
(w)
the Damages payable by either Party to the other of them, as set

forth in this Agreement, whether on per diem basis or otherwise, are
mutually agreed genuine per-estimated loss and damage likely to be
suffered and incurred by the Party entitled to receive the same and are
not by way of penalty (the Damages); and
(x)
Time shall be of the essence in the performance of the Parties

respective obligations. If any time period specified herein is extended
for the reasons specified in the Agreement, such extended time shall
also be of the essence.
1.2.2
Unless expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement, any Documentation

required to be provided or furnished by the Contractor to the Employer
shall be provided free of cost and in three copies, and if the Employer is
required to return any such Documentation with its comments and/or
approval, it shall be entitled to retain two copies thereof.
1.2.3
The rule of Construction, if any, that a contract should be interpreted against

the Parties responsible for the drafting and preparation thereof, shall not
apply.
Page 14
EPC Agreement
1.2.4
Any word or expression used in this Agreement shall, unless otherwise

defined or construed in this Agreement, bear its ordinary English
meaning and, for these purposes, the General Clauses Act, 1897 shall not
apply.
1.3
Measurements and arithmetic conventions

All measurements and calculations shall be in the metric system and
calculations done to 2 (two) decimal places, with the third digit of 5 (five) or
above being rounded up and below 5 (five) being rounded down.
1.4
Priority of Agreements and errors/discrepancies
1.4.1
This Agreement, and all other Agreements and documents forming part of or
referred to in this Agreement are to be taken as mutually explanatory and,
unless otherwise expressly provided elsewhere in this Agreement, the
priority of this Agreement and other documents and Agreements forming
part hereof or referred to herein shall, in the event of any conflict between
them, be in the following order:
(a) this Agreement; and
(b) all other Agreements and documents forming part hereof or referred to
herein; i.e. this Agreement at (a) above shall prevail over the
Agreements and documents at (b).
1.4.2
Subject to the provisions of Clause 1.4.1, in case of ambiguities or

discrepancies within this Agreement, the following shall apply:
(a) between two or more Clauses of this Agreement, the provisions of a
specific Clause relevant to the issue under consideration shall prevail
over those in other Clauses;
(b) between the Clauses of this Agreement and the Schedules, the Clauses
shall prevail and between Schedules and Annexes, the Schedules shall
prevail;
(c) between any two Schedules, the Schedule relevant to the issue shall
prevail;
(d) between the written description on the Drawings and the Specifications
and Standards, the latter shall prevail;
(e) between the dimension scaled from the Drawing and its specific written
dimension, the latter shall prevail; and
(f) between any value written in numerals and that in words, the latter
shall prevail.
1.5
Joint and several liability
1.5.1
If the Contractor has formed a Joint Venture of two or more persons

for implementing the Project:
Page 15
EPC Agreement
(a) these persons shall, without prejudice to the provisions of this

Agreement, be deemed to be jointly and severally liable to the
Employer for the performance of the Agreement; and
(b) the Contractor shall ensure that no change in the composition of the
Consortium is effected without the prior consent of the Employer.
1.5.2
Without prejudice to the joint and several liability of all the members of the
Consortium, the Lead Member shall represent all the members of
the Consortium and shall at all times be liable and responsible for
discharging the functions and obligations of the Contractor. The Contractor
shall ensure that each member of the Consortium shall be bound
by any decision, communication, notice, action or inaction of the Lead
Member on any matter related to this Agreement and the Employer shall be
entitled to rely upon any such action, decision or communication of the
Lead Member. The Employer shall have the right to release payments solely
to the Lead Member and shall not in any manner be responsible or liable
for the inter se allocation of payments among members of the
Consortium$.
$ This Clause 1.5 may be omitted if the Contractor is not a Corsortium. Even if the contractor is a
Consortium the Authority may,at its discretion,delete this provision
Page 16
EPC Agreement
Part II
Scope of Project
Page 17
EPC Agreement
ARTICLE 2
2. SCOPE OF THE PROJECT
2.1

Under this Agreement, the scope of the Project (the Scope of the Project)
shall mean and include:
(a) Design and Build the Infrastructure Works of Roads, Drains,
Culverts, Water Supply, Sewerage, Power systems for Phase-I in
Shendra-Bidkin Industrial Area, Aurangabad, Maharashtra on
EPC Basis (Package - I) on the Site set forth in Schedule- A and as
specified in Schedule-B together with provision of Project Facilities
as specified in Schedule-C, and in conformity with the Specifications
and Standards set forth in Schedule-D;
(b) Maintenance of the Project in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement and in conformity with the requirements set forth in
Schedule-E; and
(c) performance and fulfillment of all other obligations of the Contractor
in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and matters
incidental thereto or necessary for the performance of any or all of the
obligations of the Contractor under this Agreement.
Page 18
EPC Agreement
ARTICLE 3
3. OBLIGATIONS OF THE CONTRACTOR
3.1
3.1.1
Subject to and on the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Contractor
shall undertake the survey, investigation, design, engineering, procurement,
Construction, and Maintenance of the Project Roads and Services/utilities as
defined in Scope and observe, fulfill, comply with and perform all its
obligations set out in this Agreement or arising hereunder.
3.1.2
The Contractor shall comply with all Applicable Laws and Applicable
Permits (including renewals as required) in the performance of its obligations
under this Agreement.
3.1.3
Subject to the provisions of Clauses 3.1.1 and 3.1.2, the Contractor shall
discharge its obligations in accordance with Good Industry Practice.
3.1.4
The Contractor shall remedy any and all loss or damage to the Project
Roads and Services/utilities from the Appointed Date until the end of the
Construction Period at the Contractors cost, save and except to the extent
that any such loss or damage shall have arisen from any default or neglect of
the Employer.
3.1.5
The Contractor shall remedy any and all loss or damage to the Project Roads
and Services/utilities during the Defects Liability Period at the Contractors
cost to the extent that such loss or damage shall have arisen out of the
reasons specified in Clause 17.3.
3.1.6
The Contractor shall remedy any and all loss or damage to the Project Roads
and Services/utilities during the Maintenance Period at the Contractors cost,
including those stated in Clause 14.1.2, save and except to the extent that
any such loss or damage shall have arisen on account of any default or
neglect of the Employer or on account of a Force Majeure Event.
3.1.7
The Contractor shall, at its own cost and expense, in addition to and not in
derogation of its obligations elsewhere set out in this Agreement:
(a) make, or cause to be made, necessary applications to the relevant
Government Instrumentalities with such particulars and details as
may be required for obtaining Applicable Permits set forth in
Schedule-F and obtain and keep in force and effect such Applicable
Permits in conformity with the Applicable Laws;
(b) procure, as required, the appropriate proprietary rights, licenses,
Agreements and permissions for Materials, methods, processes and
systems used or incorporated into the Project Roads and Services;
Page 19
EPC Agreement
(c) make reasonable efforts to maintain harmony and good industrial

relations among the personnel employed by it or its Sub-contractors in
connection with the performance of its obligations under this
Agreement;
(d) ensure and procure that its Sub-contractors comply with all
Applicable Permits and Applicable Laws in the performance by them
of any of the Contractors obligations under this Agreement;
(e) not do or omit to do any act, deed or thing which may in any manner
be violative of any of the provisions of this Agreement;
(f) support, cooperate with and facilitate the Employer in the
implementation and operation of the Project in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement;
(g) ensure that the Contractor and its Sub-contractors comply with the
safety and welfare measures for labor in accordance with the
Applicable Laws and Good Industry Practice;
(h) keep, on the Site, a copy of this Agreement, publications named in
this Agreement, the Drawings, Documents relating to the Project, and
Change of Scope Orders and other communications given under this
Agreement. The Employers Engineer and its authorised personnel
shall have the right of access to all these documents at all reasonable
times;
(i) cooperate with other contractors employed by the Employer and
personnel of any public authority; and
(j) not interfere unnecessarily or improperly with the convenience of the
public, or the access to and use and occupation of all roads and
footpaths, irrespective of whether they are public or in the possession
of the Employer or of others.
(k) the Contractor shall be responsible for development of 3D BIM model
in all stages of Design and Construction as per the requirements
mentioned in Schedule Q.
(l) the Contractor shall prepare Project specific Health, safety and
Environment plan based on guidelines provided in Schedule-R for
implementation.
(m) Contractor and their sub-contractors shall comply with Project
Management requirements as mentioned in Schedule-S.
(n) the Contractor shall conduct the aerial photography of the Project as
mentioned in Schedule T
3.1.8
The Contractor shall undertake all necessary superintendence to plan,

arrange, direct, manage, inspect and test the Works.
Page 20
EPC Agreement
3.2
Obligations relating to sub-contracts and any other Agreements
3.2.1
The Contractor shall not sub-contract any Works in more than 50% (fifty per
cent) of the total contract amount of the Project and shall carry out
Works directly under its own supervision and through its own personnel in at
least 50% (fifty per cent) of the total contract amount of the Project.
Provided, however, that in respect of the Works carried out directly by the
Contractor, it may enter into contracts for the supply and installation of
Materials, Plant, equipment, road furniture, safety devices and labor, as the
case may be, for such Works. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree
that the Contractor may sub-divide the aforesaid Works of 50% (fifty per
cent) in no more than 5 (five) sections of the Project Scope. The Parties
further agree that all obligations and liabilities under this Agreement for the
entire Project Works shall at all times remain with the Contractor. In case of
a Joint Venture, the Parties also agree that obligation of the Contractor to
carry out Works directly in at least 50% (fifty per cent) of the total contract
amount of the Project shall be discharged solely by the Lead Member.
3.2.2
In the event any sub-contract for Works, or the aggregate of such

subcontracts with any Sub-contractor, exceeds 5% (five percent) of the
Contract Price, the Contractor shall communicate the name and particulars,
including the relevant experience of the sub-contractor, to the Employer
prior to entering into any such sub-contract. The Employer shall examine the
particulars of the sub- contractor from the national security and public
interest perspective and may require the Contractor, no later than 15
(fifteen) business days from the date of receiving the communication from
the Contractor, not to proceed with the sub- contract, and the Contractor
shall comply therewith.
3.2.3
In the event any sub-contract referred to in Clause 3.2.2 relates to a

subcontractor who has, over the preceding 3 (three) years, not undertaken at
least one work of a similar nature with a contract value exceeding 40% (forty
per cent) of the value of the sub-contract to be awarded hereunder and
received payments in respect thereof for an amount equal to at least such
40% (forty per cent), the Employer may, no later than 15 (fifteen) business
days from the date of receiving the communication from the Contractor,
require the Contractor not to proceed with such sub-contract, and the
Contractor shall comply therewith.
3.2.4
It is expressly agreed that the Contractor shall, at all times, be responsible

and liable for all its obligations under this Agreement notwithstanding
anything contained in the Agreements with its Sub-contractors or any other
Agreement that may be entered into by the Contractor, and no default under
any such Agreement shall excuse the Contractor from its obligations or
liability hereunder.
Page 21
3.3
EPC Agreement
Employment of foreign nationals

The Contractor acknowledges, agrees and undertakes that employment of
foreign personnel by the Contractor and/or its Sub-contractors and their
subcontractors shall be subject to grant of requisite regulatory permits and
Approvals including employment/residential visas and work permits, if any
required, and the obligation to apply for and obtain the same shall and will
always be of the Contractor. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in this Agreement, refusal of or inability to obtain any such
permits and approvals by the Contractor or any of its Sub-contractors or their
sub-contractors shall not constitute Force Majeure Event, and shall not in any
manner excuse the Contractor from the performance and discharge of its
obligations and liabilities under this Agreement.
3.4
Contractors personnel
3.4.1
The Contractor shall ensure that the personnel engaged by it or by its

Subcontractors in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement
are at all times appropriately qualified, skilled and experienced in their
respective functions in conformity with Good Industry Practice.
3.4.2
The Employers Engineer may, for reasons to be specified in writing, direct

the Contractor to remove any member of the Contractors or Subcontractors
personnel. Provided that any such direction issued by the Employers
Engineer shall specify the reasons for the removal of such person.
3.4.3
The Contractor shall on receiving such a direction from the Employers

Engineer order for the removal of such person or persons with immediate
effect. It shall be the duty of the Contractor to ensure that such persons are
evicted from the Site within 10 (ten) days of any such direction being issued
in pursuance of Clause 3.4.2. The Contractor shall further ensure that such
persons have no further connection with the Works or Maintenance under
this Agreement. The Contractor shall then appoint (or cause to be appointed)
a replacement.
3.5
Advertisement on Project Site

The Project Site or any part thereof shall not be used in any manner to
advertise any commercial product or services.
3.6
Contractor's care of the Works

The Contractor shall bear full risk in and take full responsibility for the care
of the Works, and of the Materials, goods and equipment for incorporation
therein, from the Appointed Date until the date of Provisional Certificate
(with respect to the Works completed prior to the issuance of the
Provisional Certificate) and/or Completion Certificate (with respect to the
Works referred to in the Punch List), save and except to the extent that any
such loss or damage shall have arisen from any default or neglect of the
Employer.
3.7
Electricity, water and other services

The Contractor shall be responsible for procuring of all power, water and
other services that it may require.
Page 22
3.8
EPC Agreement
Unforeseeable difficulties
Except as otherwise stated in the Agreement:
(a) The Contractor accepts complete responsibility for having foreseen all
difficulties and costs of successfully completing the Works;
(b) The Contract Price shall not be adjusted to take account of any
unforeseen difficulties or costs; and
(c) The Scheduled Completion Date shall not be adjusted to take account of
any unforeseen difficulties or costs.
Page 23
EPC Agreement
ARTICLE 4
4. OBLIGATIONS OF THE EMPLOYER
4.1
4.1.1
The Employer shall, at its own cost and expense, undertake, comply with and
perform all its obligations set out in this Agreement or arising hereunder.
To assist in due discharge of its obligation, the Employer has appointed
Programme Manager for New Cities, (PMNC). The role of the PMNC is
to perform activities necessary to plan, integrate, package, administer and
manage the implementation of SBIA Projects. Specifically, the PMNC will
be responsible for conceptualization of Projects and further, during the
design and Construction stage, overseeing the work of consultants and
contractors, including reviewing, monitoring, resolution of interface issues,
and reporting to the State nodal agency and AITL on the Programme
progress. All communications relating to contract management on this
Project shall be submitted to the PMNC for final approval of Employer.
4.1.2
The Employer shall be responsible for the correctness of the Scope of the
Project, Project Facilities, Specifications and Standards and the criteria for
testing of the completed Works.
4.1.3
The Employer shall provide to the Contractor:

(a) upon receiving the Performance Security under Clause 7.1.1, the
Right of Way in accordance with the provisions of Clauses 8.2 and
8.3, within a period of 15 (fifteen) days from the date of this
Agreement, on no less than 90% (ninety per cent) of the total length
of the Project Right of Way and;
(b) Not used
(c)
all environmental clearances as required under Clause 4.3.
4.1.4
Not used
4.1.5
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement,

the Parties expressly agree that the aggregate Damages payable under
Clauses 8.3 and 9.2 shall not exceed 1% (one per cent) of the Contract
Price. For the avoidance of doubt, the Damages payable by the Employer
under the aforesaid Clauses shall not be additive if they arise concurrently
from more than one cause but relate to the same part of the Project Works.
Both the Parties agree that payment of these Damages shall be full and final
settlement of all claims of the Contractor and such compensation shall be the
sole remedy against delays of the Employer and both Parties further agree
this as final cure against delays of the Employer.
4.1.6
The Employer agrees to provide support to the Contractor and undertakes to

observe, comply with and perform, subject to and in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement and the Applicable Laws, the following:
Page 24
EPC Agreement
(a) upon written request from the Contractor, and subject to the
Contractor complying with Applicable Laws, provide reasonable
support to the Contractor in procuring Applicable Permits required
from any Government Instrumentality for implementation of the
Project;
(b) upon written request from the Contractor, provide reasonable
assistance to the Contractor in obtaining access to all necessary
infrastructure facilities and utilities, including water and electricity at
rates and on terms no less favourable than those generally available to
commercial customers receiving substantially equivalent services;
(c) procure that no barriers that would have a Material Adverse Effect on
the Works are erected or placed on or about the Project Site by any
Government Instrumentality or persons claiming through or under it,
except for reasons of Emergency, national security, law and order or
collection of inter-state Taxes;
(d) not do or omit to do any act, deed or thing which may in any manner
be violative of any of the provisions of this Agreement;
(e) support, cooperate with and facilitate the Contractor in the
implementation of the Project in accordance with the provisions of
this Agreement; and
(f) upon written request from the Contractor and subject to
provisions of Clause 3.3, provide reasonable assistance to
Contractor and any expatriate personnel of the Contractor or
Subcontractors to obtain applicable visas and work permits for
purposes of discharge by the Contractor or its Sub-contractors
their obligations under this Agreement and the Agreements with
Subcontractors.
4.2
the
the
its
the
of
the
Maintenance obligations prior to the Appointed Date

The Employer shall, prior to the Appointed Date, maintain the Project Site,
at its own cost and expense, so that its traffic worthiness and safety are at
no time Materially inferior as compared to its condition 10 (ten) days prior
to the last date for submission of the Bid, and in the event of any
Material deterioration or damage other than normal wear and tear,
undertake repair thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, the Employer shall
undertake only routine Maintenance prior to the Appointed Date, and it
shall undertake special repairs only in the event of excessive deterioration
or damage caused due to unforeseen events such as floods or earthquake.
4.3
Environmental Clearances
The Employer represents and warrants that the environmental clearances
required for Construction of the Project are being procured by the Employer.
The Employer agrees and undertakes that the environmental clearances
shall be procured by the Employer no later than 60(sixty) days from the
Appointed Date. In the event of any delay beyond such 60(sixty) days, the
Page 25
EPC Agreement
Contractor shall be entitled to Time Extension for the period of such delay in
accordance with the provision of Clause 10.5 of this Agreement and shall
also be entitled to Damages calculated as if the Right of Way for and in
respect of such sections of the Project Right of way has not been provided in
accordance with the provisions of Clause 8.2 and as a consequence
thereof, the Contractor shall be entitled to Damages under and in
accordance with the provisions of Clause 8.3. For the avoidance of doubt,
the present status of environmental clearances is specified in Schedule-A.
Page 26
EPC Agreement
ARTICLE 5
5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
5.1
Representations and warranties of the Contractor

The Contractor represents and warrants to the Employer that:
(a) it is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of India, and has
full power and Employer to execute and perform its obligations under
this Agreement and to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby;
(b) it has taken all necessary corporate and/or other actions under
Applicable Laws to authorize the execution and delivery of this
Agreement and to validly exercise its rights and perform its
obligations under this Agreement;
(c) this Agreement constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation,
enforceable against it in accordance with the terms hereof, and its
obligations under this Agreement will be legally valid, binding and
enforceable obligations against it in accordance with the terms hereof;
(d) it is subject to the laws of India, and hereby expressly and irrevocably
waives any immunity in any jurisdiction in respect of this Agreement or
matters arising thereunder including any obligation, liability or
responsibility hereunder;
(e) the information furnished in the Bid and as updated on or before the
date of this Agreement is true and accurate in all respects as on the
date of this Agreement;
(f) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement will not
conflict with, result in the breach of, constitute a default under, or
accelerate performance required by any of the terms of its
memorandum and articles of association or any Applicable Laws or any
covenant, contract, Agreement, arrangement, understanding, decree
or order to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties or
assets is bound or affected;
(g) there are no actions, suits, proceedings, or investigations pending or,
to its knowledge, threatened against it at law or in equity before any
court or before any other judicial, quasi-judicial or other authority, the
outcome of which may result in the breach of this Agreement or
which individually or in the aggregate may result in any Material
impairment of its ability to perform any of its obligations under this
Agreement.
(h) it has no knowledge of any violation or default with respect to any
order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or any legally binding
order of any Government Instrumentality which may result in any
Page 27
EPC Agreement
Material adverse effect on its ability to perform its obligations under

this Agreement and no fact or circumstance exists which may give
rise to such proceedings that would adversely affect the performance
of its obligations under this Agreement;
(i) it has complied with Applicable Laws in all Material respects and has
not been subject to any fines, penalties, injunctive relief or any other
civil or criminal liabilities which in the aggregate have or may have a
Material adverse effect on its ability to perform its obligations under
this Agreement;
(j) no representation or warranty by it contained herein or in any other
document furnished by it to the Employer or to any Government
Instrumentality in relation to Applicable Permits contains or will
contain any untrue or misleading statement of Material fact or omits
or will omit to state a Material fact necessary to make such
representation or warranty not misleading;
(k) no sums, in cash or kind, have been paid or will be paid, by it or on its
behalf, to any person by way of fees, commission or otherwise for
securing the contract or entering into this Agreement or for
influencing or attempting to influence any officer or employee of the
Employer in connection therewith;
(l) all information provided by the {selected bidder/ members of the
Consortium} in response to the Request for Qualification and Request
for Proposals or otherwise, is to the best of its knowledge and belief,
true and accurate in all Material respects; and
(m) nothing contained in this Agreement shall create any contractual
relationship or obligation between the Employer and any Subcontractors, designers, consultants or agents of the Contractor.
5.2
Representations and warranties of the Employer

The Employer represents and warrants to the Contractor that:
(a) it has full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its
obligations under this Agreement and to carry out the transactions
contemplated herein and that it has taken all actions necessary to
execute this Agreement, exercise its rights and perform its
obligations, under this Agreement;
(b) it has taken all necessary actions under the Applicable Laws to
authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement;
(c) it has the financial standing and capacity to perform its obligations
under this Agreement;
(d) this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation
enforceable against it in accordance with the terms hereof;
Page 28
EPC Agreement
(e) it has no knowledge of any violation or default with respect to any

order, writ, injunction or any decree of any court or any legally
binding order of any Government Instrumentality which may result in
any Material adverse effect on the Employers ability to perform its
obligations under this Agreement;
(f) it has complied with Applicable Laws in all Material respects;
(g) it has good and valid right to the Site and has the power and authority
to grant the Right of Way in respect thereof to the Contractor; and
(h) it has procured Right of Way and environment clearances such that
the Contractor can commence Construction forthwith on 90% (ninety
per cent) of the total length of the Project Right of Way.
5.3
Disclosure
In the event that any occurrence or circumstance comes to the attention of
either Party that renders any of its aforesaid representations or warranties
untrue or incorrect, such Party shall immediately notify the other Party of the
same. Such notification shall not have the effect of remedying any breach of
the representation or warranty that has been found to be untrue or incorrect
nor shall it adversely affect or waive any obligation of either Party under this
Agreement.
Page 29
EPC Agreement
ARTICLE 6
6. DISCLAIMER
6.1
Disclaimer
6.1.1
The Contractor acknowledges that prior to the execution of this Agreement,

the Contractor has, after a complete and careful examination, made an
independent evaluation of the Request for Qualification, Request for
Proposal, Scope of the Project, Specifications and Standards of design,
Construction and Maintenance, Site, local conditions, physical qualities of
ground, subsoil and geology, traffic volumes, suitability and availability of
access routes to the Site and all information provided by the Employer or
obtained, procured or gathered otherwise, and has determined to its
satisfaction the accuracy or otherwise thereof and the nature and extent of
difficulties, risks and hazards as are likely to arise or may be faced by it in
the course of performance of its obligations hereunder. Save as provided in
Clause 4.1.2 and Clause 5.2, the Employer makes no representation
whatsoever, express, implicit or otherwise, regarding the accuracy, adequacy,
correctness, reliability and/or completeness of any assessment, assumptions,
statement or information provided by it and the Contractor confirms that it
shall have no claim whatsoever against the Employer in this regard.
6.1.2
The Contractor acknowledges and hereby accepts to have satisfied itself as

to the correctness and sufficiency of the Contract Price.
6.1.3
The Contractor acknowledges and hereby accepts the risk of inadequacy,

mistake or error in or relating to any of the matters set forth in Clause 6.1.1
above and hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Employer shall not be
liable for the same in any manner whatsoever to the Contractor, or any
person claiming through or under any of them, and shall not lead to any
adjustment of Contract Price or Scheduled Completion Date.
6.1.4
The Parties agree that any mistake or error in or relating to any of the
matters set forth in Clause 6.1.1 above shall not vitiate this Agreement, or
render it voidable.
6.1.5
In the event that either Party becomes aware of any mistake or error relating
to any of the matters set forth in Clause 6.1.1 above, that Party shall
immediately notify the other Party, specifying the mistake or error.
6.1.6
Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all risks relating to the

Project shall be borne by the Contractor; and the Employer shall not be
liable in any manner for such risks or the consequences thereof.
Page 30
EPC Agreement
Part III
Construction and Maintenance
Page 31
EPC Agreement
ARTICLE 7
7. PERFORMANCE SECURITY
7.1
7.1.1
The Contractor shall, for the performance of its obligations hereunder during
the Construction Period, provide to the Employer, within 10 (ten) days of the
date of this Agreement, an irrevocable and unconditional guarantee from a
Bank in the form set forth in Schedule-G (the Performance Security) for
an amount equal to 7.5% (seven and half percent) of the Contract Price.
The Performance Security shall be valid until 60 (sixty) days after the
Defects Liability Period. Until such time the Performance Security is
provided by the Contractor pursuant hereto and the same comes into effect,
the Bid Security shall remain in force and effect, and upon such provision of
the Performance Security, the Employer shall release the Bid Security to the
Contractor. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties expressly agree that the
Contractor shall provide, no later than 30 (thirty) days prior to the expiry of
the Performance Security for the Defects Liability Period specified in Clause
17.1.1, a Performance Security in respect of the extended Defects Liability
Period specified in Clause 17.1.2 for an amount equal to 5% (five per cent)
of the estimated cost of Structures and Major Bridges specified therein.
7.1.2
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the

Parties agree that in the event of failure of the Contractor to provide the
Performance Security in accordance with the provisions of Clause 7.1.1
and within the time specified therein or such extended period as may be
provided by the Employer, in accordance with the provisions of Clause
7.1.3, the Employer may encash the Bid Security and appropriate the
proceeds thereof as Damages, and thereupon all rights, privileges, claims and
entitlements of the Contractor under or arising out of this Agreement shall be
deemed to have been waived by, and to have ceased with the concurrence of
the Contractor, and this Agreement shall be deemed to have been terminated
by mutual Agreement of the Parties.
7.1.3
In the event the Contractor fails to provide the Performance Security

within 10 (ten) days of this Agreement, it may seek extension of time for a
period not exceeding 20 (twenty) days on payment of Damages for such
extended period in a sum calculated at the rate of 0.05% (zero point zero five
per cent) of the Contract Price for each day until the Performance Security is
provided.
7.2
Extension of Performance Security

The Contractor may initially provide the Performance Security for a period of
2 (two) years; provided that it shall procure the extension of the validity of
the Performance Security, as necessary, at least 2 (two) months prior to the
date of expiry thereof. Upon the Contractor providing an extended
Performance Security, the previous Performance Security shall be deemed
to be released and the Employer shall return the same to the Contractor
within a period of 7 (seven) business days from the date of submission of
the extended Performance Security.
Page 32
EPC Agreement
7.3
Appropriation of Performance Security
7.3.1
Upon occurrence of a Contractors Default, the Employer shall, without

prejudice to its other rights and remedies hereunder or in law, be entitled to
encash and appropriate the relevant amounts from the Performance Security
as Damages for such Contractors Default.
7.3.2
Upon such encashment and appropriation from the Performance Security,

the Contractor shall, within 30 (thirty) days thereof, replenish, in case of
partial appropriation, to its original level the Performance Security, and in
case of appropriation of the entire Performance Security provide a fresh
Performance Security, as the case may be, and the Contractor shall,
within the time so granted, replenish or furnish fresh Performance Security
as aforesaid failing which the Employer shall be entitled to terminate the
Agreement in accordance with Article 23. Upon replenishment or furnishing
of a fresh Performance Security, as the case may be, as aforesaid, the
Contractor shall be entitled to an additional Cure Period of 30 (thirty) days
for remedying the Contractors Default, and in the event of the Contractor
not curing its default within such Cure Period, the Employer shall be entitled
to encash and appropriate such Performance Security as Damages, and to
terminate this Agreement in accordance with Article 23.
7.4
Release of Performance Security

The Employer shall return the Performance Security to the Contractor
within 60 (sixty) days of the later of the expiry of the Maintenance Period
or the Defects Liability Period under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the
aforesaid, the Parties agree that the Employer shall not be obliged to
release the Performance Security until all Defects identified during the
Defects Liability Period have been rectified.
7.5
Retention Money
7.5.1
From every payment for Works due to the Contractor in accordance with
the provisions of Clause 19.5, the Employer shall deduct 6% (six per cent)
thereof as guarantee money for performance of the obligations of the
Contractor during the Construction Period (the Retention Money) subject
to the condition that the maximum amount of Retention Money shall not
exceed 5% (five per cent) of the Contract Price.
7.5.2
Upon occurrence of a Contractors Default, the Employer shall, without

prejudice to its other rights and remedies hereunder or in law, be entitled to
appropriate the relevant amounts from the Retention Money as Damages
for such Contractors Default.
7.5.3
The Contractor may, upon furnishing an irrevocable and unconditional

Bank guarantee substantially in the form provided at Annex-II of ScheduleG, require the Employer to refund the Retention Money deducted by the
Employer under the provisions of Clause 7.5.1. Provided that the refund
hereunder shall be made in tranches of not less than 1% (one per cent) of
the Contract Price.
Page 33
EPC Agreement
7.5.4
Within 15 (fifteen) days of the date of issue of the Completion Certificate,

the Employer shall discharge the Bank guarantees furnished by the
Contractor under the provisions of Clause 7.5.3 and refund the balance of
Retention Money remaining with the Employer after adjusting the amounts
appropriated under the provisions of Clause 7.5.2 and the amounts refunded
under the provisions of Clause 7.5.3.
7.5.5
The Parties agree that in the event of Termination of this Agreement, the
Retention Money and the Bank guarantees specified in this Clause 7.5 shall
be treated as if they are Performance Security and shall be reckoned as
such for the purposes of Termination Payment under Clause 23.6.
Page 34
EPC Agreement
ARTICLE 8
8. RIGHT OF WAY
8.1
The Site
The Site of the Project Works (the Site) shall comprise the Site described
in Schedule-A in respect of which the Right of Way shall be provided by
the Employer to the Contractor. The Employer shall be responsible for:
(a) acquiring and providing Right of Way on the Site in accordance
with the alignment finalized by the Employer, free from all
encroachments and encumbrances, and free access thereto for the
execution of this Agreement; and
(b) obtaining licenses and permits for environment clearance for the
Project Works.
8.2
Procurement of the Site
8.2.1
The Employer Representative and the Contractor shall, within 15 (fifteen)

days of the date of this Agreement, inspect the Site and prepare a
memorandum containing an inventory of the Site including the vacant and
unencumbered land, buildings, structures, road Works, trees and any other
immovable property on or attached to the Site. Subject to the provisions of
Clause 8.2.3, such memorandum shall have appended thereto an appendix
(the Appendix) specifying in reasonable detail those parts of the Site to
which vacant access and Right of Way has not been given to the
Contractor. Signing of the memorandum, in two counterparts (each of
which shall constitute an original), by the authorized representatives of the
Parties shall be deemed to constitute a valid evidence of giving the Right
of Way to the Contractor for discharging its obligations under and in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and for no other purpose
whatsoever.
Whenever the Employer is ready to hand over any part or parts of the Site
included in the Appendix, it shall inform the Contractor, by notice, the
proposed date and time such of handing over. The Employer
Representative and the Contractor shall, on the date so notified, inspect the
specified parts of the Site, and prepare a memorandum containing an
inventory of the vacant and unencumbered land, buildings, structures, road
Works, trees and any other immovable property on or attached to the Site
so handed over. Signing of the memorandum, in two counterparts (each of
which shall constitute an original), by the authorized representatives of the
Parties shall be deemed to constitute a valid evidence of giving the relevant
Right of Way to the Contractor.
8.2.2
The Employer shall provide the Right of Way to the Contractor in respect
of all land included in the Appendix by the date specified in Schedule-A
for those parts of the Site referred to therein, or no later than 90 (ninety) days
of the Appointed Date for those parts of the Site which have not been
specified in Schedule-A, and in the event of delay for any reason other than
Page 35
EPC Agreement
Force Majeure or breach of this Agreement by the Contractor, it shall pay

to the Contractor, Damages in a sum calculated in accordance with Clause
8.3.
8.2.3
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Clause 8.2, the

Employer shall specify the parts of the Site, if any, for which Right of Way
shall be provided to the Contractor on the dates specified in Schedule-A.
Such parts shall also be included in the Appendix prepared in pursuance of
Clause 8.2.1. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties expressly agree that
the Appendix shall in no event contain sections of the Project length the
cumulative length of which exceeds 10% (ten per cent) of the total length
of the Project Right of Way.
8.3
Damages for delay in handing over the Site
8.3.1
In the event the Right of Way to any part of the Site is not provided by the
Employer on or before the date(s) specified in Clause 8.2 for any reason
other than Force Majeure or breach of this Agreement by the Contractor,
the Employer shall pay Damages to the Contractor in a sum calculated in
accordance with the following formula for and in respect of those parts of
the Site to which the Right of Way has not been provided:
Amount of Damages in Rs. per day per meter = 0.05 x C x 1/L x 1/N
Where
C = the Contract Price;
L = length of the Project Right of Way in meters; and
N = Completion period in days (Appointed Date to Scheduled
Completion Date)
In the event that any Damages are due and payable to the Contractor under
the provisions of this Clause 8.3.1 for delay in providing the Right of Way,
the Contractor shall, subject to the provisions of Clause 10.5, be entitled to
Time Extension equal to the period for which the Damages have become due
and payable under this Clause 8.3.1, save and except that:
(a) if any delays involve time overlaps, the overlaps shall not be
additive; and
(b) such Time Extension shall be restricted only to the Works which
are affected by the delay in providing the Right of Way.
For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties expressly agree that the Damages
specified hereunder and the Time Extension specified in Clause 10.5 shall
be restricted only to failure of the Employer to provide the Right of Way
for and in respect of the width of the roadway, its embankment and a parallel
working strip at least 3 (three) metres wide
Page 36
EPC Agreement
8.3.2

Contractor expressly agrees that Works on all parts of the Site for which
Right of Way is granted within 90 (ninety) days of the Appointed Date, or
with respect to the parts of the Site provided in Schedule-A, no later than the
date(s) specified therein, as the case may be, shall be completed before the
Scheduled Completion Date and shall not qualify for any Time Extension
under the provisions of Clause 8.3.1.
8.3.3

Employer may at any time withdraw any Works forming part of this
Agreement, subject to such Works not exceeding an aggregate value, such
value to be determined in accordance with Schedule-H, equal to 10(ten)
percent of the Contract Price.
Provided that if any Works cannot be undertaken within the municipal limits
of a town or within any area falling in a reserved forest or wildlife sanctuary,
as the case may be, because the requisite clearances or approvals for
commencing Construction of Works therein have not been given within 240
(two hundred and forty) days of the Appointed date, the affected Works shall
be deemed to be withdrawn under the provisions of this Clause 8.3.3 unless
the Parties agree to the contrary, and such Works shall not be computed for
the purposes of the aforesaid ceiling of 10% (ten per cent) hereunder. For the
avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that such withdrawal of Works
hereunder shall be without prejudice to the Contractor's entitlement to
Damages under Clauses 8.3 and 9.2.
8.3.4
In the event of withdrawal of Works under Clause 8.3.3, the Contract Price
shall be reduced by an amount equal to 90 (ninety) per cent of the value of
the Works withdrawn and the Contractor shall not be entitled to any other
compensation or Damages for the withdrawal of Works, save and except
for Damages as provided under Clauses 8.3 and 9.2.
Provided that if any Works are withdrawn after commencement of the
Construction of such Works, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor
110% (one hundred and ten per cent) of the fair value of the work done, as
assessed by the Employers Engineer:
8.4
Site to be free from Encumbrances

Subject to the provisions of Clause 8.2, the Site shall be made available by
the Employer to the Contractor pursuant hereto free from all Encumbrances
and occupations and without the Contractor being required to make any
payment to the Employer on account of any costs, compensation, expenses
and charges for the acquisition and use of such Site for the duration of the
Project Completion Schedule. For the avoidance of doubt, it is agreed that
the existing rights of way, easements, privileges, liberties and appurtenances
to the Site shall not be deemed to be Encumbrances. It is further agreed that,
unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, the Contractor accepts and
undertakes to bear any and all risks arising out of the inadequacy or physical
condition of the Site.
Page 37
8.5
EPC Agreement
Protection of Site from encroachments

On and after signing the memorandum and/or subsequent memorandum
referred to in Clause 8.2.1, and until the issue of the Completion Certificate,
the Contractor shall maintain a round-the-clock vigil over the Site and shall
ensure and procure that no encroachment thereon takes place. During the
Construction Period, the Contractor shall protect the Site from any and all
occupations, encroachments or Encumbrances, and shall not place or create
nor permit any Sub-contractor or other person claiming through or under the
Agreement to place or create any Encumbrance or security threat over all or
any part of the Site or the Project Assets, or on any rights of the Contractor
therein or under this Agreement, save and except as otherwise expressly set
forth in this Agreement. In the event of any encroachment or occupation on
any part of the Site, the Contractor shall report such encroachment or
occupation forthwith to the Employer and undertake its removal at its own
cost and expenses.
8.6
Special/temporary Right of Way

The Contractor shall bear all costs and charges for any special or
temporary right of way required by it in connection with access to the Site.
The Contractor shall obtain at its cost such facilities on or outside the Site
as may be required by it for the purposes of the Project Works and the
performance of its obligations under this Agreement.
8.7
Access to the Employer and the Employers Engineer
8.7.1
The Right of Way given to the Contractor hereunder shall always be

subject to the right of access of the Employer and the Employers Engineer
and their employees and agents for inspection, viewing and exercise of their
rights and performance of their obligations under this Agreement.
8.7.2
The Contractor shall ensure, subject to all relevant safety procedures, that the
Employer has un-restricted access to the Site during any emergency
situation, as decided by the Employers Engineer.
8.8
Geological and archaeological finds

It is expressly agreed that mining, geological or archaeological rights do
not form part of this Agreement with the Contractor for the Works, and the
Contractor hereby acknowledges that it shall not have any mining rights or
interest in the underlying minerals, fossils, antiquities, Structures or other
remnants or things either of particular geological or archaeological interest
and that such rights, interest and property on or under the Site shall vest in
and belong to the Employer or the concerned Government Instrumentality.
The Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions to prevent its
workmen or any other person from removing or damaging such interest or
property and shall inform the Employer forthwith of the discovery thereof
and comply with such instructions as the concerned Government
Instrumentality may reasonably give for the removal of such property. For
the avoidance of doubt, it is here by confirmed that any reasonable expenses
incurred by the Contractor hereunder shall be reimbursed by the
Employer. It is also agreed that the Employer shall procure that the
instructions hereunder are issued by the concerned Government
Instrumentality within a reasonable period.
Page 38
EPC Agreement
ARTICLE 9
9. UTILITIES AND TREES
9.1
Existing utilities and roads

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Contractor
shall ensure that the respective entities owning the existing roads, right of
way, level crossings, structures, or utilities on, under or above the Site
are enabled by it to keep them in continuous satisfactory use, if necessary, by
providing suitable temporary diversions with the authority of the controlling
body of that road, right of way or utility.
9.2
Shifting of obstructing utilities

The Contractor shall, in accordance with Applicable Laws and with
assistance of the Employer, cause shifting of any utility (including electric
lines, water
pipes and telephone cables) to an appropriate location or
alignment, if such utility or obstruction adversely affects the execution of
Works or Maintenance of the Project Works in accordance with this
Agreement. The actual cost of such shifting, as approved and communicated
by the entity owning the utility, shall be paid by the Contractor and
reimbursed by the Employer to the Contractor. In the event of any delay in
such shifting by the entity owning the utility beyond a period of 180 (one
hundred and eighty) days from the date of notice by the Contractor to the
entity owning the utility and to the Employer, the Contractor shall be entitled
to Damages in a sum calculated in accordance with the formula specified in
Clause 8.3.1 for the period of delay, and to Time Extension in accordance
with Clause 10.5 for and in respect of the part(s) of the Works affected by
such delay; provided that if the delays involve any time overlaps, the
overlaps shall not be additive.
9.3
New utilities
9.3.1
The Contractor shall allow, subject to such conditions as the Employer

may specify, access to, and use of the Site for laying telephone lines, water
pipes, electric cables or other public utilities. Where such access or use
causes any financial loss to the Contractor, it may require the user of the Site
to pay compensation or Damages as per Applicable Laws. For the avoidance
of doubt, it is agreed that use of the Site under this Clause 9.3 shall not in
any manner relieve the Contractor of its obligation to construct and maintain
the Project Works in accordance with this Agreement and any damage
caused by such u s e shall be restored forthwith at the cost of the Employer.
9.3.2
The Employer may, by notice, require the Contractor to connect any

adjoining road to the Project roads, and the connecting portion thereof falling
within the Site shall be constructed by the Contractor at the Employers cost
in accordance with Article 10.
Page 39
9.3.3
EPC Agreement
Contractor's acknowledgement
The Contractor acknowledges that Related Works shall be performed and

that it is of paramount importance that the design and execution of the Works
are co-ordinated with any Related Works.
9.3.3.1
(1)
Related Works' responsibilities

Accordingly, the Contractor shall at all times and otherwise in accordance
with the reasonable requirements and directions of the Employer's
Representative:
(a)
take all reasonable steps to co-ordinate and to integrate the design and
execution of the Works, including the work of Subcontractors, with
the activities of the Related Works Contractors; and
(b)
attend such co-ordination meetings called by the Employer's

Representative to plan, review and determine co-ordinated activities
for the management of interfaces between the Works and any Related
Works; and
(c)
at all times refrain from carrying out any operation on the Site in a
manner which is likely to cause damage or inconvenience to the
execution of any Related Works; where such damage or
inconvenience is the unavoidable consequence of operations properly
to be carried out on the Site, the Contractor shall not carry out such
operations without first giving reasonable advance notice in writing
thereof to the Employer's Representative (with a copy to those
responsible for carrying out any Related Works reasonably likely to
be affected thereby) with a view to reaching an agreed procedure to
prevent or minimise any such damage or inconvenience. In particular,
the Contractor shall at all times prevent the discharge of surface water
across the Site except where the Employer's Representative gives its
prior written consent for such discharge; and
(d)
at all times co-operate with the Employer, the Employer's

Representative and any Related Works Contractors so as to promote
and foster a co-ordinated and integrated approach to the Works and
any Related Works; and
(e)
monitor the coordination and integration of the Works with any

Related Works and advise the Employer's Representative in writing
as and when it becomes apparent that the design or execution of the
Works is likely to be the subject of delay and/or disruption and
recommend reasonable proposals to reduce or prevent such delay
and/or disruption.
Page 40
EPC Agreement
9.3.4
In the event the Construction of any Works is affected by a new utility or

Works undertaken in accordance with this Clause 9.3, the Contractor shall be
entitled to a reasonable Time Extension as determined by the Employers
Engineer.
9.4
Felling of trees
9.4.1
The Employer shall assist the Contractor in obtaining the Applicable Permits
for felling of trees to be identified by the Employer for this purpose if and
only if such trees cause a Material Adverse Effect on the Construction or
Maintenance of the Project Works. The cost of such felling shall be borne
by the Employer and in the event of any delay in felling thereof for
reasons beyond the control of the Contractor; it shall be excused for failure to
perform any of its obligations hereunder if such failure is a direct
consequence of delay in the felling of trees. The Parties hereto agree that the
felled trees shall be deemed to be owned by the Employer and shall be
disposed in such manner and subject to such conditions as the Employer may
in its sole discretion deem appropriate. For the avoidance of doubt, the
Parties agree that if any felling of trees hereunder is in a forest area, the
Applicable Permit thereof shall be procured by the Employer within the
time specified in the Agreement.
Page 41
EPC Agreement
ARTICLE 10
10. DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROJECT WORKS
10.1
Obligations prior to commencement of Works
10.1.1
Within 20 (twenty) days of the Appointed Date, the Contractor shall:

(a) appoint its representative, duly authorized to deal with the Employer
in respect of all matters under or arising out of or relating to this
Agreement;
(b) appoint a design director (the Design Director) who will head the
Contractors design unit and shall be responsible for surveys,
investigations, collection of data, and preparation of preliminary and
detailed designs;
(c) undertake and perform all such acts, deeds and things as may be
necessary or required before commencement of Works under and in
accordance with this Agreement, the Applicable Laws and Applicable
Permits; and
(d) make its own arrangements for quarrying of Materials needed for the
Project Works under and in accordance with the Applicable Laws
and Applicable Permits.
10.1.2
The Employer shall, within 15 (fifteen) days of the date of this Agreement,
appoint an engineer (the Employers Engineer) to discharge the functions
and duties specified in this Agreement, and shall notify to the Contractor the
name, address and the date of appointment of the Employers Engineer
forthwith.
10.1.3
Within 30 (thirty) days of the Appointed Date, the Contractor shall submit to
the Employer and the Employers Engineer a Programme (the
Programme) for the Works, developed using networking techniques
giving the following details:
Part I-Contractors organization for the Project, the general methods and
arrangements for design and Construction, environmental management plan,
Quality Assurance Plan including design quality plan, traffic management
and safety plan covering safety of users and workers during Construction,
Contractors key personnel and equipment.
Part II- Programme for completion of all stages of Construction given in
Schedule-H and Project Milestones of the Works as specified in
Project
Completion Schedule set forth in Schedule-J. The Programme shall include:
(a) the order in which the Contractor intends to carry out the Works,
including the anticipated timing of design and stages of Works;
Page 42
EPC Agreement
(b) the periods for reviews under Clause 10.2;

(c) the sequence and timing of inspections and Tests specified in this
Agreement.
The Contractor shall submit a revised Programme whenever the previous
Programme is inconsistent with the actual progress or with the Contractors
obligations.
Part III Monthly cash flow forecast.
10.1.4
The Contractor shall compute, on the basis of the Drawings prepared in

accordance with Clause 10.2.4, and provide to the Employers Engineer, the
length, area and numbers, as the case may be, in respect of the various items
of work specified in Schedule-H and comprising the Scope of the Project.
The Parties expressly agree that these details shall form the basis for
estimating the interim pa yments for the Works in accordance with the
provisions of Clause 19.3. For the avoidance of doubt, the sum of payments
to be computed in respect of all the items of work shall not exceed the
Contract Price, as may be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement.
10.1.5
The Contractor shall appoint a safety consultant (the Safety Consultant) to

carry out safety audit at the design stage of the Project Works in accordance
with the Applicable Laws and Good Industry Practice. The Safety
Consultant shall be appointed after proposing to the Employer a panel of
three names of qualified and experienced firms from whom the Employer
may choose one to be the Safety Consultant. Provided, however, that if the
panel is not acceptable to the Employer and the reasons for the same are
furnished to the Contractor, the Contractor shall propose to the Employer
a revised panel of three names from the firms empanelled as safety
consultants by the Employer for obtaining the consent of the Employer. The
Contractor shall also obtain the consent of the Employer for the key personnel
of the Safety Consultant who shall have adequate experience and
qualifications in safety audit of the highway Projects. The Employer shall,
within 15 (fifteen) days of receiving a proposal from the Contractor
hereunder, convey its decision, with reasons, to the Contractor, and if no such
decision is conveyed within the said period, the Contractor may proceed with
engaging of the Safety Consultant.
10.1.6
The safety audit pursuant to Clause 10.1.5 shall be carried out by the Safety
Consultant in respect of all such design details that have a bearing on safety
of Users as well as pedestrians and animals involved in or associated with
accidents. The recommendations of the Safety Consultant shall be
incorporated in the design of the Project Works and the Contractor shall
forward to the Employers Engineer a certificate to this effect together with
the recommendations of the Safety Consultant. In the event that any Works
required by the Safety Consultant shall fall beyond the scope of Schedule-B,
Schedule-C or Schedule-D, the Contractor shall make a report thereon and
seek the instructions of the Employer for Change in Scope. For the avoidance
of doubt, the Safety Consultant to be engaged by the Contractor shall be
independent of the design and implementation team of the Contractor.
Page 43
EPC Agreement
10.2
Design and Drawings
10.2.1
Design and Drawings shall be developed in conformity with the

Specifications and Standards set forth in Schedule-D. In the event, the
Contractor requires any relaxation in design standards due to restricted Right
of Way in any section, the alternative design criteria for such Section shall
be provided for review of the Employers Engineer.
10.2.2
The Contractor shall appoint a proof check consultant (the Proof

Consultant) after proposing to the Employer a panel of three names of
qualified and experienced firms from whom the Employer may choose one
to be the Proof Consultant. Provided, however, that if the panel is not
acceptable to the Employer and the reasons for the same are furnished to the
Contractor, the Contractor shall propose to the Employer a revised panel of
three names from the firms empanelled as proof consultants by the
Employer for obtaining the consent of the Employer. The Contractor shall
also obtain the consent of the Employer for two key personnel of the Proof
Consultant who shall have adequate experience and qualifications in Roads
& Bridges, Drains, Culverts, Water Supply, Sewerage, Power systems
respectively. The Employer shall, within 15 (fifteen) days of receiving a
proposal from the Contractor hereunder, convey its decision, ith reasons,
to the Contractor, and if no such decision is conveyed within the said period,
the Contractor may proceed with engaging of the Proof Consultant.
10.2.3
The Proof Consultant shall:

(a) evolve a systems approach with the Design Director so as to minimize
the time required for final designs and Construction Drawings; and
(b) proof check the detailed calculations, Drawings and designs, which
have been approved by the Design Director.
10.2.4
In respect of the Contractors obligations with respect to the design and

Drawings of the Project Works as set forth in Schedule-I, the following shall
apply:
(a) The Contractor shall prepare and submit, with reasonable promptness
and in such sequence as is consistent with the Project Completion
Schedule, t h r e e copies each of the design and Drawings, duly
certified by the Proof Consultant, to the Employers Engineer for
review. Provided, that in respect of Roads & Major Bridges, Drains,
Culverts, Water Supply, Sewerage, Power systems, the Employers
Engineer may require additional Drawings for its review in
accordance with Good Industry Practice.
(b) by submitting the Drawings for review to the Employers Engineer,
the Contractor shall be deemed to have represented that it has
determined and verified that the design and engineering, including
field Construction criteria related thereto, are in conformity with the
Scope of the Project, the Specifications and Standards and the
Applicable Laws;
Page 44
EPC Agreement
(c) within 15 (fifteen) days of the receipt of the Drawings, the

Employers Engineer shall review the same and convey its
observations to the Contractor with particular reference to their
conformity or otherwise with the Scope of the Project and the
Specifications and Standards. The Contractor shall not be obliged to
await the observations of the Employers Engineer on the Drawings
submitted pursuant hereto beyond the said period of 15 (fifteen) days
and may begin or continue Works at its own discretion and risk;
Provided, however that in case of a Major Bridges & Structures the
aforesaid period of 15 (fifteen) days may be extended up to 30 (thirty)
days;
(d) if the aforesaid observations of the Employers Engineer indicate
that the Drawings are not in conformity with the Scope of the Project
or the Specifications and Standards, such Drawings shall be revised by
the Contractor in conformity with the provisions of this Agreement
and resubmitted to the Employers Engineer for review. The
Employers Engineer shall give its observations, if any, within 10
(ten) days of receipt of the revised Drawings. In the event the
Contractor fails to revise and resubmit such Drawings to the
Employers Engineer for review as aforesaid, the Employers Engineer
may withhold the payment for the affected Works in accordance with
the provisions of Clause 19.5.4. If the Contractor Disputes any
decision, direction or determination of the Employers Engineer
hereunder, the Dispute shall be resolved in accordance with the
Dispute Resolution Procedure;
(e) no review and/or observation of the Employers Engineer and/or its
failure to review and/or convey its observations on any Drawings shall
relieve the Contractor of its obligations and liabilities under this
Agreement in any manner nor shall the Employers Engineer or the
Employer be liable for the same in any manner; and if errors,
omissions, ambiguities, inconsistencies, inadequacies or other Defects
are found in the Drawings, they and the Construction Works shall be
corrected at the Contractor's cost, notwithstanding any review under
this Article 10;
(f) the Contractor shall be responsible for delays in submitting the
Drawing as set forth in Schedule-I caused by reason of delays in
surveys and field investigations, and shall not be entitled to seek any
relief in that regard from the Employer; and
(g) the Contractor warrants that its designers, including any third Parties
engaged by it, shall have the required experience and capability in
accordance with Good Industry Practice and it shall indemnify the
Employer against any damage, expense, liability, loss or claim,
which the Employer might incur, sustain or be subject to arising
from any breach of the Contractors design responsibility and/or
warranty set out in this Clause.
Page 45
EPC Agreement
10.2.5
Any cost or delay in Construction arising from review by the Employers

Engineer shall be borne by the Contractor.
10.2.6
Works shall be executed in accordance with the Drawings provided by the

Contractor in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 10.2 and the
observations of the Employers Engineer thereon as communicated pursuant
to the provisions of Clause 10.2.4 (d). Such Drawings shall not be amended
or altered without prior written notice to the Employers Engineer. If a Party
becomes aware of an error or Defect of a technical nature in the design or
Drawings, that Party shall promptly give notice to the other Party of such
error or defect.
10.2.7
Within 90 (ninety) days of the Project Completion Date, the Contractor shall
furnish to the Employer and the Employers Engineer a complete set of as
built Drawings, in 2 (two) hard copies and in micro film form or in such
other medium as may be acceptable to the Employer, reflecting the Project
Works as actually designed, engineered and constructed, including an as
built survey illustrating the layout of the Project Works and setback lines, if
any, of the buildings and Structures forming part of Project Facilities.
10.3
Construction of the Project Works
10.3.1
The Contractor shall construct the Project Works as specified in Schedule-B

and Schedule-C, and in conformity with the Specifications and Standards set
forth in Schedule-D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the correct
positioning of all parts of the Works, and shall rectify any error in the
positions, levels, dimensions or alignment of the Works. The 930th (Nine
hundred and thirtieth) day from the Appointed Date shall be the scheduled
completion date (the Scheduled Completion Date) and the Contractor
agrees and undertakes that the Construction shall be completed on or
before the Scheduled Completion Date, including a ny extension thereof.
10.3.2
The Contractor shall construct the Project Works in accordance with the
Project Completion Schedule set forth in Schedule-J. In the event that the
Contractor fails to achieve any Project Milestone or the Scheduled
Completion Date within a period of 30 (thirty) days from the date set
forth in Schedule-J, unless such failure has occurred due to Force Majeure
or for reasons solely attributable to the Employer, it shall pay Damages to
the Employer of a sum calculated at the rate of 0.05% (zero point zero five
percent) of the Contract Price for delay of each day reckoned from the date
specified in Schedule J and until such Project Milestone is achieved or the
Works are completed; provided that if the period for any or all Project
Milestones or the Scheduled Completion Date is extended in accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement, the dates set forth in Schedule-J shall
be deemed to be modified accordingly and the provisions of this Agreement
shall apply as if Schedule-J has been amended as above; provided further
that in the event the Works are completed within or before the Scheduled
Completion Date including any Time Extension, applicable for that work or
section, the Damages paid under this Clause 10.3.2 shall be refunded by the
Employer to the Contractor, but without any interest thereon. For the
avoidance of doubt, it is agreed that recovery of Damages under this Clause
10.3.2 shall be without prejudice to the rights of the Employer under this
Page 46
EPC Agreement
Agreement including the right of Termination thereof. The Parties further

agree that Time Extension hereunder shall only be reckoned for and in respect
of the affected Works as specified in Clause 10.5.2.
10.3.3
The Employer shall notify the Contractor of its decision to impose Damages in
pursuance with the provisions of this Clause 10.3. Provided that no
deduction on account of Damages shall be effected by the Employer without
notifying the Contractor of its decision to impose the Damages, and taking
into consideration the representation, if any, made by the Contractor within
20 (twenty) days of such notice. The Parties expressly agree that the total
amount of Damages under Clause 10.3.2 shall not exceed 10% (ten percent)
of the Contract Price.
10.4
Maintenance during Construction Period
10.4.1
During the Construction Period, the Contractor shall maintain, at its cost, the
existing lane(s) of the Project roads so that the traffic worthiness and safety
thereof are at no time Material ly inferior as compared to their condition 10
(ten) days prior to the date of this Agreement, and shall undertake the
necessary repair and Maintenance Works for this purpose; provided that the
Contractor may, at its cost, interrupt and divert the flow of traffic if such
interruption and diversion is necessary for the efficient progress of Works
and conforms to Good Industry Practice; provided further that such
interruption and diversion shall be undertaken by the Contractor only with
the prior written approval of the Employers Engineer which approval shall
not be unreasonably withheld. For the avoidance of doubt, it is agreed that
the Contractor shall at all times be responsible for ensuring safe operation of
the Project roads.
10.5
Extension of time for completion
10.5.1
Without prejudice to any other provision of this Agreement for and in

respect of extension of time, the Contractor shall be entitled to extension of
time in the Project Completion Schedule (the Time Extension) to the
extent that completion of any Project Milestone is or will be delayed by any
of the following, namely:
(a) delay in providing the Right of Way, environmental clearances;
(b) Change of Scope (unless an adjustment to the Scheduled Completion
Date has been agreed under Article 13);
(c) occurrence of a Force Majeure Event;
(d) any delay, impediment or prevention caused by or attributable to the
Employer, the Employer's personnel or the Employer's other
contractors on the Site; and
(e) any other cause or delay which entitles the Contractor to Time
extension in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
Page 47
10.5.2
EPC Agreement
The Contractor shall, no later than 15 (fifteen) business days from the
occurrence of an event or circumstance specified in Clause 10.5.1, inform
the Employers Engineer by notice in writing, with a copy to the Employer,
stating in reasonable detail with supporting particulars, the event or
circumstances giving rise to the claim for Time Extension in accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement. Provided that the period of 15
(fifteen) business days shall be calculated from the date on which the
Contractor became aware, or should have become aware, of the occurrence
of such an event or circumstance.
Provided further that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in
this Agreement, Time Extension shall be due and applicable only for the
Works which are affected by the aforesaid events or circumstances and shall
not in any manner affect the Project Completion Schedule for and in respect
of the Works which are not affected hereunder.
10.5.3
In the event of the failure of the Contractor to issue to the Employers

Engineer a notice in accordance with the provisions of Clause 10.5.2 within
the time specified therein, the Contractor shall not be entitled to any Time
Extension and shall forfeit its right for any such claims in future. For the
avoidance of doubt, in the event of failure of the Contractor to issue notice
as specified in this clause 10.5.3, the Employer shall be discharged from all
liability in connection with the claim.
10.5.4
The Employers Engineer shall, on receipt of the claim in accordance with

the provisions of Clause 10.5.2, examine the claim expeditiously within the
time frame specified herein. In the event the Employers Engineer requires
any clarifications to examine the claim, the Employers Engineer shall seek
the same within 15 (fifteen) days from the date of receiving the claim. The
Contractor shall, on receipt of the communication of the Employers
Engineer requesting for clarification, furnish the same to the Employers
Engineer within 10 (ten) days thereof. The Employers Engineer shall,
within a period of 60 (sixty) days from the date of receipt of such
clarifications, forward in writing to the Contractor its determination of Time
Extension.
Provided that w h e n determining each extension of time under this Clause
10.5, the Employers Engineer shall review previous determinations and
may increase, but shall not decrease, the total Time Extension.
10.5.5
If the event or circumstance giving rise to the notice has a continuing effect:
(a) a fully detailed claim shall be considered as interim;
(b) the Contractor shall, no later than 10 (ten) days after the close of
each month, send further interim claims specifying the accumulated
delay, the extension of time claimed, and such further particulars as
the Employers Engineer may reasonably require; and
(c) the Contractor shall send a final claim within 30 (thirty) days after
the effect of the event or the circumstance ceases.
Page 48
EPC Agreement
Upon receipt of the claim hereunder, the Employers Engineer shall examine
the same in accordance with the provisions of Clause 10.5.4 within a period
of 60 (sixty) days of the receipt thereof.
10.6
Incomplete Works
In the event the Contractor fails to complete the Works in accordance with
the Project Completion Schedule, including any Time Extension granted
under this Agreement, the Contractor shall endeavor to complete the
balance work expeditiously and shall pay Damages to the Employer in
accordance with the provisions of Clause 10.3.2 for delay of each day until
the Works are completed in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement. Recovery of Damages under this Clause shall be without
prejudice to the rights of the Employer under this Agreement including the
right to Termination under Clause 23.1.
10.7
Maintenance Manual
No later than 60 (sixty) days prior to the Project Completion Date, the
Contractor shall, in consultation with the Employers Engineer, evolve a
Maintenance Manual (the Maintenance Manual) for the regular and
preventive Maintenance of the Project Works in conformity with the
Specifications and Standards, safety requirements and Good Industry
Practice, and shall provide 5 (five) copies thereof to the Employers
Engineer. The Employers Engineer shall review the Maintenance Manual
within 15 (fifteen) days of its receipt and communicate its comments to the
Contractor for necessary modifications, if any.
Page 49
EPC Agreement
ARTICLE 11
11. QUALITY ASSURANCE, MONITORING AND SUPERVISION
11.1
Quality of Materials and workmanship

The Contractor shall ensure that the Construction, Materials and
workmanship are in accordance with the requirements specified in this
Agreement, Specifications and Standards and Good Industry Practice.
11.2
Quality control system
11.2.1
The Contractor shall establish a quality control mechanism to ensure

compliance with the provisions of this Agreement (the Quality Assurance
Plan or QAP).
11.2.2
The Contractor shall, within 30 (thirty) days of the Appointed Date, submit to
the Employers Engineer its Quality Assurance Plan which shall include the
following:
(a) organisation, duties and responsibilities, procedures, inspections
and Documentation;
(b) quality control mechanism including sampling and testing of
Materials, test frequencies, standards, acceptance criteria, testing
facilities, reporting, recording and interpretation of test results,
approvals, check list for Site activities, and proforma for testing and
calibration in accordance with the Specifications for Road and
Bridge Works issued by MORTH, relevant IRC specifications and
Good Industry Practice; and
(c) Internal quality audit system.
The Employers Engineer shall convey its comments to the Contractor within
a period of 21 (twenty-one) days of receipt of the QAP stating the
modifications, if any, required, and the Contractor shall incorporate those in
the QAP to the extent required for conforming with the provisions of this
Clause 11.2.
11.2.3
The Contractor shall procure all documents, apparatus and instruments,

fuel, consumables, water, electricity, labour, Materials, samples, and
qualified personnel as are necessary for examining and testing the Project
Assets and workmanship in accordance with the Quality Assurance Plan.
11.2.4
The cost of testing of Construction, Materials and workmanship under this

Article 11 shall be borne by the Contractor.
11.3
Methodology
The Contractor shall, at least 15 (fifteen) days prior to the commencement
of the Construction, submit to the Employers Engineer for review the
methodology proposed to be adopted for executing the Works, giving details
of equipment to be deployed, traffic management and measures for ensuring
safety. The Employers Engineer shall complete the review and convey its
Page 50
EPC Agreement
comments to the Contractor within a period of 10 (ten) days from the

date of receipt of the proposed methodology from the Contractor.
11.4
Inspection and technical audit by the Employer

The Employer or any representative authorized by the Employer in this
behalf may inspect and review the progress and quality of the Construction
of Project Works and issue appropriate directions to the Employers
Engineer and the Contractor for taking remedial action in the event the
Works are not in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
11.5
External technical audit

At any time during Construction, the Employer may appoint an external
technical auditor to conduct an audit of the quality of the Works. The
findings of the audit, to the extent accepted by the Employer, shall be
notified to the Contractor and the Employers Engineer for taking remedial
action in accordance with this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide all
assistance as may be required by the auditor in the conduct of its audit
hereunder. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Clause 11.5, the
external technical audit shall not affect any obligations of the Contractor or
the Employers Engineer under this Agreement.
11.6
Inspection of Construction records

The Employer shall have the right to inspect the records of the Contractor
relating to the Works.
11.7
Monthly progress reports

During the Construction Period, the Contractor shall, no later than 10 (ten)
days after the close of each month, furnish to the Employer and the
Employers Engineer a monthly report on progress of the Works and shall
promptly give such other relevant information as may be required by the
Employers Engineer.
11.8
Inspection
11.8.1
The Employers Engineer and its authorized representative shall at all

reasonable times:
(a) have full access to all parts of the Site and to all places from which
natural Materials are being obtained for use in the Works; and
(b) during production, manufacture and Construction at the Site and at
the place of production, be entitled to examine, inspect, measure and
test the Materials and workmanship, and to check the progress of
manufacture of Materials.
11.8.2
The Contractor shall give the Employers Engineer and its authorized
agents access, facilities and safety equipment for carrying out their
obligations under this Agreement.
Page 51
EPC Agreement
11.8.3
The Employers Engineer shall submit a monthly inspection report (the

Inspection Report) to the Employer and the Contractor bringing out the
results of inspections and the remedial action taken by the Contractor in
respect of Defects or deficiencies. For the avoidance of doubt, such
inspection or submission of Inspection Report by the Employers Engineer
shall not relieve or absolve the Contractor of its obligations and liabilities
under this Agreement in any manner whatsoever.
11.9
Samples
The Contractor shall submit the following samples of Materials and
relevant information to the Employers Engineer for pre-Construction
review:
(a) manufacturer test reports and standard samples of
Materials; and
manufactured
(b) samples of such other Materials as the Employers Engineer may

require.
11.10
Tests
11.10.1
For determining that the Works conform to the Specifications and

Standards, the Employers Engineer shall require the Contractor to carry
out or cause to be carried out Tests, at such time and frequency and in such
manner as specified in this Agreement, and in accordance with Good
Industry Practice for quality assurance. The test checks by the Employers
Engineer shall comprise at least 20 (twenty) percent of the quantity or
number of Tests prescribed for each category or type of test for quality
control by the Contractor.
11.10.2
In the event that results of any Tests conducted under this Clause 11.10
establish any Defects or deficiencies in the Works, the Contractor shall
carry out remedial measures and furnish a report to the Employers
Engineer in this behalf. The Employers Engineer shall require the
Contractor to carry out or cause to be carried out Tests to determine that
such remedial measures have brought the Works into compliance with the
Specifications and Standards, and the procedure shall be repeated until such
Works conform to the Specifications and Standards. For the avoidance of
doubt, the cost of such Tests and remedial measures in pursuance thereof
shall be solely borne by the Contractor.
11.11
Examination of work before covering up

In respect of the work which the Employers Engineer is entitled to
examine, inspect, measure and/or test before it is covered up or put out of
view or any part of the work is placed thereon, the Contractor shall give
notice to the Employers Engineer whenever any such work is ready and
before it is covered up. The Employers Engineer shall then either carry out
the examination, inspection or testing without unreasonable delay, or
promptly give notice to the Contractor that the Employers Engineer does
not require to do so. Provided, however, that if any work is of a continuous
nature where it is not possible or prudent to keep it uncovered or
Page 52
EPC Agreement
incomplete, then Contractor shall notify the schedule of carrying out

such work to give sufficient opportunity, not being less than 3 (three)
business days notice, to the Employers Engineer to conduct its inspection,
measurement or test while the work is continuing. Provided further that in
the event the Contractor receives no response from the Employers Engineer
within a period of 3 (three) business days from the date on which the
Contractors notice hereunder is delivered to the Employers Engineer, the
Contractor shall be entitled to assume that the Employers Engineer would
not undertake the said inspection.
11.12
Rejection
If, as a result of an examination, inspection, measurement or testing, any
Plant, Materials, design or workmanship is found to be defective or
otherwise not in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, the
Employers Engineer shall reject the Plant, Materials, design or
workmanship by giving notice to the Contractor,
with
reasons.
The
Contractor shall then promptly make good the Defect and ensure that the
rejected item complies with the requirements of this Agreement.
If the Employers Engineer requires the Plant, Materials, design or
workmanship to be retested, the Tests shall be repeated under the same
terms and conditions, as applicable in each case. If the rejection and
retesting cause the Employer to incur any additional costs, such cost shall
be recoverable by the Employer from the Contractor; and may be deducted
by the Employer from any monies due to be paid to the Contractor.
11.13
Remedial work
11.13.1
Not withstanding any previous test or certification, the Employers Engineer

may instruct the Contractor to:
(a) remove from the Site and replace any Plant or Materials which are
not in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;
(b) remove and re-execute any work which is not in accordance with
the provisions of this Agreement and the Specification and
Standards; and
(c) Execute any work which is urgently required for the safety of the
Project Works, whether because of an accident, unforeseeable event
or otherwise; provided that in case of any work required on account
of a Force Majeure Event, the provisions of Clause 21.6 shall apply.
11.3.2
If the Contractor fails to comply with the instructions issued by the

Employers Engineer under Clause 11.13.1, within the time specified in the
Employers Engineers notice or as mutually agreed, the Employers
Engineer may advise the Employer to have the work executed by another
agency. The cost so incurred by the Employer for undertaking such work
shall, without prejudice to the rights of the Employer to recover Damages
in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, be recoverable from
the Contractor and may be deducted by the Employer from any monies due
to be paid to the Contractor.
Page 53
11.14
EPC Agreement
Delays during Construction

Without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 10.3.2, in the event the
Contractor does not achieve any of the Project Milestones or the
Employers Engineer shall have reasonably determined that the rate of
progress of Works is such that Completion of the Project Works is not
likely to be achieved by the end of the Scheduled Completion Date, it shall
notify the same to the Contractor, and the Contractor shall, within 15
(fifteen) days of such notice, by a communication inform the Employers
Engineer in reasonable detail about the steps it proposes to take to expedite
progress and the period within which it shall achieve the Project
Completion Date.
11.15
Quality control records and Documents

The Contractor shall hand over to the Employers Engineer a copy of all its
quality control records and documents before the Completion Certificate is
issued pursuant to Clause 12.2.
11.16
Video recording
During the Construction Period, the Contractor shall provide to the
Employer for every calendar quarter, a video recording, which will be
compiled into a 3 (three)-hour compact disc or digital video disc, as the
case may be, covering the status and progress of Works in that quarter. The
video recording shall be provided to the Employer no later than 15 (fifteen)
days after the close of each quarter after the Appointed Date.
11.17
Suspension of unsafe Construction Works
11.17.1
Upon recommendation of the Employers Engineer to this effect, the

Employer may by notice require the Contractor to suspend forthwith the
whole or any part of the Works if, in the reasonable opinion of the
Employers Engineer, such work threatens the safety of the Users and
pedestrians.
11.17.2
The Contractor shall, pursuant to the notice under Clause 11.17.1, suspend
the Works or any part thereof for such time and in such manner as may be
specified by the Employer and thereupon carry out remedial measures to
secure the safety of suspended Works, the Users and pedestrians. The
Contractor may by notice require the Employers Engineer to inspect such
remedial measures forthwith and make a report to the Employer
recommending whether or not the Suspension hereunder may be revoked.
Upon receiving the recommendations of the Employers Engineer, the
Employer shall either revoke such Suspension or instruct the Contractor to
carry out such other and further remedial measures as may be necessary in
the reasonable opinion of the Employer, and the procedure set forth in this
Clause 11.17 shall be repeated until the Suspension hereunder is revoked.
11.17.3
Subject to the provisions of Clause 21.6, all reasonable costs incurred for
maintaining and protecting the Works or part thereof during the period of
Suspension (the Preservation Costs), shall be borne by the Contractor;
provided that if the Suspension has occurred as a result of any breach of this
Page 54
EPC Agreement
Agreement by the Employer, the Preservation Costs shall be borne by the

Employer.
11.17.4
If Suspension of Works is for reasons not attributable to the Contractor, the

Employers Engineer shall determine any Time Extension to which the
Contractor is reasonably entitled.
11.18
The contractor shall take up the Aerial photography based on the details
provided in Schedule T
Page 55
EPC Agreement
ARTICLE 12
12. COMPLETION CERTIFICATE
12.1
Tests on completion
12.1.1
At least 30 (thirty) days prior to the likely completion of the Project

Works, or a Section thereof, the Contractor shall notify the Employers
Engineer of its intent to subject the Project Works or a Section thereof, to
Tests. The date and time of each of the Tests shall be determined by the
Employers Engineer in consultation with the Contractor, and notified to
the Employer who may designate its representative to witness the Tests. The
Contractor shall either conduct the Tests as directed by the Employers
Engineer or provide such assistance as the Employers Engineer may
reasonably require for conducting the Tests. In the event of the Contractor
and the Employers Engineer failing to mutually agree on the dates for
conducting the Tests, the Contractor shall fix the dates by giving not less
than 10 (ten) days notice to the Employers Engineer.
12.1.2
All Tests shall be conducted in accordance with Schedule-K. The Employers

Engineer shall either conduct or observe, monitor and review the Tests
conducted by the Contractor, as the case may be, and review the results of
the Tests to determine compliance of the Project Works or a Section
there of, with Specifications and Standards and if it is reasonably anticipated
or determined by the Employers Engineer during the course of any Test
that the performance of the Project Works or Section or any part thereof,
does not meet the Specifications and Standards, it shall have the right to
suspend or delay such Test and require the Contractor to remedy and rectify
the Defect or deficiencies. Upon completion of each Test, the Employers
Engineer shall provide to the Contractor and the Employer copies of all Test
data including detailed Test results. For the avoidance of doubt, it is
expressly agreed that the Employers Engineer may require the Contractor
to carry out or cause to be carried out additional Tests, in accordance with
Good Industry Practice, for determining the compliance of the Project Works
or Section thereof with the Specifications and Standards.
12.2
12.2.1
Subject to the provisions of Clause 12.2.5, upon completion of all Works

forming part of the Project Works, save and except the Works for which
Time Extension has been granted under Clause 10.5, the Employers
Engineer shall, at the request of the Contractor, issue a provisional
certificate of completion substantially in the form set forth in Schedule-L
(the Provisional Certificate) if the Tests for and in respect of the
completed Works are successful. The Provisional Certificate shall have
appended thereto a list of outstanding items of work (the Punch List)
that need to be completed in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement. The Contractor undertakes to complete the minor outstanding
items of Works in respect of those Sections of the Project Works for which
the Provisional Certificate has been issued, within a period of 30 (thirty) days
of the date of Provisional Certificate, and those parts of the Works in
respect of which Time Extension has been granted, within the extended
Page 56
EPC Agreement
period thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that the Punch
List shall include all Works for which Time Extension has been granted and
shall also include any minor outstanding items of work forming part of the
completed Sections if such Works do not Material ly affect the use of the
completed Sections for their intended purpose. The Parties further agree that
Provisional Certificate shall not be issued if the completed Works cannot be
safely and reliably placed in service of the Users thereof.
12.2.2
Upon issue of Provisional Certificate, the provisions of Articles 14 and 17

shall apply to the completed parts of the Project Works and the property and
ownership of all such completed Works shall vest in the Employer.
12.2.3
If the Employers Engineer determines that the Project Works or any

completed part thereof does not conform to the provisions of this Agreement
and cannot be safely and reliably placed in operation, it shall forthwith make
a report in this behalf and send copies thereof to the Employer and the
Contractor and withhold issuance of the Provisional Certificate until the
Defects or deficiencies are rectified by the Contractor and Tests are
successful in accordance with this Article 12.
12.2.4
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Clause 12.2.3, the

Employer may, at any time after receiving a report from the Employers
Engineer under that Clause, direct the Employers Engineer to issue a
Provisional Certificate under Clause 12.2.1 and such direction shall be
complied forthwith.
12.2.5
No Provisional Certificate shall be issued under the provisions of this

Clause 12.2 until the Contractor has submitted valid claims for payment of
at least 80% (eighty per cent) of the amount arrived at after reducing the
lump sum price specified in Clause 19.1.1 by the amount attributable to
Works which have been withdrawn under the provisions of Clause
8.3.3. For the avoidance of doubt and by way of illustration, the Parties
agree that if the Contract Price specified in Clause 19.1.1 is Rs. 105 cr.
(Rs. one hundred and five crore) and the Works withdrawn under Clause
8.3.3 have a value of Rs. 5 cr. (Rs. five crore), a Provisional Certificate shall
not be issued until valid claims for payment of an amount of Rs. 80 cr. (Rs.
Eighty crore) have been submitted by the Contractor in accordance with
the provisions of this Agreement. It is further agreed that all price
adjustments made in pursuance of Clause 19.10 shall not be reckoned for
computation of the claims for payments referred to in this Clause 12.2.5.
12.3
Completion of remaining Works

All items in the Punch List shall be completed by the Contractor in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. For any delay in their
completion other than for the reasons solely attributable to the Employer or
due to Force Majeure, the Employer shall be entitled to recover Damages
from the Contractor in accordance with the provisions of Clause 10.3.2 of
this Agreement.
Page 57
EPC Agreement
12.4
12.4.1
Upon completion of all Works, including the items specified in the Punch
List, and the Employers Engineer determining the Tests to be successful, it
shall forthwith issue to the Contractor and the Employer a certificate
substantially in the form set forth in Schedule-L (the Completion
Certificate).
12.4.2
Upon receiving the Completion Certificate, the Contractor shall remove its
equipment, Materials, debris and temporary Works from the Site within a
period of 30 (thirty) days thereof, failing which the Employer may remove or
cause to be removed, such equipment, Materials, debris and temporary
Works and recover from the Contractor an amount equal to 120% (one
hundred and twenty per cent) of the actual cost of removal incurred by the
Employer.
12.4.3
Without prejudice to the obligations of the Contractor specified in

Articles 14 and 17, the property and ownership of all the completed
Works forming part of the Project Works shall vest in the Employer.
12.5
Rescheduling of Tests
If the Employers Engineer certifies to the Employer and the Contractor that
it is unable to issue the Completion Certificate or Provisional Certificate, as
the case may be, because of events or circumstances on account of which the
Tests could not be held or had to be suspended, the Contractor shall be
entitled to re-schedule the Tests and hold the same as soon as reasonably
practicable.
Page 58
EPC Agreement
ARTICLE 13
13. CHANGE OF SCOPE
13.1
Change of Scope
13.1.1
The Employer may, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in

this Agreement, require the Contractor to make modifications/alterations to
the Works (Change of Scope) before the issue of the Completion
Certificate either by giving an instruction or by requesting the Contractor to
submit a proposal for Change of Scope involving additional cost or
reduction in cost. Any such Change of Scope shall be made and valued in
accordance with the provisions of this Article 13.
13.1.2
Change of Scope shall mean:

(a) change in specifications of any item of Works;
(b) omission of any work from the Scope of the Project except under
Clause 8.3.3; provided that, subject to Clause 13.5, the Employer
shall not omit any work under this Clause in order to get it executed
by any other Employer; and / or
(c) any additional work, Plant, Materials or services which are not
included in the Scope of the Project, including any associated Tests
on completion of Construction.
13.1.3
If the Contractor determines at any time that a Change of Scope will, if

adopted,
(i) accelerate completion,
(ii) reduce the cost to the Employer of executing, maintaining or operating
the Project Works,
(iii) improve the efficiency or value to the Employer of the completed Project
Works, or
(iv) otherwise be of benefit to the Employer, it shall prepare a proposal
with relevant details at its own cost.
The Contractor shall submit such proposal, supported with the relevant
details and the amount of reduction in the Contract Price to the Employer
to consider such Change of Scope. The Employer shall,
within 15
(fifteen) days of receipt of such proposal, either accept such Change of
Scope with modifications, if any, and initiate proceedings therefor in
accordance with this Article 13 or reject the proposal and inform the
Contractor of its decision. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that
the Contractor shall not undertake any Change of Scope without the
express consent of the Employer, save and except any Works necessary for
meeting any Emergency.
13.2
Procedure for Change of Scope
13.2.1
In the event of the Employer determining that a Change of Scope is

necessary, it may direct the Employers Engineer to issue to the Contractor a
notice specifying in reasonable detail the Works and services
contemplated thereunder (the Change of Scope Notice).
Page 59
EPC Agreement
13.2.2
Upon receipt of a Change of Scope Notice, the Contractor shall, with due
diligence, provide to the Employer and the Employers Engineer such
information as is necessary, together with preliminary Documentation in
support of:
(a) the impact, if any, which the Change of Scope is likely to have on
the Project Completion Schedule if the Works or services are
required to be carried out during the Construction Period; and
(b) the options for implementing the proposed Change of Scope and the
effect, if any, each such option would have on the costs and time
thereof, including the following details:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
break down of the quantities, unit rates and cost for

d ifferent items of work;
proposed design for the Change of Scope; and
proposed modifications, if any, to the Project Completion
schedule of the Project Works.
For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties expressly agree that, subject to the
provisions of Clause 13.4.2, the Contract Price shall be increased or
decreased, as the case may be, on account of Change of Scope.
13.2.3
The Contractors quotation of costs for the Change of Scope shall be

determined on the following principles:
(a) the latest available edition of MIDC Schedule of Rates applicable to
Nanded Region & Aurangabad PWD rates will be adopted for the
valuation of any Works which are not already covered by the items
included in Price Schedules. Payments for the Variations Items shall
be made in INR only.
(b) In the event that items are not covered in the MIDC Schedule of
rates applicable to Nanded Region, then the latest edition of the
Maharashtra Water Supply and Sewerage Board rates applicable for
Aurangabad and then the schedule of rates related to Aurangabad
PWD will be used in that order.
(c) The market rates substantiated with 3 quotations, followed by work
order and/ or Tax Invoice shall be considered only when the executed
variation items are not covered under Price Schedule or the above
referred schedule of rates. A fixed percentage of 15% shall be
added to cover the Contractor's Overhead and Profit for the rates
evaluated under this category (c)
13.2.4
Upon reaching an Agreement, the Employer shall issue an order (the

Change of Scope Order) requiring the Contractor to proceed with the
performance thereof. In the event that the Parties are unable to agree, the
Employer may:
(a) issue a Change of Scope Order requiring the Contractor to proceed
with the performance thereof at the rates and conditions approved by
the Employer till the matter is resolved in accordance with Article 26;
or
(b) proceed in accordance with Clause 13.5.
Page 60
EPC Agreement
13.2.5
The provisions of this Agreement, insofar as they relate to Works and

Tests, shall apply mutatis mutandis to the Works undertaken by the
Contractor under this Article 13.
13.3
Payment for Change of Scope

Payment for Change of Scope shall be made in accordance with the
payment schedule specified in the Change of Scope Order.
13.4
Restrictions on Change of Scope
13.4.1
No Change of Scope shall be executed unless the Employer has issued the
Change of Scope Order save and except any Works necessary for meeting
any Emergency.
13.4.2
Unless the Parties mutually agree to the contrary, the total value of all
Change of Scope Orders shall not exceed 10 (ten) per cent of the Contract
Price.
13.4.3
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 13, no change

made necessary because of any default of the Contractor in the performance
of its obligations under this Agreement shall be deemed to be Change of
Scope, and shall not result in any adjustment of the Contract Price or the
Project Completion Schedule.
13.5
Power of the Employer to undertake Works
13.5.1
In the event the Parties are unable to agree to the proposed Change of
Scope Orders in accordance with Clause 13.2, the Employer may, after
giving notice to the Contractor and considering its reply thereto, award
such Works or services to any person on the basis of open competitive
bidding from amongst bidders who are pre-qualified for undertaking the
additional work; provided that the Contractor shall have the option of
matching the first ranked Bid in terms of the selection criteria, subject to
payment of 2% (two per cent) of the B i d amount to the Employer,
and thereupon securing the award of such Works or services. For the
avoidance of doubt, it is agreed that the Contractor shall be entitled to
exercise such option only if it has participated in the bidding process and its
Bid does not exceed the first ranked Bid by more than 10% (ten percent)
thereof. It is also agreed that the Contractor shall provide assistance and
cooperation to the person who undertakes the Works or services hereunder,
but shall not be responsible for rectification of any Defects and/ or
Maintenance of Works carried out by other agencies.
13.5.2
The Works undertaken in accordance with this Clause 13.5 shall conform to
the Specifications and Standards and shall be carried out in a manner that
minimises the disruption in operation of the Project Works. The provisions
of this Agreement, insofar as they relate to Works and Tests, shall apply
mutatis mutandis to the Works carried out under this Clause 13.5.
Page 61
EPC Agreement
ARTICLE 14
14. MAINTENANCE
14.1
Maintenance obligations of the Contractor
14.1.1
The Contractor shall maintain the Project Works for a period of [4 (four)
years] commencing from the date of the Provisional Certificate (the
Maintenance Period). For the performance of its Maintenance
obligations, the Contractor shall be paid a total amount equal to 0.4 % (zero
point four per cent) of the Contract Price for the first year of
Maintenance, and 0.5% (zero point five per cent) of the Contract Price for
the second, third and 0.6% (zero point six per cent) for the fourth year of
Maintenance, inclusive of all Taxes. The amount payable for Maintenance
shall be adjusted to reflect any increase or decrease arising out of variation
in WPI to be determined in accordance with the provisions of Clause 19.12.
For the avoidance of doubt, it is agreed that in the event no Provisional
Certificate is issued, the Maintenance Period shall commence from the date
of the Completion Certificate. It is further agreed that the Contract Price
hereunder shall be reckoned with reference to the amount specified in Clause
19.1.1, which shall be adjusted to the extent of Change of Scope and the
Works withdrawn under the provisions of Clause 8.3.3, but shall not include
any price adjustments in pursuance of Clause 19.10.
14.1.2
During the Maintenance Period, the Employer shall provide to the

Contractor access to the Site for Maintenance in accordance with this
Agreement. The obligations of the Contractor hereunder shall include:
(a) permitting safe, smooth and uninterrupted flow of traffic on the
Project Roads;
(b) undertaking routine Maintenance including prompt repairs of
potholes, cracks, joints, drains, embankments, structures, pavement
markings, lighting, road signs and other traffic control devices;
(c) undertaking repairs to structures;
(d) informing the Employer of any unauthorized use of the Project
Roads;
(e) informing the Employer of any encroachments on the Project Roads;
and
(f) operation and Maintenance of all communication, patrolling, and
administrative systems necessary for the efficient Maintenance of
the Project Works in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement.
14.1.3
In respect of any Defect or deficiency not specified in Schedule-E, the

Contractor shall, at its own cost, undertake repair or rectification in
accordance with Good Industry Practice, save and except to the extent that
Page 62
EPC Agreement
such Defect or deficiency shall have arisen on account of any default or

neglect of the Employer or a Force Majeure Event.
14.1.4
The Contractor shall remove promptly from the Project Roads any waste
Materials (including hazardous Materials and waste water), rubbish and
other debris (including, without limitation, accident debris) and keep the
Project Highway in a clean, tidy and orderly condition, and in conformity
with the Applicable Laws, Applicable Permits and Good Industry Practice.
14.2
The Contractor shall ensure and procure that at all times during the
Maintenance Period; the Project Works conforms to the Maintenance
requirements set forth in Schedule-E (the Maintenance Requirements).
14.3
Maintenance Programme
The Contractor shall prepare a monthly Maintenance Programme (the
Maintenance Programme) in consultation with the Employers Engineer
and submit the same to the Employers Engineer not later than 10 (ten) days
prior to the commencement of the month in which the Maintenance is to be
carried out. For this purpose a joint monthly inspection by the Contractor
and the Employers Engineer shall be undertaken. The Maintenance
Programme shall contain the following:
(a) The condition of the road in the format prescribed by the Employers
Engineer;
(b) the proposed Maintenance Works; and
(c) deployment of resources for Maintenance Works.
14.4
Safety, vehicle breakdowns and accidents
14.4.1
The Contractor shall ensure safe conditions for the Users, and in the event
of unsafe conditions, lane closures, diversions, vehicle breakdowns and
accidents, it shall follow the relevant operating procedures for removal of
obstruction and debris without delay. Such procedures shall conform to the
provisions of this Agreement, Applicable Laws, Applicable Permits and
Good Industry Practice.
14.4.2
The Contractor shall promptly remove any damaged vehicles and debris
from the Project Road to enable safe movement of traffic and shall report
all accidents to the police forthwith.
14.5
Lane closure/Utility line closure
14.5.1
The Contractor shall not close any lane of the Project Road/ Utility line for
undertaking Maintenance Works except with the prior written approval of
the Employers Engineer. Such approval shall be sought by the Contractor
through a written request to be made at least 10 (ten) days before the
proposed closure of lane and shall be accompanied by particulars thereof.
Within 5 (five) business days of receiving such request, the Employers
Page 63
EPC Agreement
Engineer shall grant permission with such modifications as it may deem

necessary and a copy of such permission shall be sent to the Employer.
14.5.2
Upon receiving the permission pursuant to Clause 14.5.1, the Contractor shall
be entitled to close the designated lane for the period specified therein, and in
the event of any delay in re-opening such lane, the Contractor shall, for
every stretch of 250 (two hundred and fifty) metres, or part thereof, pay
Damages to the Employer calculated at the rate of 0.1% (zero point one
percent) of the monthly Maintenance payment for each day of delay until
the lane has been re-opened for traffic/public use.
14.6
Reduction of payment for non-performance of Maintenance

obligations
14.6.1
In the event that the Contractor fails to repair or rectify any Defect or
deficiency set forth in Schedule-E within the period specified therein, it
shall be deemed as failure of performance of Maintenance obligations by
the Contractor and the Employer shall be entitled to effect reduction in
monthly lump sum payment for Maintenance in accordance with Clause
19.7 and Schedule-M, without prejudice to the rights of the Employer under
this Agreement, including Termination thereof.
14.6.2
If the nature and extent of any Defect justifies more time for its repair or
rectification than the time specified in Schedule-E, the Contractor shall be
entitled to additional time in conformity with Good Industry Practice. Such
additional time shall be determined by the Employers Engineer and
conveyed to the Contractor and the Employer with reasons thereof.
14.7
Employers right to take remedial measures

In the event the Contractor does not maintain and/or repair the Project
Works or any part thereof in conformity with the Maintenance
Requirements, the Maintenance Manual or the Maintenance Programme, as
the case may be, and fails to commence remedial Works within 15
(fifteen) days of receipt of the Maintenance Inspection Report under Clause
15.2 or a notice in this behalf from the Employer or the Employers
Engineer, as the case may be, the Employer shall, without prejudice to its
rights under this Agreement including Termination thereof, be entitled to
undertake such remedial measures at the cost of the Contractor, and to
recover its cost from the Contractor. In addition to recovery of the aforesaid
cost, a sum equal to 20% (twenty per cent) of such cost shall be paid by the
Contractor to the Employer as Damages.
14.8
Restoration of loss or damage to Project Works

Save and except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, in the
event that the Project Works or any part thereof suffers any loss or damage
during the Maintenance from any cause attributable to the Contractor, the
Contractor shall, at its cost and expense, rectify and remedy such loss or
damage forthwith so that the Project Works conforms to the provisions of
this Agreement.
Page 64
EPC Agreement
14.9
Overriding powers of the Employer
14.9.1
If in the reasonable opinion of the Employer, the Contractor is in Material

breach of its obligations under this Agreement and, in particular, the
Maintenance Requirements, and such breach is causing or likely to cause
Material hardship or danger to the Users and pedestrians, the Employer
may, without prejudice to any of its rights under this Agreement including
Termination thereof, by notice require the Contractor to take reasonable
measures immediately for rectifying or removing such hardship or danger,
as the case may be.
14.9.2
In the event that the Contractor, upon notice under Clause 14.9.1, fails to
rectify or remove any hardship or danger within a reasonable period, the
Employer may exercise overriding powers under this Clause 14.9.2 and
take over the performance of any or all the obligations of the Contractor to
the extent deemed necessary by it for rectifying or removing such hardship
or danger; provided that the exercise of such overriding powers by the
Employer shall be of no greater scope and of no longer duration than is
reasonably required hereunder; provided further that any costs and expenses
incurred by the Employer in discharge of its obligations hereunder shall be
recovered by the Employer from the Contractor, and the Employer shall be
entitled to deduct any such costs and expenses incurred from the payments
due to the Contractor under Clause 19.7 for the performance of its
Maintenance obligations.
14.9.3
In the event of a national emergency, civil commotion or any other

circumstances specified in Clause 21.3, the Employer may take over the
performance of any or all the obligations of the Contractor to the extent
deemed necessary by it, and exercise such control over the Project Works
or give such directions to the Contractor as may be deemed necessary;
provided that the exercise of such overriding powers by the Employer shall
be of no greater scope and of no longer duration than is reasonably required
in the circumstances which caused the exercise of such overriding power by
the Employer. For the avoidance of doubt, it is agreed that the
consequences of such action shall be dealt in accordance with the
provisions of Article 21. It is also agreed that the Contractor shall
comply with such instructions as the Employer may issue in pursuance of
the provisions of this Clause 14.9.3, and shall provide assistance and
cooperation to the Employer, on a best effort basis, for performance of its
obligations hereunder.
Page 65
EPC Agreement
ARTICLE 15
15. SUPERVISION AND MONITORING DURING MAINTENANCE
15.1
Inspection by the Contractor
15.1.1
The Employers Engineer shall undertake regular inspections to evaluate

continuously the compliance with the Maintenance Requirements.
15.1.2
The Contractor shall carry out a detailed pre-monsoon inspection of all

bridges, culverts and drainage system in accordance with the guidelines
contained in IRC: SP35. Report of this inspection together with details of
proposed Maintenance Works as required shall be conveyed to the
Employers Engineer forthwith. The Contractor shall complete the proposed
Maintenance Works before the onset of the monsoon and send a compliance
report to the Employers Engineer. Post monsoon inspection shall be
undertaken by the Contractor and the inspection report together with
details of any Damages observed and proposed action to remedy the same
shall be conveyed to the Employers Engineer forthwith.
15.2
Inspection and payments
15.2.1
The Employers Engineer may inspect the Project Works at any time, but
at least once every month, to ensure compliance with the Maintenance
Requirements. It shall make a report of such inspection (Maintenance
Inspection Report) stating in reasonable detail the Defects or
deficiencies, if any, with particular reference to the Maintenance
Requirements, the Maintenance Manual, and the Maintenance Programme,
and send a copy thereof to the Employer and the Contractor within 10 (ten)
days of such inspection.
15.2.2
After the Contractor submits to the Employers Engineer the Monthly

Maintenance Statement for the Project Works pursuant to Clause 19.6, the
Employers Engineer shall carry out an inspection within 10 (ten) days to
certify the amount payable to the Contractor. The Employers Engineer
shall inform the Contractor of its intention to carry out the inspection at
least 3 (three) business days in advance of such inspection. The Contractor
shall assist the Employers Engineer in verifying compliance with the
Maintenance Requirements.
15.2.3
For each case of non-compliance of Maintenance Requirements as specified

in the inspection report of the Employers Engineer, the Employers
Engineer shall calculate the amount of reduction in payment in accordance
with the formula specified in Schedule-M.
15.2.4
Any deduction made on account of non-compliance will not be paid

subsequently even after establishing the compliance thereof. Such
deductions will continue to be made every month until the compliance is
procured.
Page 66
15.3
EPC Agreement
Tests
For determining that the Project Works conforms to the Maintenance
Requirements, the Employers Engineer shall require the Contractor to
carry out, or cause to be carried out, Tests specified by it in accordance with
Good Industry Practice. The Contractor shall, with due diligence, carry out
or cause to be carried out all such Tests in accordance with the instructions
of the Employers Engineer and furnish the results of such Tests forthwith
to the Employers Engineer.
15.4
Reports of unusual occurrence

The Contractor shall, during the Maintenance Period, prior to the close of
each day, send to the Employer and the Employers Engineer, by facsimile or
e- mail, a report stating accidents and unusual occurrences on the Project
Works relating to the safety and security of the Users and Project Roads
and satisfactory performance of the utility lines. A monthly summary of such
reports shall also be sent within 3 (three) business days of the closing of
month. For the purposes of this Clause 15.4, accidents and unusual
occurrences on the Project Road/Works shall include:
(a)
accident, death or severe injury to any person;
(b)
damaged or dislodged fixed equipment;
(c)
flooding of Project Roads;
(d)
Functioning of the utilities lines; and
(e)
Any other unusual occurrence.
Page 67
EPC Agreement
ARTICLE 16
16. TRAFFIC REGULATION
16.1
Traffic regulation by the Contractor
16.1.1
The Contractor shall take all the required measures and make arrangements
for the safety of Users during the Construction and Maintenance of the
Project Road or a Section thereof in accordance with the provisions of
MORTH Specifications. It shall provide, erect and maintain all such
barricades, signs, markings, flags, and lights as may be required by Good
Industry Practice for the safety of the traffic passing through the Section
under Construction or Maintenance.
16.1.2
All Works shall be carried out in a manner creating least interference to

traffic passing through the Project area or a Section thereof. In sections
where Construction or Maintenance Works on the carriageway are taken up,
the Contractor shall ensure that proper passage is provided for the traffic.
Where it is not possible or safe to allow traffic on part width of the
carriageway, a temporary diversion of proper specifications shall be
constructed by the Contractor at its own cost. The Contractor shall take prior
approval of the Employers Engineer for any proposed arrangement for
traffic regulation during Construction and Maintenance, which approval
shall not be unreasonably withheld.
Page 68
EPC Agreement
ARTICLE 17
17. DEFECTS LIABILITY
17.1
Defects Liability Period
17.1.1
The Contractor shall be responsible for all the Defects and deficiencies,
except usual wear and tear in the Project Works or any Section thereof, till
the expiry of a period of 4 (four) years commencing from the date of
Provisional Certificate (the Defects Liability Period).Provided that the
Defects Liability Period shall in no case be less than 18 (eighteen) months
from the date of Completion Certificate for and in respect of Works for
which Time Extension was granted. Provided further that in the event no
Provisional Certificate is issued, the Defects Liability Period shall commence
from the date of the Completion Certificate. For the avoidance of doubt,
any repairs or restoration on account of usual wear or tear in the Project
Works or any Section thereof shall form a part of the Maintenance
obligations of the Contractor as specified in Article 14.
17.1.2
Without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 17.1.1, the Defects Liability

Period for and in respect of any Structures or Major Bridges having a
Construction cost exceeding Rs. 50 crore (Rupees fifty crore) each, as
estimated in accordance with the provisions of Schedule-H, shall be
deemed to be extended by a further period of 3(three) years after the expiry
of the Defects Liability Period specified in Clause 17.1.1.
17.2
Remedying Defects
Save and except as provided in Clause 14.1.2, the Contractor shall repair or
rectify all Defects and deficiencies observed by the Employers Engineer
during the Defects Liability Period within a period of 15 (fifteen) days
from the date of notice issued by the Employers Engineer in this behalf, or
within such reasonable period as may be determined by the Employers
Engineer at the request of the Contractor, in accordance with Good
Industry Practice.
17.3
Cost of remedying Defects

For the avoidance of doubt, any repair or rectification undertaken in
accordance with the provisions of Clause 17.2, including any additional
testing, shall be carried out by the Contractor at its own risk and cost, unless
the Defect was causes solely due to Employers Default.
17.4
Contractors failure to rectify Defects

In the event that the Contractor fails to repair or rectify such Defect or
deficiency within the period specified in Clause 17.2, the Employer shall
be entitled to get the same repaired, rectified or remedied at the Contractors
cost so as to make the Project Works conform to the Specifications and
Standards and the provisions of this Agreement. All costs consequent
thereon shall, after due consultation with the Employer and the Contractor,
be determined by the Employers Engineer. The cost so determined and an
amount equal to twenty percent of the cost as Damages shall be recoverable
Page 69
EPC Agreement
by the Employer from the Contractor and may be deducted by the Employer
from any monies due to the Contractor.
17.5
Contractor to search cause
17.5.1
The Employers Engineer may instruct the Contractor to examine the cause
of any Defect in the Works or part thereof before the expiry of the Defects
Liability Period.
17.5.2
In the event any Defect identified under Clause 17.5.1 is attributable to the
Contractor, the Contractor shall rectify such Defect within the period
specified by the Employers Engineer, and shall bear the cost of the
examination and rectification of such Defect.
17.5.3
In the event such Defect is not attributable to the Contractor, the

Employers Engineer shall, after due consultation with the Employer and
the Contractor, determine the costs incurred by the Contractor on such
examination and notify the same to the Contractor, with a copy to the
Employer, and the Contractor shall be entitled to payment of such costs by
the Employer.
17.6
Extension of Defects Liability Period

The Defects Liability Period shall be deemed to be extended till the
identified Defects under Clause 17.2 have been remedied.
Page 70
EPC Agreement
ARTICLE 18
18. Employer S ENGINEER
18.1
Appointment of the Employers Engineer
18.1.1
The Employer shall appoint a consulting engineering firm substantially in

accordance with the selection criteria set forth in Schedule-N, to be the
engineer under this Agreement (the Employers Engineer).
18.1.2
The appointment of the Employers Engineer shall be made no later than 15

(fifteen) days from the date of this Agreement. The Employer shall notify
the appointment or replacement of the Employers Engineer to the
Contractor.
18.1.3
The staff of the Employers Engineer shall include suitably qualified

engineers and other professionals who are competent to assist the
Employers Engineer to carry out its duties.
18.2
Duties and Authority of the Employers Engineer
18.2.1
The Employers Engineer shall perform the duties and exercise the
Authority in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and
substantially in accordance with the terms of reference (Terms of
Reference or TOR) set forth in Annex 1 of Schedule N, but subject to
obtaining prior written approval of the Employer before determining:
(a) any Time Extension;
(b) any additional cost to be paid by the Employer to the Contractor
(c) the Termination Payment; or
(d) any other matter which is not specified in (a), (b) or (c) above and
which creates an obligation or liability on either Party for a sum
exceeding Rs. 5,000,000 (Rs. fifty lakh).
18.2.2
No decision or communication of the Employers Engineer shall be

effective or valid unless it is accompanied by an attested true copy of the
approval of the Employer/PMNC for and in respect of any matter specified
in Clause 18.2.1.
18.2.3
The Employers Engineer shall submit regular periodic reports, at least

once every month, to the Employer/PMNC in respect of its duties and
functions under this Agreement. Such reports shall be submitted by the
Employers Engineer within 10 (ten) days of the beginning of every month.
For the avoidance of doubt, the Employers Engineer shall include in its
report, compliance of the recommendations of the Safety Consultant.
Page 71
EPC Agreement
18.3
Delegation by the Employers Engineer
18.3.1
The Employers Engineer may, by order in writing, delegate any of his

duties and responsibilities to suitably qualified and experienced personnel
who are accountable to Employers Engineer, or may revoke any such
delegation, under intimation to the Employer/PMNC and the Contractor.
Provided, however, that the Employers Engineer shall be responsible and
liable for all actions and omissions of such personnel.
18.3.2
Any failure of the Employers Engineer to disapprove any work, Plant or

Materials shall not constitute approval, and shall therefore not prejudice the
right of the Employer to reject the work, Plant or Materials, which is not in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Specifications
and Standards.
18.3.3
Notwithstanding anything stated in Clause 18.3.1 above, the Employers

Engineer shall not delegate the Employer to refer any matter for the
Employers/PMNC prior approval wherever required in accordance with
the provisions of Clause 18.2.
18.4
Instructions of the Employers Engineer
18.4.1
The Employers Engineer may issue to the Contractor instructions for

remedying any Defect. The Contractor shall take such instructions from the
Employers Engineer, or from an assistant to whom appropriate Authority
has been delegated under Clause 18.3.
18.4.2
The instructions issued by the Employers Engineer shall be in writing.

However, if the Employers Engineer issues any oral instructions to the
Contractor, it shall confirm in writing the oral instructions within 2 (two)
working days of issuing them.
18.4.3
In case the Contractor does not receive the confirmation of the oral
instruction within the time specified in Clause 18.4.2, the Contractor shall
seek the written confirmation of the oral instructions from the Employers
Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain acknowledgment from the
Employers Engineer of the communication seeking written confirmation. In
case of failure of the Employers Engineer or its delegated assistant to reply
to the Contractor within 2 (two) days of the receipt of the communication
from the Contractor, the Contractor may not carry out the instruction.
18.4.4
In case of any Dispute on any of the instructions issued by the delegated

assistant, the Contractor may refer the Dispute to the Employers Engineer,
who shall then confirm, reverse or vary the instructions within [3 (three)]
business days of the Dispute being referred.
18.5
Determination by the Employers Engineer
18.5.1
The Employers Engineer shall consult with each Party in an endeavor to

reach Agreement wherever this Agreement provides for the determination of
any matter by the Employers Engineer. If such Agreement is not achieved,
the Employers Engineer shall make a fair determination in accordance
Page 72
EPC Agreement
with this Agreement having due regard to all relevant circumstances. The
Employers Engineer shall give notice to both the Parties of each
Agreement or determination, with supporting particulars.
18.5.2
Each Party shall give effect to each Agreement or determination made by

the Employers Engineer in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement. Provided, however, that if any Party Disputes any instruction,
decision, direction or determination of the Employers Engineer, the Dispute
shall be resolved in accordance with the Dispute Resolution Procedure.
18.6
Remuneration of the Employers Engineer

The remuneration, cost and expenses of the Employers Engineer shall be
paid by the Employer.
18.7
Termination of the Employers Engineer
18.7.1
The Employer may, in its discretion, replace the Employers Engineer at

any time, but only after appointment of another Employers Engineer in
accordance with Clause 18.1.
18.7.2
If the Contractor has reasons to believe that the Employers Engineer is not
discharging its duties and functions in accordance with the provisions of
this Agreement, it may make a written representation to the Employer and
seek Termination of the appointment of the Employers Engineer. Upon
receipt of such representation, the Employer shall hold a tripartite meeting
with the Contractor and Employers Engineer and make best efforts for an
amicable resolution of the representation. In the event that the appointment
of the Employers Engineer is terminated hereunder, the Employer shall
appoint forthwith another Employers Engineer in accordance with Clause
18.1.
Page 73
EPC Agreement
Part IV
Financial Covenants
Page 74
EPC Agreement
ARTICLE 19
19. PAYMENTS
19.1
Contract Price
19.1.1
The Employer shall make payments to the Contractor for the Works on the
basis of the lump sum price accepted by the Employer in consideration of
the obligations specified in this Agreement for an amount of Rs...............
(Rupees..) (the Contract Price),
which shall be subject to adjustments in accordance with the provisions of
this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties expressly agree
that the Contract Price shall not include the cost of Maintenance which shall
be paid separately in accordance with the provisions of Clause 19.7. The
Parties further agree that save and except as provided in this Agreement,
the Contract Price shall be valid and effective until issue of Completion
Certificate.
19.1.2
The Contract Price includes all duties, Taxes, royalty, and fees that may be
levied in accordance with the laws and regulations in force as on the Base
Date on the Contractor's equipment, Plant, Materials and supplies acquired
for the purpose of this Agreement and on the services performed under
this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall relieve the Contractor from
its responsibility to pay any tax including any tax that may be levied in India
on profits made by it in respect of this Agreement.
19.1.3
The Contract Price shall not be adjusted for any change in costs stated in
Clause 19.1.2 above, except as stated in Clauses 19.10 and 19.17.
19.1.4
The Contract Price shall not be adjusted to take account of any unforeseen
difficulties or costs, unless otherwise provided for in this Agreement.
19.1.5
Unless otherwise stated in this Agreement, the Contract Price covers all
the Contractors obligations for the Works under this Agreement and all
things necessary for the Construction and the remedying of any Defects in
the Project Works.
19.1.6
All payments under this Agreement shall be made in Indian Rupees.
19.2
Advance Payment
19.2.1
The Employer shall make an interest bearing advance @ Bank Rate +5%
per annum (the Advance Payment), equal in amount to 10 (ten) percent of
the Contract Price, for mobilization expenses and for acquisition of
equipment. The Advance Payment shall be made in three installments. The
first installment shall be an amount equal to 2% (two percent) of the
Contract Price, the second installment shall be equal to 3% (three percent) of
the Contract Price, and the third installment shall be equal to 5% (five
percent) of the Contract Price.
Page 75
EPC Agreement
19.2.2
The Contractor may apply to the Employer for the first installment of the
Advance Payment at any time after the Appointed Date, along with an
irrevocable and unconditional guarantee from a Bank for an amount
equivalent to 110% (one hundred and ten per cent) of such installment,
substantially in the form provided at Annex-III of Schedule-G, to remain
effective till the complete and full repayment thereof.
19.2.3
At any time after 30 (thirty) days from the Appointed Date, the Contractor
may apply for the second installment of the Advance Payment along with an
irrevocable and unconditional guarantee from a Bank for an amount
equivalent to 110% (one hundred and ten per cent) of such installment,
substantially in the form provided at Annex-III of Schedule-G, to remain
effective till the complete and full repayment thereof along with proof of
satisfactory utilization of first installment of Advance Payment.
19.2.4
At any time, after 60 (sixty) days from the Appointed Date, the Contractor
may apply to the Employer for the third installment of the Advance Payment
along with an irrevocable and unconditional guarantee from a Bank for an
amount equivalent to 110% (one hundred and ten per cent) of such
installment, substantially in the form provided at Annex-III of Schedule-G,
to remain effective till the complete and full repayment thereof along
with proof of satisfactory utilization of second installment of the Advance
Payment. No advance shall be given after 40% of the original Contract
amount has been paid.
19.2.5
The first, second and the third installments shall be paid by the Employer to
the Contractor within 15 (fifteen) days of the receipt of its respective
requests in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 19.2.
19.2.6
The recovery of all Advances shall commence when 20% (twenty per
cent) of the original Contract Price of the work has been paid, or at ten
months after the Commencement Date of the Contract whichever is the
earlier, and it will be completed by the time 80% of the original contract
value has been paid or by the time of original Completion Date whichever is
earlier. The recovery of advances shall be limited to 30% (thirty per cent)
of an account bill.
19.2.7
If the Advance Payment has not been full repaid prior to Termination
under Clause 21.7 or Article 23, as the case may be, the whole of the balance
then outstanding including interest shall be immediately become due and
payable by the Contractor to the Employer.
19.3
Procedure for estimating the payment for the Works
19.3.1
The Employer shall make interim payments to the Contractor as certified

by the Employers Engineer on completion of a stage, in a length, number or
area as specified, and valued in accordance with the proportion of the
Contract Price assigned to each item and its stage in Schedule-H.
19.3.2
The Contractor shall base its claim for interim payment for the stages
completed till the end of the month for which the payment is claimed, valued
Page 76
EPC Agreement
in accordance with Clause 19.3.1, supported with necessary particulars and

documents in accordance with this Agreement.
19.3.3
Any reduction in the Contract Price arising out of Change of Scope or the
Works withdrawn under Clause 8.3 shall not affect the amounts payable
for the items or stage payments thereof which are not affected by such
Change of Scope or withdrawal. For avoidance of doubt and by way of
illustration, the Parties agree that if the amount assigned to Major Bridges is
reduced from Rs.100 crore to Rs. 80 crore owing to Change of Scope or
withdrawal of work, the reduction in payment shall be restricted to relevant
payments for Major Bridges only and the payment due in respect of all other
stage payments under the item Major Bridges shall not be affected in any
manner. The Parties further agree that the adjustments arising out of the
aforesaid modifications shall be carried out in a manner that the impact of
such modifications is restricted to the said Change of Scope or withdrawal,
as the case may be, and does not alter the payments due for and in respect
of items or stage payments which do not form part of such Change of Scope
or withdrawal.
19.4

The Contractor shall submit a statement (the Stage Payment Statement),
in 3 copies, by the 7th (seventh) day of the month to the Employers
Engineer in the form set forth in Schedule-O, showing the amount calculated
in accordance with Clause 19.3 to which the Contractor considers himself
entitled for completed stage(s) of the Works. The Stage Payment Statement
shall be accompanied with the progress reports and any other supporting
documents. The Contractor shall not submit any claim for payment of
incomplete stages of work.
19.5
19.5.1
Stage Payment for Works

Within 7 (seven) days of receipt of the Stage Payment Statement from the
Contractor pursuant to Clause 19.4, the Employers Engineer shall broadly
determine the amount due to the Contractor and recommend the release of
90 (ninety) percent of the amount so determined as part payment against
the Stage Payment Statement, pending issue of the Interim Payment
Certificate by the Employers Engineer. Within 7 (seven) days of the
receipt of recommendation of the Employers Engineer, the Employer
shall make electronic payment directly to the Contractors Bank account.
19.5.2
Within 15 (fifteen) days of the receipt of the Stage Payment Statement

referred to in Clause 19.4, the Employers Engineer shall determine and shall
deliver to the Employer and the Contractor an IPC certifying the amount due
and payable to the Contractor, after adjusting the payments already released
to the Contractor against the said statement. For the avoidance of doubt,
the Parties agree that the IPC shall specify all the amounts that have been
deducted from the Stage Payment Statement and the reasons therefor.
19.5.3
In cases where there is a difference of opinion as to the value of any stage,

the Employers Engineers view shall prevail and interim payments shall
be made to the Contractor on this basis; provided that the foregoing shall be
without prejudice to the Contractors right to raise a Dispute.
Page 77
19.5.4
EPC Agreement
The Employers Engineer may, for reasons to be recorded, withhold from

payment:
(a) the estimated value of work or obligation that the Contractor has
failed to perform in accordance with this Agreement and the
Employers Engineer had notified the Contractor; and
(b) the estimated cost of rectification of work done being not in
accordance with this Agreement.
19.5.5
Payment by the Employer shall not be deemed to indicate the Employer's

acceptance, approval, consent or satisfaction with the work done.
19.6
Monthly Maintenance Statement of the Project Works
19.6.1
The Contractor shall submit to the Employers Engineer a monthly

Maintenance statement (Monthly Maintenance Statement) in 3 (three)
copies by the 7th (seventh) day of each month in the format set forth in
Schedule-O for the Maintenance of the Project Works during the previous
month.
19.6.2
The monthly lump sum amount payable for Maintenance shall be 1/12th
(one-twelfth) of the annual cost of Maintenance as specified in Clause
14.1.1.
19.7
Payment for Maintenance of the Project Works
19.7.1
Within 15 (fifteen) days of receipt of the Monthly Maintenance Statement

from the Contractor pursuant to Clause 19.6, the Employers Engineer
shall verify the Contractors monthly Maintenance statement and certify
the amount to be paid to the Contractor taking into account:
(a) Compliance with the Maintenance Requirements; and
(b) reduction for non-compliance with the Maintenance Requirement
in accordance with Clause 19.7.2.
The Employers Engineer shall deliver to the Employer an IPC approving or
amending the monthly Maintenance statement to reflect the amount due to
the Contractor in accordance with this Agreement.
19.7.2
Maintenance shall be measured in units of one kilometer each; provided,

however, that payment thereof shall be made in fixed monthly amounts in
accordance with this Agreement. If the Maintenance Requirements set
forth in Schedule-E are not met, reduction in payments shall be made in
accordance with the provisions of Schedule-M. The reductions for
noncompliance with the Maintenance Requirements shall be applied on
the basis of monthly inspections by the Employers Engineer.
19.7.3
The deduction made on account of non-compliance with the Maintenance

Requirements shall not be subsequently considered for payment after the
compliance is achieved by repair or rectification.
Page 78
EPC Agreement
19.7.4
The Employer shall pay to the Contractor every quarter any amount due
under a n y IPC under this Clause 19.7. The payment shall be made no
later than 30 (thirty) days from the date of submission of the last IPC for
the relevant quarter.
19.8
Payment of Damages
19.8.1
The Contractor may claim Damages due and payable to it in accordance

with the provisions of this Agreement.
19.8.2
The Employers Engineer shall issue the IPC within 15 (fifteen) days of
the receipt of the claim under Clause 19.8.1, after making adjustments in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. The Employer shall pay to
the Contractor the amount due under any IPC within a period of 30 (thirty)
days from the date of the submission of the claim under this Clause 19.8. In
the event of the failure of the Employer to make payment to the Contractor
within the specified time, the Employer shall be liable to pay to the
Contractor interest thereon and the provisions of Clause 19.9 shall apply
mutatis mutandis thereto.
19.9
Time of payment and interest
19.9.1
The Employer shall pay to the Contractor any amount due under any
payment certificate issued by the Employers Engineer in accordance with
the provisions of this Article 19, or in accordance with any other clause of
this Agreement as follows:
(a) payment shall be made no later than 30 (thirty) days from the date of
submission of the Stage Payment Statement by the Contractor to the
Employers Engineer for certification in accordance with the
provisions of Clause 19.4 for an IPC; provided that, in the event
the IPC is not issued by the Employers Engineer within the
aforesaid period of 30 (thirty) days, the Employer shall pay the
amount shown in the Contractors Stage Payment Statement and
any discrepancy therein shall be added to, or deducted from, the next
payment certificate issued to the Contractor; and
(b) payment shall be made no later than 30 (thirty) days from the date of
submission of the Final Payment Certificate for Works along with
the discharge submitted to the Employers Engineer in accordance
with the provisions of Clause 19.15 for certification.
19.9.2
In the event of the failure of the Employer to make payment to the

Contractor within the time period stated in this Clause 19.9, the Employer
shall be liable to pay to the Contractor interest at the Base Rate plus 5% (five
percent), calculated at quarterly rests, on all sums remaining unpaid from
the date on which the same should have been paid, calculated in accordance
with the provisions of Clause 19.9.1(a) and (b) and till the date of actual
payment.
Page 79
EPC Agreement
19.10
Price adjustment for the Works
19.10.1
The amounts payable to the Contractor for Works shall be adjusted in

accordance with the provisions of this Clause 19.10.
19.10.2
Subject to the provisions of Clause 19.10.3, the amounts payable to the

Contractor for Works, shall be adjusted in the IPC issued by the
Employers Engineer for the increase or decrease in the index cost of
inputs for the Works, by the addition or subtraction of the amounts
determined by the formulae prescribed in Clause 19.10.4.
19.10.3
To the extent that full compensation for any increase or decrease in costs to
the Contractor is not covered by the provisions of this or other Clauses in
this Agreement, the costs and prices payable under this Agreement shall be
deemed to include the amounts required to cover the contingency of such
other increase or decrease of costs and prices.
19.10.4
The Contract Price shall be adjusted for increase or decrease in rates and
price of labour, cement, steel, Plant, machinery and spares, bitumen, fuel and
lubricants, and other Material inputs in accordance with the principles,
procedures and formulae specified below:
(a) price adjustment shall be applied on completion of the specified stage
of the respective item of work in accordance with Schedule-H;
(b) The following expressions and meanings are assigned to the value of
the work done:
(c) Price adjustment for changes in cost shall be paid in accordance with
the following formula:
PV=0.85 R X (UI-UO)/UO
Where
R=
Value of work done for the completion of a stage under

Schedule-H
PV = Increase or decrease in the cost of Works during the period

under consideration due to changes in in dices
UO = The Urban Infra Construction Cost Indices for
Aurangabad
published
by
Construction
Industry
Development Council, (hereinafter called Urban Infra
CCI) for the month of the Base Date.
UI = The Urban Infra CCI for the month three months prior to the
month to which the IPC relates.
Page 80
EPC Agreement
19.11
Restrictions on price adjustment
19.11.1
Price adjustment shall be due and payable only in respect of the stages of
Works for which the Stage Payment Statement has been submitted by the
Contractor no later than 30 (thirty) days from the date of the applicable
Project Milestone or the Scheduled Completion Date, as the case may be,
including any Time Extension granted therefor in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of
submission of any Stage Payment Statement after the period specified
herein, price adjustment shall be applicable until the date of the respective
Project Milestone or the Scheduled Completion Date, as the case may be.
19.12
Price adjustment for Maintenance of Project Works

Lump sum payment for Maintenance shall be adjusted every quarter for
changes in rates and prices of various inputs in accordance with the
formula given below:
V=
P X (WI-WO)/WO
V=
Increase or decrease in the quarterly lump sum payment
P=
Quarterly lump sum payment due to the Contractor after

adjusting any reduction in payment for noncompliance of the
WO = The wholesale price index (all commodities) for the month

of the Base Date.
WI= The wholesale price index (all commodities) for the first day
of the quarter under consideration for determining the price
adjustment.
19.13
Final Payment Statement
19.13.1
Within 60 (sixty) days after receiving the Completion Certificate under

Clause 12.4, the Contractor shall submit to the Employers Engineer for
consideration six copies of a Final Payment Statement (the Final Payment
Statement) for Works, with supporting documents showing in detail, in
the form prescribed by the Employers Engineer:
(a) the summary of Contractors Stage Payment claims for Works as
submitted in accordance with Clause 19.4;
(b) the amounts received from the Employer against each claim; and
(c) any further sums which the Contractor considers due to it from the
Employer.
If the Employers Engineer disagrees with or cannot verify any part of the
Final Payment Statement, the Contractor shall submit such further
Page 81
EPC Agreement
information as the Employers Engineer may reasonably require. The

Employers Engineer shall deliver to the Employer:
(i) an IPC for those parts of the Final Payment Statement which are
not in Dispute, along with a list of Disputed items which shall then
be settled in accordance with the provisions of Article 26; or
(ii) a Final Payment Certificate in accordance with Clause 19.15 if
there are no Disputed items.
19.13.2
If the Employers Engineer does not prescribe the form referred to in

Clause 19.13.1 within 15 (fifteen) of the date of issue of the Completion
Certificate, the Contractor shall submit the statement in such form as it
deems fit.
19.14
Discharge
19.14.1
Upon submission of the Final Payment Statement for Works under Clause
19.13, the Contractor shall give to the Employer, with a copy to the
Employers Engineer, a written discharge confirming that the total of the
Final Payment Statement represents full and final settlement of all monies
due to the Contractor in respect of this Agreement for all the Works
arising out of this Agreement, except for any monies due to either Party on
account of any Defect. Provided that such discharge shall become effective
only after the payment due has been made in accordance with the Final
Payment Certificate issued pursuant to Clause 19.15.
19.15
Final Payment Certificate
19.15.1
Within 30 (thirty) days after receipt of the Final Payment Statement for
Works under Clause 19.13, and the written discharge under Clause 19.14,
and there being no Disputed items of claim, the Employers Engineer shall
deliver to the Employer, with a copy to the Contractor, a final payment
certificate (the Final Payment Certificate) stating the amount which, in
the opinion of the Employers Engineer, is finally due under this
Agreement or otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, before issuing the
Final Payment Certificate, the Employers Engineer shall ascertain from
the Employer all amounts previously paid by the Employer and for all
sums to which the Employer is entitled, the balance, if any, due from the
Employer to the Contractor or from the Contractor to the Employer, as the
case may be.
19.15.2
The Employer shall, in accordance with the provisions of Clause 19.9, pay to
the Contractor the amount which is stated as being finally due in the Final
Payment Certificate.
19.16
Final payment statement for Maintenance
19.16.1
Within 30 (thirty) days after completion of the Maintenance Period, the

Contractor shall submit to the Employers Engineer six copies of the final
payment statement for Maintenance of the Project Works, with supporting
Page 82
EPC Agreement
documents showing the details set forth below in the form prescribed by
the Employers Engineer
(a) the total amount claimed in accordance with the monthly statement
for Maintenance of Project Works;
(b) the amount paid in accordance with the Interim Payment
Certificates; and
(c) any sums which the Contractor considers to be due to it, with
supporting documents.
19.16.2
The Employers Engineer shall certify final payment within 30 (thirty)

days of the receipt of the final payment statement of Maintenance under
Clause 19.16.1, segregating the items of amount payable from the items of
amount disallowed. The Employer shall make payment on the basis of the
final payment authorized by the Employers Engineer within a period of
30 (thirty) days of the receipt of the Final Payment Statement from the
Employers Engineer.
19.16.3
If the Employers Engineer does not prescribe the form within 15 (fifteen)
days of the date of issue of the Completion Certificate, the Contractor shall
submit the statement in such form as it deems fit.
19.17
Change in laws
19.17.1
If as a result of Change in Law, the Contractor suffers any additional costs in

the execution of the Works or in relation to the performance of its other
obligations under this Agreement, the Contractor shall, within 15 (fifteen)
days from the date it becomes reasonably aware of such addition in cost,
notify the Employer with a copy to the Employers Engineer of such
additional cost due to Change in Law.
19.17.2
If as a result of Change in Law, the Contractor benefits from any reduction in

costs for the execution of this Agreement or in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement, either Party shall, within 15 (fifteen) days
from the date it becomes reasonably aware of such reduction in cost, notify
the other Party with a copy to the Employers Engineer of such reduction in
cost due to Change in Law.
19.17.3
The Employers Engineer shall, within 15 (fifteen) days from the date of
receipt of the notice from the Contractor or the Employer, determine any
addition or reduction to the Contract Price, as the case may be, due to the
Change in Law.
19.18
Correction of Interim Payment Certificates

The Employers Engineer may by an Interim Payment Certificate make
any correction or modification in any previous Interim Payment Certificate
issued by the Employers Engineer.
19.19
Employers claims
If the Employer considers itself to be entitled to any payment from the
Contractor under any Clause of this Agreement, it shall give notice and
particulars to the Contractor 20 (twenty) days before making the recovery
Page 83
EPC Agreement
from any amount due to the Contractor, and shall take into consideration
the representation, if any, made by the Contractor in this behalf, before
making such recovery.
19.20
Bonus for early completion

In the event that the Project Completion Date occurs prior to the
Scheduled Completion Date, the Contractor shall be entitled to receive a
payment of bonus equivalent to 1 % (one per cent) calculated on monthly
basis of the Contract Price by which the Project Completion Date precedes
the Scheduled Completion Date, but subject to a maximum of 5% (five
percent) of the Contract Price. Provided, however, that the payment of
bonus, if any, shall be made only after the issue of the Completion
Certificate. For the avoidance of the doubt, the Parties agree that for the
purpose of determining the bonus payable hereunder, the Contract Price shall
always be deemed to be the amount specified in Clause 19.1.1, and shall
exclude any revision thereof for any reason. The Parties also agree that
bonus shall be payable only if each work for which Extension of Time has
been granted is completed within respective Extended Time.
Page 84
EPC Agreement
ARTICLE 20
20. INSURANCE
20.1
Insurance for Works and Maintenance
20.1.1
The Contractor shall effect and maintain at its own cost the insurances
specified in Schedule-P and as per the requirements under the Applicable
Laws.
20.1.2
Subject to the provisions of Clause 21.6, the Employer and the Contractor
shall, in accordance with its obligations as provided for in this Agreement,
be liable to bear the cost of any loss or damage that does not fall within the
scope o f this Article 20 or cannot be recovered from the insurers.
20.1.3
Subject to the exceptions specified in Clause 20.1.4 below, the Contractor

shall, save and except as provided for in this Agreement, fully indemnify,
hold harmless and defend the Employer from and against any and all losses,
Damages, costs, charges and/or claims with respect to:
(a) the death of or injury to any person; or
(b) the loss of or damage to any property (other than the Works);
That may arise out of or in consequence of any breach by the Contractor of
this Agreement during the execution of the Works or the remedying of any
Defects therein.
20.1.4
Notwithstanding anything stated above in Clause 20.1.3, the Employer shall

fully indemnify the Contractor from and against any and all losses, Damages,
costs, charges, proceedings and/or claims arising out of or with respect to
(a) the use or occupation of land or any part thereof by the Employer;
(b) the right of the Employer to execute the Works, or any part thereof,
on, over, under, in or through any land;
(c) the damage to property which is the unavoidable result of the
execution and completion of the Works, or the remedying of any
Defects therein, in accordance with this Agreement; and
(d) the death of or injury to persons or loss of or damage to property
resulting from any act or neglect of the Employer, its agents,
servants or other contractors, not being employed by the Contractor
Provided that, in the event of any injury or damage as a result of the
contributory negligence of the Contractor, the Employer shall be
liable to indemnify the Contractor from and against any and all
losses, Damages, costs, charges, proceedings and/or claims to the
extent as may be proportionately determined to be the liability of the
Employer, its servants or agents or other contractors not associated
with the Contractor in such injury or damage.
Page 85
EPC Agreement
20.1.5
Without prejudice to the obligations of the Parties as specified under

Clauses 20.1.3 and 20.1.4, the Contractor shall maintain or effect such third
party insurances as may be required under the Applicable Laws.
20.1.6
The Contractor shall provide to the Employer, within 30 days of the

Appointed Date, evidence of professional liability insurance maintained by
its Design Director and/or consultants to cover the risk of professional
negligence in the design of Works. The professional liability coverage shall
be for a sum of not less than 3% (three per cent) of the Contract Price and
shall be maintained until the end of the Defects Liability Period.
20.2
Notice to the Employer

No later than 15 (fifteen) days after the date of this Agreement, the
Contractor shall by notice furnish to the Employer, in reasonable detail,
information in respect of the insurances that it proposes to effect and
maintain in accordance with this Article 20. Within 15 (fifteen) days of
receipt of such notice, the Employer may require the Contractor to effect
and maintain such other insurances as may be necessary pursuant hereto,
and in the event of any difference or disAgreement relating to any such
insurance, the Dispute Resolution Procedure shall apply.
20.3
Evidence of Insurance Cover
20.3.1
All insurances obtained by the Contractor in accordance with this Article 20

shall be maintained with insurers on terms consistent with Good Industry
Practice. Within 10 (ten) days from the Appointed Date, the Contractor shall
furnish to the Employer notarized true copies of the certificate(s) of
insurance, copies of insurance policies and premium payment receipts in
respect of such insurance, and no such insurance shall be canceled,
modified, or allowed to expire or lapse until the expiration of at least 45
(forty-five) days after notice of such proposed cancellation, modification or
non-renewal has been delivered by the Contractor to the Employer. The
Contractor shall act in accordance with the directions of the Employer.
Provided that the Contractor shall produce to the Employer the insurance
policies in force and the receipts for payment of the current premium.
20.3.2
The Contractor shall ensure the adequacy of the insurances at all times in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
20.4
Remedy for failure to insure

If the Contractor shall fail to effect and keep in force all insurances for
which it is responsible pursuant hereto, the Employer shall have the option
to either keep in force any such insurances, and pay such premium and
recover the costs thereof from the Contractor, or in the event of computation
of a Termination Payment, treat an amount equal to the Insurance Cover as
deemed to have been received by the Contractor.
Page 86
20.5
EPC Agreement
Waiver of subrogation
All insurance policies in respect of the insurance obtained by the Contractor
pursuant to this Article 20 shall include a waiver of any and all rights of
subrogation or recovery of the insurers thereunder against, inter alia, the
Employer, and its assigns, successors, undertakings and their subsidiaries,
Affiliates, employees, insurers and underwriters, and of any right of the
insurers to any set-off or counterclaim or any other deduction, whether by
attachment or otherwise, in respect of any liability of any such person
insured under any such policy or in any way connected with any loss,
liability or obligation covered by such policies of insurance.
20.6
Contractors waiver
The Contractor hereby further releases, assigns and waives any and all rights
of subrogation or recovery against, inter alia, the Employer and its assigns,
undertakings and their subsidiaries, Affiliates, employees, successors,
insurers and underwriters, which the Contractor may otherwise have or
acquire in or from or in any way connected with any loss, liability or
obligation covered by policies of insurance maintained or required to be
maintained by the Contractor pursuant to this Agreement (other than third
party liability insurance policies) or because of deductible clauses in or
inadequacy of limits of any such policies of insurance.
20.7
Cross liabilities
Any such insurance maintained or effected in pursuance of this Article 20
shall include a cross liability clause such that the insurance shall apply to the
Contractor and to the Employer as separately insured.
20.8
Accident or injury to workmen

Notwithstanding anything stated in this Agreement, it is hereby expressly
agreed between the Parties that the Employer shall not be liable for or in
respect of any damages or compensation payable to any workman or other
person in the employment of the Contractor or Sub-contractor, save and
except as for death or injury resulting from any act, omission or default of
the Employer, its agents or servants. The Contractor shall indemnify and
keep
indemnified the Employer from and against all such claims,
proceedings, damages, costs, charges, and expenses whatsoever in respect
of the above save and except for those acts, omissions or defaults for which
the Employer shall be liable.
20.9
Insurance against accident to workmen

The Contractor shall effect and maintain during the Agreement such
insurances as may be required to insure the Contractors personnel and any
other persons employed by it on the Project Site from and against any
liability incurred in pursuance of this Article 20. Provided that for the
purposes of this Clause 20.9, the Contractors personnel/any person employed
by the Contractor shall include the Sub-contractor and its personnel. It is
further provided that, in respect of any persons employed by
Page 87
EPC Agreement
any Sub-contractor, the Contractor's obligations to insure as aforesaid under

this Clause 20.9 shall be discharged if the Sub-contractor shall have insured
against any liability in respect of such persons in such manner that the
Employer is indemnified under the policy. The Contractor shall require such
Sub-contractor to produce before the Employer, when required, such policy
of insurance and the receipt for payment of the current premium within 10
(ten) days of such demand being made by the Employer.
20.10
Application of insurance proceeds

The proceeds from all insurance claims, except for life and injury, shall be
applied for any necessary repair, reConstruction, reinstatement, replacement,
improvement, delivery or installation of the Project Works and the provisions
of this Agreement in respect of Construction of Works shall apply mutatis
mutandis to the Works undertaken out of the proceeds of insurance.
20.11
Compliance with policy conditions

Each Party hereby expressly agrees to fully indemnify the other Party from
and against all losses and claims arising from its failure to comply with
conditions imposed by the insurance policies effected in accordance with
this Agreement.
Page 88
EPC Agreement
Part V
Force Majeure and Termination
Page 89
EPC Agreement
ARTICLE 21
21. FORCE MAJEURE
21.1
Force Majeure
As used in this Agreement, the expression Force Majeure or Force
Majeure Event shall mean occurrence in India of any or all of Non- Political
Event, Indirect Political Event and Political Event, as defined in Clauses
21.2, 21.3 and 21.4 respectively, if it affects the performance by the Party
claiming the benefit of Force Majeure (the Affected Party) of its
obligations under this Agreement and which act or event (i) is beyond the
reasonable control of the Affected Party, and (ii) the Affected Party could
not have prevented or overcome by exercise of due diligence and following
Good Industry Practice, and (iii) has Material Adverse Effect on the Affected
Party.
21.2
Non-Political Event
A Non-Political Event shall mean one or more of the following acts or
events:
(a) act of God, epidemic, extremely adverse weather conditions,
lightning, earthquake, landslide, cyclone, flood, volcanic eruption,
chemical or radioactive contamination or ionising radiation, fire or
explosion (to the extent of contamination or radiation or fire or
explosion originating from a source external to the Site);
(b) strikes or boycotts (other than those involving the Contractor,
Subcontractors or their respective employees/representatives, or
attributable to any act or omission of any of them) interrupting
supplies and services to the Project Works for a continuous period
of 24 (twenty-four) hours and an aggregate period exceeding 10
(ten) days in an Accounting Year, and not being an Indirect
Political Event set forth in Clause 21.3;
(c) any failure or delay of a Sub-contractor but only to the extent
caused by another Non-Political Event;
(d) any judgment or order of any court of competent jurisdiction or
statutory Employer made against the Contractor in any
proceedings for reasons other than (i) failure of the Contractor to
comply with any Applicable Law or Applicable Permit, or (ii) on
account of breach of any Applicable Law or Applicable Permit or
of any contract, or (iii) enforcement of this Agreement, or (iv)
exercise of any of its rights under this Agreement by the Employer;
(e) the discovery of geological conditions, toxic contamination or
archaeological remains on the Site that could not reasonably have
been expected to be discovered through a Site inspection; or
Page 90
21.3
EPC Agreement
Indirect Political Event

An Indirect Political Event shall mean one or more of the following acts or
events:
(a) an act of war (whether declared or undeclared), invasion, armed
conflict or act of foreign enemy, blockade, embargo, riot,
insurrection, terrorist or military action, civil commotion or
politically motivated sabotage;
(b) industry-wide or State-wide strikes or industrial action for a
continuous period of 24 (twenty-four) hours and exceeding an
aggregate period of 10 (ten) days in an Accounting Year;
(c) any civil commotion, boycott or political agitation which prevents
Construction of the Project Works by the Contractor for an
aggregate period exceeding 10 (ten) days in an Accounting Year;
(d) any failure or delay of a Sub-contractor to the extent caused by
any Indirect Political Event;
21.4
Political Event
A Political Event shall mean one or more of the following acts or events by
or on account of any Government Instrumentality:
(a) Change in Law, only if consequences thereof cannot be dealt
with under and in accordance with the provisions of Clause 19.17;
(b) compulsory acquisition in national interest or expropriation of
any Project Assets or rights of the Contractor or of the SubContractors;
(c) unlawful or unauthorized or without jurisdiction revocation of, or
refusal to renew or grant without valid cause, any clearance,
license, permit, authorization, no objection certificate, consent,
approval or exemption required by the Contractor or any of the
Sub-contractors to perform their respective obligations under this
Agreement; provided that such delay, modification, denial, refusal
or revocation did not result from the Contractors or any Subcontractors inability or failure to comply with any condition
relating to grant, Maintenance or renewal of such clearance,
license, authorization, no objection certificate, exemption, consent,
approval or permit;
(d) any failure or delay of a Sub-contractor but only to the extent
caused by another Political Event;
Page 91
EPC Agreement
21.5
Duty to report Force Majeure Event
21.5.1
Upon occurrence of a Force Majeure Event, the Affected Party shall by

notice report such occurrence to the other Party forthwith. Any notice
pursuant hereto shall include full particulars of:
(a) the nature and extent of each Force Majeure Event which is the
subject of any claim for relief under this Article 21 with evidence
in support thereof;
(b) the estimated duration and the effect or probable effect which
such Force Majeure Event is having or will have on the Affected
Partys performance of its obligations under this Agreement;
(c) the measures which the Affected Party is taking or proposes to
take for alleviating the impact of such Force Majeure Event; and
(d) any other information relevant to the Affected Partys claim.
21.5.2
The Affected Party shall not be entitled to any relief for or in respect of a
Force Majeure Event unless it shall have notified the other Party of the
occurrence of the Force Majeure Event as soon as reasonably practicable,
and in any event no later than 10 (ten) days after the Affected Party knew, or
ought reasonably to have known, of its occurrence, and shall have given
particulars of the probable Material effect that the Force Majeure Event is
likely to have on the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.
21.5.3
For so long as the Affected Party continues to claim to be Material ly

affected by such Force Majeure Event, it shall provide the other Party with
regular (and not less than weekly) reports containing information as required
by Clause 21.5.1, and such other information as the other Party may
reasonably request the Affected Party to provide.
21.6
Effect of Force Majeure Event on the Agreement
21.6.1
Upon the occurrence of any Force Majeure after the Appointed Date, the
costs incurred and attributable to such event and directly relating to this
Agreement (the Force Majeure costs) shall be allocated and paid as
follows:
(a) upon occurrence of a Non-Political Event, the Parties shall bear
their respective Force Majeure costs and neither Party shall be
required to pay to the other Party any costs thereof;
(b) upon occurrence of an Indirect Political Event, all Force Majeure
costs attributable to such Indirect Political Event, and not
exceeding the Insurance Cover for such Indirect Political Event,
shall be borne by the Contractor, and to the extent Force Majeure
costs exceed such Insurance Cover, one half of such excess amount
shall be reimbursed by the Employer to the Contractor for the
Force Majeure events; and
Page 92
EPC Agreement
(c) upon occurrence of a Political Event, all Force Majeure costs

attributable to such Political Event shall be reimbursed by the
Employer to the Contractor.
For the avoidance of doubt, Force Majeure costs may include costs directly
attributable to the Force Majeure Event, but shall not include debt
repayment obligations, if any, of the Contractor.
21.6.2
Save and except as expressly provided in this Article 21, neither Party shall
be liable in any manner whatsoever to the other Party in respect of any loss,
damage, cost, expense, claims, demands and proceedings relating to or
arising out of occurrence or existence of any Force Majeure Event or
exercise of any right pursuant hereto.
21.6.3
Upon the occurrence of any Force Majeure Event during the

Construction Period, the Project Completion Schedule for and in
respect of the affected Works shall be extended on a day for day basis for
such period as performance of the Contractors obligations is affected on
account of the Force Majeure Event or its subsisting effects.
21.7
Termination Notice for Force Majeure Event

If a Force Majeure Event subsists for a period of 60 (sixty) days or more
within a continuous period of 120 (one hundred and twenty) days, either
Party may in its discretion terminate this Agreement by issuing a
Termination Notice to the other Party without being liable in any manner
whatsoever, save as provided in this Article 21, and upon issue of such
Termination Notice, this Agreement shall, notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained herein, stand terminated forthwith; provided that before
issuing such Termination Notice, the Party intending to issue the
Termination Notice shall inform the other Party of such intention and grant
15 (fifteen) days time to make a representation, and may after the expiry of
such 15 (fifteen) days period, whether or not it is in receipt of such
representation, in its sole discretion issue the Termination Notice.
21.8
21.8.1
Termination Payment for Force Majeure Event

In the event of this Agreement being terminated on account of a NonPolitical Event, the Termination Payment shall be an amount equal to the
sum payable under Clause 23.5.
Provided that in the event Termination occurs during the Maintenance
Period, the Employers Engineer shall only determine the value of
Works associated with Maintenance.
21.8.2
If Termination is on account of an Indirect Political Event, the Termination

Payment shall include:
(a) any sums due and payable under Clause 23.5; and
(b) the reasonable cost, as determined by the Employers Engineer,
of the Plant and Materials procured by the Contractor and
transferred to the Employer for use in Construction or
Page 93
EPC Agreement
Maintenance, only if such Plant and Materials are in conformity

with the Specifications and Standards;
Provided that in the event Termination occurs during the Maintenance
Period, the Employers Engineer shall only determine the value of Works
associated with Maintenance.
21.8.3
If Termination is on account of a Political Event, the Employer shall

make a Termination Payment to the Contractor in an amount that would be
payable under Clause 23.6.2 as if it were an Employer Default.
21.9
Dispute resolution
In the event that the Parties are unable to agree in good faith about the
occurrence or existence of a Force Majeure Event, such Dispute shall be
finally settled in accordance with the Dispute Resolution Procedure;
provided that the burden of proof as to the occurrence or existence of
such Force Majeure Event shall be upon the Party claiming relief and/or
excuse on account of such Force Majeure Event.
21.10
Excuse from performance of obligations

If the Affected Party is rendered wholly or partially unable to perform its
obligations under this Agreement because of a Force Majeure Event, it shall
be excused from performance of such of its obligations to the extent it is
unable to perform on account of such Force Majeure Event; provided that:
(a) the Suspension of performance shall be of no greater scope and of
no longer duration than is reasonably required by the Force
Majeure Event;
(b) the Affected Party shall make all reasonable efforts to mitigate or
limit damage to the other Party arising out of or as a result of the
existence or occurrence of such Force Majeure Event and to cure
the same with due diligence; and
(c) when the Affected Party is able to resume performance of its
obligations under this Agreement, it shall give to the other Party
notice to that effect and shall promptly resume performance of
its obligations hereunder.
Page 94
EPC Agreement
ARTICLE 22
22. SUSPENSION OF CONTRACTORS RIGHTS
22.1
Suspension upon Contractor Default

Upon occurrence of a Contractor Default, the Employer shall be
entitled, without prejudice to its other rights and remedies under this
Agreement including its rights of Termination hereunder, to (i) suspend
carrying out of the Works or Maintenance or any part thereof, and (ii) carry
out such Works or Maintenance itself or authorize any other person to
exercise or perform the same on its behalf during such Suspension (the
Suspension). Suspension hereunder
shall
be effective forthwith
upon issue of notice by the Employer to the Contractor and may extend up
to a period not exceeding 90 (ninety) days from the date of issue of such
notice.
22.2
Employer to act on behalf of Contractor

During the period of Suspension hereunder, all rights and liabilities vested
in the Contractor in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement
shall continue to vest therein and all things done or actions taken, including
expenditure incurred by the Employer for discharging the obligations of the
Contractor under and in accordance with this Agreement shall be deemed
to have been done or taken for and on behalf of the Contractor and the
Contractor undertakes to indemnify the Employer for all costs incurred
during such period. The Contractor hereby licenses and sub-licenses
respectively, the Employer or any other person authorized by it under Clause
22.1 to use during Suspension, all Intellectual Property belonging to or
licensed to the Contractor with respect to the Project Works and its design,
engineering, Construction and Maintenance, and which is used or created
by the Contractor in performing its obligations under the Agreement.
22.3
Revocation of Suspension
22.3.1
In the event that the Employer shall have rectified or removed the cause of
Suspension within a period not exceeding 60 (sixty) days from the date of
Suspension, it shall revoke the Suspension forthwith and restore all rights of
the Contractor under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties
expressly agree that the Employer may, in its discretion, revoke the
Suspension at any time, whether or not the cause of Suspension has been
rectified or removed hereunder.
22.3.2
Upon the Contractor having cured the Contractor Default within a

period not exceeding 60 (sixty) days from the date of Suspension, the
Employer shall revoke the Suspension forthwith and restore all rights of the
Contractor under this Agreement.
Page 95
22.4
22.4.1
22.4.2
EPC Agreement
Termination
At any time during the period of Suspension under this Article 22, the
Contractor may by notice require the Employer to revoke the Suspension and
issue a Termination Notice. The Employer shall, within 15 (fifteen) days of
receipt of such notice, terminate this Agreement under and in accordance
with Article 23.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, in
the event that Suspension is not revoked within 90 (ninety) days from the
date of Suspension hereunder, the Agreement shall, upon expiry of the
aforesaid period, be deemed to have been terminated by mutual
Agreement of the Parties and all the provisions of this Agreement shall
apply, mutatis mutandis, to such Termination as if a Termination Notice had
been issued by the Employer upon occurrence of a Contractor Default.
Page 96
EPC Agreement
ARTICLE 23
23. TERMINATION
23.1
Termination for Contractor Default
23.1.1
Save as otherwise provided in this Agreement, in the event that any of the
defaults specified below shall have occurred, and the Contractor fails to cure
the default within the Cure Period set forth below, or where no Cure Period
is specified, then within a Cure Period of 60 (sixty) days, the Contractor shall
be deemed to be in default of this Agreement (the Contractor Default),
unless the default has occurred solely as a result of any breach of this
Agreement by the Employer or due to Force Majeure. The defaults
referred to herein shall include:
(a) the Contractor fails to provide, extend or replenish, as the case
may be, the Performance Security in accordance with this
Agreement;
(b) subsequent to the replenishment or furnishing of fresh Performance
Security in accordance with Clause 7.3, the Contractor fails to cure,
within a Cure Period of 30 (thirty) days, the Contractor Default for
which the whole or part of the Performance Security was
appropriated;
(c) the Contractor does not achieve the latest outstanding Project
Milestone due in accordance with the provisions of Schedule-J,
subject to any Time Extension, and continues to be in default for
45 (forty five) days;
(d) the Contractor abandons or manifests intention to abandon the
Construction or Maintenance of the Project Works without the
prior written consent of the Employer;
(e) the Contractor fails to proceed with the Works in accordance with
the provisions of Clause 10.1 or stops Works and/or the
Maintenance for 30 (thirty) days without reflecting the same in the
current Programme and such stoppage has not been authorized by
the Employers Engineer;
(f) the Project Completion Date does not occur within the period
specified in Schedule-J for the Scheduled Completion Date, or any
extension thereof;
(g) failure to complete the Punch List items within the periods
stipulated therefore in Clause 12.2.1;
Page 97
EPC Agreement
(h) the Contractor fails to rectify any Defect, the non-rectification of

which shall have a Material Adverse Effect on the Project, within
the time specified in this Agreement or as directed by the
Employers Engineer;
(i) the Contractor subcontracts the Works or any part thereof in
violation of this Agreement or assigns any part of the Works or the
Maintenance without the prior approval of the Employer;
(j) the Contractor creates any Encumbrance in breach of this
Agreement;
(k) an execution levied on any of the assets of the Contractor has
caused a Material Adverse Effect ;
(l) the Contractor is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or if a trustee or
receiver is appointed for the Contractor or for the whole or
Material part of its assets that has a Material bearing on the Project;
(m) the Contractor has been, or is in the process of being liquidated,
dissolved, wound-up, amalgamated or reconstituted in a manner
that would cause, in the reasonable opinion of the Employer, a
Material Adverse Effect;
(n) a resolution for winding up of the Contractor is passed, or any
petition for winding up of the Contractor is admitted by a court of
competent jurisdiction and a provisional liquidator or receiver is
appointed and such order has not been set aside within 90 (ninety)
days of the date thereof or the Contractor is ordered to be wound
up by court except for the purpose of amalgamation or
reConstruction; provided that, as part of such amalgamation or
reConstruction, the entire property, assets and undertaking of the
Contractor are transferred to the amalgamated or reconstructed
entity and that the amalgamated or reconstructed entity has
unconditionally assumed the obligations of the Contractor under
this Agreement; and provided that:
(i) the amalgamated or reconstructed entity has the capability and
experience necessary for the performance of its obligations
under this Agreement; and
(ii) the amalgamated or reconstructed entity has the financial
standing to perform its obligations under this Agreement and
has a credit worthiness at least as good as that of the
Contractor as at the Appointed Date;
(o) any representation or warranty of the Contractor herein contained
which is, as of the date hereof, found to be Material ly false or the
Contractor is at any time hereafter found to be in breach thereof;
Page 98
EPC Agreement
(p) the Contractor submits to the Employer any statement, notice or

other document, in written or electronic form, which has a Material
effect on the Employers rights, obligations or interests and which is
false in Material particulars;
(q) the Contractor has failed to fulfill any obligation, for which failure
Termination has been specified in this Agreement; or
(r) the Contractor commits a default in complying with any other
provision of this Agreement if such a default causes a Material
Adverse Effect on the Project or on the Employer.
23.1.2
Without prejudice to any other rights or remedies which the Employer

may have under this Agreement, upon occurrence of a Contractor Default,
the Employer shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement by issuing a
Termination Notice to the Contractor; provided that before issuing the
Termination Notice, the Employer shall by a notice inform the Contractor of
its intention to issue such Termination Notice and grant 15 (fifteen) days to
the Contractor to make a representation, and may after the expiry of such
15 (fifteen) days, whether or not it is in receipt of such representation, issue
the Termination Notice.
23.1.3
After Termination of this Agreement for Contractor Default, the Employer

may complete the Works and/or arrange for any other entities to do so.
The Employer and these entities may then use any Materials, Plant and
equipment, Contractors documents and other design documents made by or
on behalf of the Contractor.
23.2
Termination for Employer Default
23.2.1
In the event that any of the defaults specified below shall have occurred, and
the Employer fails to cure such default within a Cure Period of 90 (ninety)
days or such longer period as has been expressly provided in this
Agreement, the Employer shall be deemed to be in default of this Agreement
(the Employer Default) unless the default has occurred as a result of any
breach of this Agreement by the Contractor or due to Force Majeure. The
defaults referred to herein shall include:
(a) the Employer commits a Material default in complying with any of
the provisions of this Agreement and such default has a Material
Adverse Effect on the Contractor;
(b) the Employer has failed to make payment of any amount due and
payable to the Contractor within the period specified in this
Agreement;
(c) the Employer has failed to provide, within a period of 180 (one
hundred and eighty) days from the Appointed Date, the
environmental clearances required for Construction of the Project
Works;
Page 99
EPC Agreement
(d) the Employer repudiates this Agreement or otherwise takes any

action that amounts to or manifests an irrevocable intention not to
be bound by this Agreement; or
(e) the Employers Engineer fails to issue the relevant Interim Payment
Certificate within 60 (sixty) days after receiving a statement and
supporting documents.
23.2.2
Without prejudice to any other right or remedy which the Contractor may
have under this Agreement, upon occurrence of an Employer Default, the
Contractor shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement by issuing a
Termination Notice to the Employer; provided that before issuing the
Termination Notice, the Contractor shall by a notice inform the Employer of
its intention to issue the Termination Notice and grant 15 (fifteen) days to
the Employer to make a representation, and may after the expiry of such
15 (fifteen) days, whether or not it is in receipt of such representation, issue
the Termination Notice.
23.3
Termination for Employers convenience

Notwithstanding anything stated herein above, the Employer may terminate
this Agreement for convenience. The Termination shall take effect 30
(thirty) days from the date of notice hereunder.
23.4
Requirements after Termination

Upon Termination of this Agreement in accordance with the terms of this
Article 23, the Contractor shall comply with and conform to the
following:
(a) deliver to the Employer all Plant and Materials which shall have
become the property of the Employer under this Article 23;
(b) deliver all relevant records, reports, Intellectual Property and other
licenses pertaining to the Works, Maintenance, other design
documents and in case of Termination occurring after the
Provisional Certificate has been issued, the as built Drawings for
the Works;
(c) transfer and/or deliver all Applicable Permits to the extent
permissible under Applicable Laws; and
(d) vacate the Site within 15 (fifteen) days.
23.5
Valuation of Unpaid Works
23.5.1
Within a period of 45 (forty-five) days after Termination under Clause

23.1, 23.2 or 23.3, as the case may be, has taken effect, the Employers
Engineer shall proceed in accordance with Clause 18.5 to determine as
follows the valuation of unpaid Works (the Valuation of Unpaid Works):
Page 100
EPC Agreement
(a) value of the completed stage of the Works, less payments already
made;
(b) reasonable value of the partially completed stages of Works as on
the date of Termination, only if such Works conform with the
Specifications and Standards; and
(c) value of Maintenance, if any, for completed months, less payments
already made,
and shall adjust from the sum thereof (i) any other amounts payable or
recoverable, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement; and (ii) all Taxes due to be deducted at source.
23.5.2
The Valuation of Unpaid Works shall be communicated to the Employer,

with a copy to the Contractor, within a period of 30 (thirty) days from the
date of Termination.
23.6
Termination Payment
23.6.1
Upon Termination on account of Contractors Default under Clause 23.1,

the Employer shall:
(a) encash and appropriate the Performance Security and Retention
Money, or in the event the Contractor has failed to replenish or
extend the Performance Security, claim the amount stipulated in
Clause 7.1.1, as agreed pre-determined compensation to the
Employer for any losses, delays and cost of completing the Works
and Maintenance, if any;
(b) encash and appropriate the Bank guarantee, if any, for and in
respect of the outstanding Advance Payment and interest thereon;
and
(c) pay to the Contractor, by way of Termination Payment, an amount
equivalent to the Valuation of Unpaid Works after adjusting any
other sums payable or recoverable, as the case may be, in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
23.6.2
Upon Termination on account of an Employer Default under Clause 23.2 or

for Employers convenience under Clause 23.3, the Employer shall:
(a) return the Performance Security and Retention Money forthwith;
(b) encash and appropriate the Bank guarantee, if any, for and in
respect of the outstanding Advance Payment; and
(c) pay to the Contractor, by way of Termination Payment, an amount
equal to:
(i)
Valuation of Unpaid Works;
Page 101
EPC Agreement
(ii)
the reasonable cost, as determined by the Employers

Engineer, of the Plant and Materials procured by the
Contractor and transferred to the Employer for its use, only if
such Plant and Materials are in conformity with the
Specifications and Standards;
(iii) the reasonable cost of temporary Works, as determined by

the Employers Engineer; and
(iv)
10 (ten per cent) of the cost of the Works and Maintenance

that are not commenced or not completed,
and shall adjust from the sum thereof (i) any other amounts payable or
recoverable, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement, and (ii) all Taxes due to be deducted at source.
23.6.3
Termination Payment shall become due and payable to the Contractor

within 30 (thirty) days of a demand being made by the Contractor to the
Employer with the necessary particulars, and in the event of any delay, the
Employer shall pay interest at the Base Rate plus 2% (two percent),
calculated at quarterly rests, on the amount of Termination Payment
remaining unpaid; provided that such delay shall not exceed 90 (ninety)
days. For the avoidance of doubt, it is expressly agreed that Termination
Payment shall constitute full discharge by the Employer of its payment
obligations in respect thereof hereunder.
23.6.4
The Contractor expressly agrees that Termination Payment under this

Article 23 shall constitute a full and final settlement of all claims of the
Contractor on account of Termination of this Agreement and that it shall
not have any further right or claim under any law, treaty, convention,
contract or otherwise.
23.7
Other rights and obligations of the Parties

Upon Termination for any reason whatsoever
(a) property and ownership in all Materials, Plant and Works and the
Project Works shall, as between the Contractor and the Employer,
vest in the Employer in whole; provided that the foregoing shall be
without prejudice to Clause 23.6
(b) risk of loss or damage to any Materials, Plant or Works and the
care and custody thereof shall pass from the Contractor to the
Employer; and
(c) the Employer shall be entitled to restrain the Contractor and any
person claiming through or under the Agreement from entering
upon the Site or any part of the Project except for taking
possession of Materials, stores, implements, Construction plants
and equipment of the Contractor, which have not been vested in
the Employer in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
Page 102
23.8
EPC Agreement
Survival of rights
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement any
Termination pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall be without
prejudice to the accrued rights of either Party including its right to claim and
recover money damages, insurance proceeds, security deposits, and other
rights and remedies, which it may have in law or Agreement. All rights and
obligations of either Party under this Agreement, including Termination
Payments, shall survive the Termination to the extent such survival is
necessary for giving effect to such rights and obligations.
Page 103
EPC Agreement
Part VI
Other Provisions
Page 104
EPC Agreement
ARTICLE 24
24. ASSIGNMENT AND CHARGES
24.1
Restrictions on assignment and charges

This Agreement shall not be assigned by the Contractor to any person, save
and except with the prior consent in writing of the Employer, which consent
the Employer shall be entitled to decline without assigning any reason.
24.2
Hypothecation of Materials or Plant

Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 24.1, the Contractor may
pledge or hypothecate to its lenders, any Materials or Plant prior to their
incorporation in the Works. Further, the Contractor may, by written
notice to the Employer, assign its right to receive payments under this
Agreement either absolutely or by way of charge, to any person
providing financing to the Contractor in connection with the performance of
the Contractors obligations under this Agreement. The Contractor
acknowledges that any such assignment by the Contractor shall not relieve
the Contractor from any obligations, duty or responsibility under this
Agreement.
Page 105
EPC Agreement
ARTICLE 25
25. LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY
25.1
General indemnity
The Contractor will indemnify, defend, save and hold harmless the Employer
and its officers, servants, agents, Government Instrumentality and
Government owned and/or controlled entities/enterprises, (the Employer
Indemnified Persons) against any and all suits, proceedings, actions,
demands and third party claims for any loss, damage, cost and expense of
whatever kind and nature, whether arising out of any breach by the
Contractor of any of its obligations under this Agreement or from any
negligence under the Agreement, including any errors or deficiencies in the
design documents, or
tort or on any other ground whatsoever, except
to the extent that any such suits, proceedings, actions, demands and
claims have arisen due to any negligent act or omission, or breach or default
of this Agreement on the part of the Employer Indemnified Persons.
25.2
Indemnity by the Contractor
25.2.1
Without limiting the generality of Clause 25.1, the Contractor shall fully
indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Employer and the Employer
Indemnified Persons from and against any and all loss and/or damages
arising out of or with respect to:
(a) failure of the Contractor to comply with Applicable Laws and
Applicable Permits;
(b) payment of Taxes required to be made by the Contractor in
respect of the income or other Taxes of the Sub-contractors,
suppliers and representatives; or
(c) non-payment of amounts due as a result of Materials or services
furnished to the Contractor or any of its Sub-contractors which
are payable by the Contractor or any of its Sub-contractors.
25.2.2
Without limiting the generality of the provisions of this Article 25, the
Contractor shall fully indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Employer
Indemnified Persons from and against any and all suits, proceedings,
actions, claims, demands, liabilities and damages which the Employer
Indemnified Persons may hereafter suffer, or pay by reason of any demands,
claims, suits or proceedings arising out of claims of infringement of any
domestic or foreign patent rights, copyrights or other Intellectual Propoerty,
proprietary or confidentiality rights with respect to any6 Materials,
information, design or process used by the Contractor or by the Subcontractors in performing the Contractors obligations or in any way
incorporated in or related to the Project. If in any such suit, action, claim or
proceedings, a temporary restraint order or preliminary injunction is
granted, the Contractor shall make every reasonable effort, by giving a
satisfactory bond or otherwise, to secure the revocation or Suspension of
the injunction or restraint order. If, in any such suit, action, claim or
Page 106
EPC Agreement
proceedings, the Project Works, or any part thereof or comprised

therein, is held to constitute an infringement and its use is permanently
enjoined, the Contractor shall promptly make every reasonable effort to
secure for the Employer a license, at no cost to the Employer, authorizing
continued use of the infringing work. If the Contractor is unable to secure
such license within a reasonable time, the Contractor shall, at its own
expense, and without impairing the Specifications and Standards, either
replace the affected work, or part, or process thereof with non-infringing
work or part or process, or modify the same so that it becomes noninfringing.
25.3
Notice and contest of claims

In the event that either Party receives a claim or demand from a third party
in respect of which it is entitled to the benefit of an indemnity under this
Article 25 (the Indemnified Party) it shall notify the other Party (the
Indemnifying Party) within 15 (fifteen) days of receipt of the claim or
demand and shall not settle or pay the claim without the prior approval of the
Indemnifying Party, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or
delayed. In the event that the Indemnifying Party wishes to contest or
Dispute the claim or demand, it may conduct the proceedings in the name of
the Indemnified Party, subject to the Indemnified Party being secured against
any costs involved, to its reasonable satisfaction.
25.4
Defence of claims
25.4.1
The Indemnified Party shall have the right, but not the obligation, to contest,
defend and litigate any claim, action, suit or proceeding by any third party
alleged or asserted against such Party in respect of, resulting from, related to
or arising out of any matter for which it is entitled to be indemnified
hereunder, and reasonable costs and expenses thereof shall be indemnified by
the Indemnifying Party. If the Indemnifying Party acknowledges in writing
its obligation to indemnify the Indemnified Party in respect of loss to the full
extent provided by this Article 25, the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled,
at its option, to assume and control the defence of such claim, action, suit or
proceeding, liabilities, payments and obligations at its expense and through
the counsel of its choice; provided it gives prompt notice of its intention to
do so to the Indemnified Party and reimburses the Indemnified Party for the
reasonable cost and expenses incurred by the Indemnified Party prior to the
assumption by the Indemnifying Party of such defence. The Indemnifying
Party shall not be entitled to settle or compromise any claim, demand,
action, suit or proceeding without the prior written consent of the
Indemnified Party, unless the Indemnifying Party provides such security to
the Indemnified Party as shall be reasonably required by the Indemnified
Party to secure the loss to be indemnified hereunder to the extent so
compromised or settled.
25.4.2
If the Indemnifying Party has exercised its rights under Clause 25.3, the
Indemnified Party shall not be entitled to settle or compromise any
claim, action, suit or proceeding without the prior written consent of the
Indemnifying Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or
delayed).
Page 107
EPC Agreement
25.4.3
If the Indemnifying Party exercises its rights under Clause 25.3, the
Indemnified Party shall nevertheless have the right to employ its own
counsel, and such counsel may participate in such action, but the fees and
expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the Indemnified Party,
when and as incurred, unless:
(a) the employment of counsel by such party has been authorized in
writing by the Indemnifying Party; or
(b) the Indemnified Party shall have reasonably concluded that there
may be a conflict of interest between the Indemnifying Party and
the Indemnified Party in the conduct of the defence of such
action; or
(c) the Indemnifying Party shall not, in fact, have employed
independent counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified
Party, to assume the defence of such action and shall have been
so notified by the Indemnified Party; or
(d) the Indemnified Party shall have reasonably concluded and
specifically notified the Indemnifying Party either:
i.
ii.
that there may be specific defences available to it

which are different from or additional to those
available to the Indemnifying Party; or
that such claim, action, suit or proceeding involves
or could have a Material adverse effect upon it
beyond the scope of this Agreement:
Provided that if Sub-clauses (b), (c) or (d) of this Clause 25.4.3 shall be
applicable, the counsel for the Indemnified Party shall have the right to
direct the defence of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding on
behalf of the Indemnified Party, and the reasonable fees and disbursements
of such counsel shall constitute legal or other expenses hereunder.
25.5
No consequential claims
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 25, the
indemnities herein provided shall not include any claim or recovery in
respect of any cost, expense, loss or damage of an indirect, incidental or
consequential nature, including loss of profit, except as expressly provided in
this Agreement.
25.6
Survival on Termination
The provisions of this Article 25 shall survive Termination.
Page 108
EPC Agreement
ARTICLE 26
26. DISPUTE RESOLUTION
26.1
Dispute Resolution
26.1.1
Any Dispute, difference or controversy of whatever nature howsoever

arising under or out of or in relation to this Agreement (including its
interpretation) between the Parties, and so notified in writing by either
Party to the other Party (the Dispute) shall, in the first instance, be
attempted to be resolved amicably in accordance with the conciliation
procedure set forth in Clause 26.2.
26.1.2
The Parties agree to use their best efforts for resolving all Disputes arising
under or in respect of this Agreement promptly, equitably and in good
faith, and further agree to provide each other with reasonable access during
normal business hours to all non-privileged records, information and data
pertaining to any Dispute.
26.2
Conciliation
In the event of any Dispute between the Parties, either Party may call upon
the Employers Engineer, or such other person as the Parties may mutually
agree upon (the Conciliator) to mediate and assist the Parties in arriving
at an amicable settlement thereof. Failing mediation by the Conciliator or
without the intervention of the Conciliator, either Party may require such
Dispute to be referred to the Managing Director of the Employer and the
Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Contractor for amicable
settlement, and upon such reference, the said persons shall meet no later than
7 (seven) business days from the date of reference to discuss and attempt to
amicably resolve the Dispute. If such meeting does not take place within
the 7 (seven) business day period or the Dispute is not amicably settled
within 15 (fifteen) days of the meeting or the Dispute is not resolved as
evidenced by the signing of written terms of settlement within 30 (thirty)
days of the notice in writing referred to in Clause 26.1.1 or such longer
period as may be mutually agreed by the Parties, either Party may refer the
Dispute to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of Clause 26.3.
26.3
26.3.1
Arbitration
Any Dispute which is not resolved amicably by conciliation, as provided in
Clause 26.2, shall be finally decided by reference to arbitration by a Board of
Arbitrators appointed in accordance with Clause 26.3.2. Such arbitration
shall be held in accordance with the Rules of Arbitration of the International
Centre for Alternative Dispute Resolution, New Delhi (the Rules), or such
other rules as may be mutually agreed by the Parties, and shall be subject to
the provisions of the Arbitration Act. The venue of such arbitration shall be
[Mumbai], and the language of arbitration proceedings shall be English.
Page 109
EPC Agreement
26.3.2
There shall be a Board of three arbitrators, of whom each Party shall select
one, and the third arbitrator shall be appointed by the two arbitrators so
selected and in the event of disAgreement between the two arbitrators, the
appointment shall be made in accordance with the Rules.
26.3.3
The arbitrators shall make a reasoned award (the Award). Any Award
made in any arbitration held pursuant to this Article 26 shall be final and
binding on the Parties as from the date it is made, and the Contractor and
the Employer agree and undertake to carry out such Award without delay.
26.3.4
The Contractor and the Employer agree that an Award may be enforced
against the Contractor and/or the Employer, as the case may be, and their
respective assets wherever situated.
26.3.5
This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Parties shall remain in
full force and effect, pending the Award in any arbitration proceedings
hereunder.
26.3.6
In the event the Party against whom the Award has been granted challenges
the Award for any reason in a court of law, it shall make an interim
payment to the other Party for an amount equal to 75% (seventy five per
cent) of the Award, pending final settlement of the Dispute. The aforesaid
amount shall be paid forthwith upon furnishing an irrevocable Bank
Guarantee for a sum equal to 120 % (one hundred and twenty per cent) of the
aforesaid amount. Upon final settlement of the Dispute, the aforesaid interim
payment shall be adjusted and any balance amount due to be paid or
returned, as the case may be, shall be paid or returned with interest calculated
at the rate of 10% (ten per cent) per annum from the date of interim payment
to the date of final settlement of such balance.
26.4
Adjudication by Regulatory Employer, Tribunal or Commission

In the event of constitution of a statutory regulatory Employer, tribunal or
commission, as the case may be, with powers to adjudicate upon Disputes
between the Contractor and the Employer, all Disputes arising after such
constitution shall, instead of reference to arbitration under Clause 26.3, be
adjudicated upon by such regulatory authority, tribunal or commission in
accordance with the Applicable Law and all references to Dispute Resolution
Procedure shall be construed accordingly. For the avoidance of doubt, the
Parties hereto agree that the adjudication hereunder shall not be final and
binding until an appeal against such adjudication has been decided by
an appellate tribunal or court of competent jurisdiction, as the case may be,
or no such appeal has been preferred within the time specified in the
Applicable Law.
Page 110
EPC Agreement
ARTICLE 27
27. MISCELLANEOUS
27.1
Governing law and jurisdiction

This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with and
governed by the laws of India, and the courts at [Mumbai] shall have
exclusive jurisdiction over matters arising out of or relating to this
Agreement.
27.2
Waiver of immunity
Each Party unconditionally and irrevocably:
a) agrees that the execution, delivery and performance by it of this
Agreement constitute commercial acts done and performed for
commercial purpose;
b) agrees that, should any proceedings be brought against it or its
assets, property or revenues in any jurisdiction in relation to this
Agreement or any transaction contemplated by this Agreement, no
immunity (whether by reason of sovereignty or otherwise) from
such proceedings shall be claimed by or on behalf of the Party with
respect to its assets;
c) waives any right of immunity which it or its assets, property or
revenues now has, may acquire in the future or which may be
attributed to it in any jurisdiction; and
d) consents generally in respect of the enforcement of any judgement
or award against it in any such proceedings to the giving of any
relief or the issue of any process in any jurisdiction in connection
with such proceedings (including the making, enforcement or
execution against it or in respect of any assets, property or revenues
whatsoever irrespective of their use or intended use of any order or
judgement that may be made or given in connection therewith).
27.3
Delayed payments
The Parties hereto agree that payments due from one Party to the other
Party under the provisions of this Agreement shall be made within the
period set forth therein, and if no such period is specified, within 30
(thirty) days of receiving a demand along with the necessary particulars. In
the event of delay beyond such period, the defaulting Party shall pay
interest for the period of delay calculated at a rate equal to Base Rate plus 2
(two) percent, calculated at quarterly rests, and recovery thereof shall be
without prejudice to the rights of the Parties under this Agreement
including Termination thereof.
Page 111
27.4
27.4.1
EPC Agreement
Waiver
Waiver, including partial or conditional waiver, by either Party of any
default by the other Party in the observance and performance of any
provision of or obligations under this Agreement:(a) shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other or
subsequent default hereof or of other provisions of or obligations
under this Agreement;
(b) shall not be effective unless it is in writing and executed by a duly
authorized representative of the Party; and
(c) shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement in
any manner.
27.4.2
Neither the failure by either Party to insist on any occasion upon the
performance of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement or
any obligation thereunder nor time or other indulgence granted by a Party to
the other Party shall be treated or deemed as waiver of such breach or
acceptance of any variation or the relinquishment of any such right
hereunder.
27.5
Liability for review of Documents and Drawings

Except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement:
(a) no review, comment or approval by the Employer or the Employers
Engineer of any Document or Drawing submitted by the
Contractor nor any observation or inspection of the Construction, or
Maintenance of the Project Works nor the failure to review, approve,
comment, observe or inspect hereunder shall relieve or absolve the
Contractor from its obligations, duties and liabilities under this
Agreement, the Applicable Laws and Applicable Permits; and
(b) the Employer shall not be liable to the Contractor by reason of any
review, comment, approval, observation or inspection referred to in
Sub-clause (a) above.
27.6
Exclusion of implied warranties etc.

This Agreement expressly excludes any warranty, condition or other
undertaking implied at law or by custom or otherwise arising out of any
other Agreement between the Parties or any representation by either Party
not contained in a binding legal Agreement executed by both Parties.
27.7
Survival
27.7.1
Termination shall:
(a) not relieve the Contractor or the Employer, as the case may be, of any
obligations hereunder which expressly or by implication survive
Termination hereof; and
Page 112
EPC Agreement
(b) except as otherwise provided in any provision of this Agreement expressly

limiting the liability of either Party, not relieve either Party of any
obligations or liabilities for loss or damage to the other Party arising out
of, or caused by, acts or omissions of such Party prior to the effectiveness
of such Termination or arising out of such Termination.
27.7.2
All obligations surviving Termination shall only survive for a period of 3

(three) years following the date of such Termination.
27.8
Entire Agreement
This Agreement and the Schedules together constitute a complete and
exclusive statement of the terms of the Agreement between the Parties on
the subject hereof, and no amendment or modification hereto shall be valid
and effective unless such modification or amendment is agreed to in
writing by the Parties and duly executed by persons especially empowered in
this behalf by the respective Parties. All prior written or oral understandings,
offers or other communications of every kind pertaining to this Agreement
are abrogated and withdrawn. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties hereto
agree that any obligations of the Contractor arising from the Request for
Qualification or Request for Proposals, as the case may be, shall be deemed
to form part of this Agreement and treated as such.
27.9
Severability
If for any reason whatever, any provision of this Agreement is or becomes
invalid, illegal or unenforceable or is declared by any court of competent
jurisdiction or any other instrumentality to be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining
provisions shall not be affected in any manner, and the Parties will
negotiate in good faith with a view to agreeing to one or more provisions
which may be substituted for such invalid, unenforceable or illegal
provisions, as nearly as is practicable to such invalid, illegal or
unenforceable provision. Failure to agree upon any such provisions shall
not be subject to the Dispute Resolution Procedure set forth under this
Agreement or otherwise.
27.10
No partnership
This Agreement shall not be interpreted or construed to create an association,
joint venture or partnership between the Parties, or to impose any partnership
obligation or liability upon either Party, and neither Party shall have any
right, power or Employer to enter into any Agreement or undertaking for, or
act on behalf of, or to act as or be an agent or representative of, or to
otherwise bind, the other Party.
27.11
Third Parties
This Agreement is intended solely for the benefit of the Parties, and their
respective successors and permitted assigns, and nothing in this Agreement
shall be construed to create any duty to, standard of care with reference to, or
any liability to, any person not a Party to this Agreement.
Page 113
27.12
EPC Agreement
Successors and assigns

This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of the
Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
27.13
Notices
Any notice or other communication to be given by any Party to the other
Party under or in connection with the matters contemplated by this
Agreement shall be in writing and shall:
(a) in the case of the Contractor, be given by facsimile or e-mail and by
letter delivered by hand to the address given and marked for attention of
the person set out below or to such other person as the Contractor may
from time to time designate by notice to the Employer; provided that
notices or other communications to be given to an address outside
[Aurangabad] may, if they are subsequently confirmed by sending a copy
thereof by registered acknowledgement due, air mail or by courier, be
sent by facsimile or e-mail to the person as the Contractor may from time
to time designate by notice to the Employer; [***]
(b) in the case of the Employer, be given by facsimile or e-mail and by letter
delivered by hand and be addressed to the [Managing Director] of the
Employer with a copy delivered to the Employer Representative or such
other person as the Employer may from time to time designate by notice
to the Contractor; provided that if the Contractor does not have an office
in [Aurangabad] it may send such notice by facsimile or email and by
registered acknowledgement due, air mail or by courier; and
(c) any notice or communication by a Party to the other Party, given in
accordance herewith, shall be deemed to have been delivered when in the
normal course of post it ought to have been delivered and in all other
cases, it shall be deemed to have been delivered on the actual date and
time of delivery; provided that in the case of facsimile or email, it shall
be deemed to have been delivered on the working day following the date
of its delivery.
27.14
Language
All notices required to be given by one Party to the other Party and all
other communications, Documentation and proceedings which are in any
way relevant to this Agreement shall be in writing and in English
language.
27.15
Counterparts
This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, each of which,
when executed and delivered, shall constitute an original of this Agreement.
27.16
Confidentiality
The Parties shall treat the details of this Agreement as private and
confidential, except to the extent necessary to carry out obligations under it
or to comply with Applicable Laws. The Contractor shall not publish, permit
to be published, or disclose any particulars of the Works in any trade or
Page 114
EPC Agreement
technical paper or elsewhere without the previous Agreement of the

Employer.
27.17
Copyright and Intellectual Property rights
27.17.1
As between the Parties, the Contractor shall retain the copyright and other
Intellectual Propoerty rights in the Contractor's Documents and other design
documents made by (or on behalf of) the Contractor. The Contractor shall
be deemed (by signing this Agreement) to give to the Employer a
nonterminable transferable non-exclusive royalty-free licence to copy, use
and communicate the Contractor's Documents, including making and using
modifications of them. This licence shall:
(a) apply throughout the actual or intended working life (whichever is
longer) of the relevant parts of the Works,
(b) entitle any person in proper possession of the relevant part of the Works
to copy, use and communicate the Contractor's Documents for the
purposes of completing, operating, maintaining, altering, adjusting,
repairing and demolishing the Works, and
(c) in the case of Contractor's Documents which are in the form of computer
programs and other software, permit their use on any computer on the
Site and other places as envisaged by this Agreement, including
replacements of any computers supplied by the Contractor:
27.17.2
The Contractor's Documents and other design documents made by (or on

behalf of) the Contractor shall not, without the Contractor's consent, be
used, copied or communicated to a third party by (or on behalf of) the
Employer for purposes other than those permitted under this Clause 27.17
27.17.3
As between the Parties, the Employer shall retain the copyright and other
Intellectual Propoerty rights in this Agreement and other documents made
by (or on behalf of) the Employer. The Contractor may, at its cost, copy, use,
and obtain communication of these documents for the purposes of this
Agreement. They shall not, without the Employer's consent, be copied,
used or communicated to a third party by the Contractor, except as necessary
for the purposes of the contract.
27.18
Limitation of Liability
27.18.1
Neither Party shall be liable to the other Party for loss of use of any Works,
loss of profit, loss of any contract or for any indirect or consequential loss or
damage which may be suffered by the other Party in connection with this
Agreement, save and except as provided under Articles 23 and 25.
27.18.2
The total liability of one Party to the other Party under and in accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement, save and except as provided in
Articles 23 and 25, shall not exceed the Contract Price. For the avoidance
of doubt, this Clause shall not limit the liability in any case of fraud,
deliberate default or reckless misconduct by the defaulting Party.
Page 115
EPC Agreement
ARTICLE 28
28. DEFINITIONS
28.1
Definitions
In this Agreement, the following words and expressions shall, unless
repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, have the meaning hereinafter
respectively assigned to them:
Accounting Year means the financial year commencing from the first day
of April of any calendar year and ending on the thirty-first day of March of
the next calendar year;
Advance Payment shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 19.2;
Affected Party shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 21.1;
Affiliate means, in relation to either Party {and/or Members}, a person who
controls, is controlled by, or is under the common control with such Party {or
Member} (as used in this definition, the expression control means, with
respect to a person which is a company or corporation, the ownership, directly
or indirectly, of more than 50% (fifty per cent) of the voting shares of such
person, and with respect to a person which is not a company or corporation,
the power to direct the management and policies of such person, whether
by operation of law or by contract or otherwise);
Agreement means this Agreement, its Recitals, the Schedules hereto and
any amendments thereto made in accordance with the provisions contained in
this Agreement;
Applicable Laws means all laws, brought into force and effect by GOI
or the State Government including rules, regulations and notifications made
there under, and judgments, decrees, injunctions, writs and orders of any
court of record, applicable to this Agreement and the exercise, performance
and discharge of the respective rights and obligations of the Parties hereunder,
as may be in force and effect during the subsistence of this Agreement;
Applicable Permits means all clearances, licenses, permits, authorizations,
no objection certificates, consents, approvals and exemptions required to be
obtained or maintained under Applicable Laws in connection with the
Construction, operation and Maintenance of the Project Works during the
subsistence of this Agreement;
Appointed Date means that date which is later of the 15th day of the date of
this Agreement, the date on which the Contractor has delivered the
Performance Security in accordance with the provisions of Article 7 and the
date on which the Employer has provided the Right of Way on no less than
90% (Ninety per cent) of the total length of Project Right of Way;
Page 116
EPC Agreement
Arbitration Act means the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 and shall
include modifications to or any re-enactment thereof, as in force from time to
time.
Bank means a Bank incorporated in India and having a minimum net worth
o f Rs. 1,000 crore (Rupees one thousand crore) or any other Bank acceptable
to the Employer;
Bank Rate means the Repo rate of interest announced by the Reserve Bank
of India for all its lending operations on the Base Date;
Base Date means the last date of that calendar month, which date precedes
the Bid Due Date by at least 28 (twenty eight) days;
Bid means the documents in their entirety comprised in the Bid submitted
by the [selected bidder/Consortium] in response to the Request for Proposals in
accordance with the provisions thereof;
Bid Security means the Bid security provided by the Contractor to the
Employer in accordance with the Request for Proposal, and which is to remain
in force until substituted by the Performance Security;
Change in Law means the occurrence of any of the following after the Base
Date:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
the enactment of any new Indian law;

the repeal, modification or re-enactment of any existing Indian law;
the commencement of any Indian law which has not entered into effect
until the Base Date;
a change in the interpretation or application of any Indian law by a
judgement of a court of record which has become final, conclusive and
binding, as compared to such interpretation or application by a court of
record prior to the Base Date; or
any change in the rates of any of the Taxes or royalties that have a
direct effect on the Project;
Change of Scope shall have the meaning set forth in Article 13;
Change of Scope Notice shall have the meaning set forth in Clause
13.2.1;
Change of Scope Order shall have the meaning set forth in Clause
13.2.4;
Completion Certificate shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 12.4;
{Consortium means the consortium of entities which have formed a joint
venture for implementation of this Project ;}$
Construction shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 1.2.1 (f);
Page 117
EPC Agreement
Construction Period means the period commencing from the Appointed

Date and ending on the date of the Completion Certificate;
Contract Price means the amount specified in Clause 19.1.1;
Contractor shall have the meaning attributed thereto in the array of
Parties herein above as set forth in the Recitals;
Contractor Default shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 23.1;
Cure Period means the period specified in this Agreement for curing any
breach or default of any provision of this Agreement by the Party
responsible for such breach or default and shall:
(a) commence from the date on which a notice is delivered by one Party to the
other Party asking the latter to cure the breach or default specified in such
notice;
(b)
not relieve any Party from liability to pay Damages or compensation under
the provisions of this Agreement; and
(c) not in any way be extended by any period of Suspension under this
Agreement; provided that if the cure of any breach by the Contractor
requires any reasonable action by the Contractor that must be approved by
the Employer or the Employers Engineer hereunder, the applicable Cure
Period shall be extended by the period taken by the Employer or the
Employers Engineer to accord their approval;
$$ This definition may be omitted if the Contractor is not a Consortium.
Damages shall have the meaning set forth in paragraph (w) of Clause1.2.1;
Defect means any Defect or deficiency in Construction of the Works or any
part thereof, which does not conform with the Specifications and Standards,
and in the case of Maintenance, means any Defect or deficiency which is
specified in Schedule E;
Defects Liability Period shall have the meaning set forth in Clause17.1;
Dispute shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 26.1.1;
Dispute Resolution Procedure means the procedure for resolution of
Disputes set forth in Article 26;
Drawings means all of the Drawings, calculations and documents
pertaining to the Project Works as set forth in Schedule-I, and shall include as
built Drawings of the Project Works;
Document or Documentation means Documentation in printed or
written form, or in tapes, discs, Drawings, computer programmes, writings,
reports, photographs, films, cassettes, or expressed in any other written,
electronic, audio or visual form;
Page 118
EPC Agreement
Emergency means a condition or situation that is likely to endanger the

safety or security of the individuals on or about the Project Works, including
Users thereof, or which poses an immediate threat of Material damage to any
of the Project Assets;
Employer shall have the meaning attributed thereto in the array of
Parties herein above as set forth in the Recitals;
Employer Default shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 23.2;
Employers Engineer shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 18.1;
Employer Representative means such person or persons as may be
authorized in writing by the Employer to act on its behalf under this
Agreement and shall include any person or persons having Employer to
exercise any rights or perform and fulfil any obligations of the Employer under
this Agreement;
Encumbrances means, in relation to the Project Works, any encumbrances
such as mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, hypothecation, security interest,
assignment, privilege or priority of any kind having the effect of security or
other such obligations, and shall include any designation of loss payees or
beneficiaries or any similar arrangement under any insurance policy pertaining
to the Project Works, where applicable herein but excluding utilities referred
to in Clause 9.1;
EPC means engineering, procurement and Construction;
Final Payment Certificate shall have the meaning set forth in Clause
19.15.1;
Final Payment Statement shall have the meaning set forth in Clause
19.13.1;
Force Majeure or Force Majeure Event shall have the meaning ascribed
to it in Clause 21.1;
GAD or General Arrangement Drawings shall have the meaning set
forth in Clause 4.1.3 (b);
GOI or Government means the Government of India;
Good Industry Practice means the practices, methods, techniques, designs,
standards, skills, diligence, efficiency, reliability and prudence which is
generally and reasonably expected from a reasonably skilled and experienced
contractor engaged in the same type of undertaking as envisaged under this
Agreement
Government Instrumentality means any department, division or
subdivision of the Government or the State Government and includes any
commission, board, Employer, agency or municipal and other local Employer
Page 119
EPC Agreement
or statutory body including panchayat under the control of the Government or

the State Government, as the case may be, and having jurisdiction over all or
any part of the Project Works or the performance of all or any of the services
or obligations of the Contractor under or pursuant to this Agreement;
IRC means the Indian Roads Congress;
Indemnified Party means the Party entitled to the benefit of an indemnity
pursuant to Article 25;
Indemnifying Party means the Party obligated to indemnify the other Party
pursuant to Article 25;
Indirect Political Event shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 21.3;
Insurance Cover means the aggregate of the maximum sums insured under
the insurances taken out by the Contractor pursuant to Article 20, and includes
all insurances required to be taken out by the Contractor under Clauses 20.1
and 20.9 but not actually taken, and when used in the context of any act or
event, it shall mean the aggregate of the maximum sums insured and payable
or deemed to be insured and payable in relation to such act or event;
Intellectual Property means all patents, trademarks, service marks, logos,
get-up, trade names, internet domain names, rights in designs, blue prints,
programmes and manuals, Drawings, copyright (including rights in computer
software), database rights, semi-conductor, topography rights, utility models,
rights in know-how and other Intellectual Propoerty rights, in each case
whether registered or unregistered and including applications for registration,
and all rights or forms of protection having equivalent or similar effect
anywhere in the world;
Interim Payment Certificate or IPC means the interim payment
certificate issued by the Employers Engineer for payment to the Contractor in
respect of Contractors claims for payment raised in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement;
Lead Member shall, in the case of a consortium, mean the member of such
consortium who shall have the Employer to bind the contractor and each
member of the Consortium; and shall be deemed to be the Contractor for
the purposes of this Agreement;
LOA or Letter of Acceptance means the letter of acceptance referred to
in Recital (E);
Maintenance means the Maintenance of the Project Works as set forth in
Article 14 for the period specified therein;
Maintenance Inspection Report shall have the meaning set forth in
Clause 15.2.1;
Maintenance Manual shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 10.7;
Page 120
EPC Agreement
Maintenance Programme shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 14.3;
Maintenance Period shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 14.1.1;
Maintenance Requirements shall have the meaning set forth in Clause
14.2;
Major Bridge means a bridge having a total length of more than 60 (sixty)
meters between the inner faces of the dirt walls as specified in IRC:5-1998;
Manual shall mean the Manual of Standards and Specifications for Four
lane and Six lane Manuals i.e. IRC: SP-84, IRC: SP-87 as per the cross
section of road
Material Adverse Effect means a Material adverse effect of any act or
event on the ability of either Party to perform any of its obligations under and
in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and which act or event
causes a Material financial burden or loss to either Party;
Materials are all the supplies used by the Contractor for incorporation in the
Works or for the Maintenance of the Project Works;
Monthly Maintenance Statement shall have the meaning set forth in
Clause 19.6.1;
MORTH means the Ministry of Road Transport and Highways or any
substitute thereof dealing with Highways;
Non-Political Event shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 21.2;
Parties means the parties to this Agreement collectively and Party shall
mean any of the parties to this Agreement individually;
Performance Security shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 7.1;
Plant means the apparatus and machinery intended to form or forming part
of the Works;
PMNC shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 4.1.1:
Political Event shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 21.4;
Programme shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 10.1.3;
Project means the Construction and Maintenance of the Project Works in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and includes all Works,
services and equipment relating to or in respect of the Scope of the Project;
Project Assets means all physical and other assets relating to
Page 121
EPC Agreement
(a) tangible assets such as civil Works and equipment including foundations,
embankments, pavements, road surface, interchanges, bridges, culverts, road
over-bridges, drainage Works, traffic signals, sign boards, kilometer-stones,
[toll plaza(s)], electrical systems, communication systems, rest areas, relief
centers, Maintenance depots and administrative offices; and
(b) Project Facilities situated on the Site;
Project Completion Date means the date on which the Provisional
Certificate is issued and in the event no Provisional Certificate is issued, the
date on which the Completion Certificate is issued;
Project Completion Schedule means the progressive Project Milestones set
forth in Schedule-J for completion of the Project Works on or before the
Scheduled Completion Date;
Project Facilities means all the amenities and facilities situated on the Site,
as described in Schedule-C;
Project Works means the Site comprising the existing road forming part of
Design and Build the Infrastructure Works for Roads, Drains, Culverts,
Water Supply, Sewerage, Power systems for Phase - I in Shendra-Bidkin
Industrial Area, Aurangabad, Maharashtra, on EPC Basis (Package-I)
Project and all Project Assets, and its subsequent development and
augmentation in accordance with this Agreement;
Project Milestone means the Project milestone set forth in Schedule-J;
Proof Consultant shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 10.2.2;
Provisional Certificate shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 12.2;
Punch List shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 12.2.1;
Quality Assurance Plan or QAP shall have the meaning set forth in
Clause 11.2;
Re., Rs. or Rupees or Indian Rupees means the lawful currency
of the Republic of India;
Request for Proposals or RFP shall have the meaning set forth in
Recital D;
Request for Qualification or RFQ shall have the meaning set forth in
Recital C;
Retention Money shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 7.5.1;
Right of Way means the constructive possession of the Site free from
encroachments and encumbrances, together with all way leaves, easements,
unrestricted access and other rights of way, howsoever described, necessary
Page 122
EPC Agreement
for Construction and Maintenance of the Project Works in accordance with

this Agreement;
Safety Consultant shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 10.1.5;
Scheduled Completion Date shall be the date set forth in Clause 0.3.1;
Scope of the Project shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 2.1;
Section means a part of the Project Works;
Site shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 8.1;
Specifications and Standards means the specifications and standards
relating to the quality, quantity, capacity and other requirements for the
Project Works, as set forth in Schedule-D, and any modifications thereof, or
additions thereto, as included in the design and engineering for the Project
Works submitted by the Contractor to, and expressly approved by, the
Employer;
"Stage Payment Statement" shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 19.4;
Structures means an elevated road or a flyover, as the case may be;
Sub-contractor means any person or persons to whom a part of the
Works or the Maintenance has been subcontracted by the Contractor and
the permitted legal successors in title to such person, but not an assignee to
such person;
Suspension shall have the meaning set forth in Article 22;
Taxes means any Indian Taxes including excise duties, customs duties,
value added tax, sales tax, local Taxes, cess and any impost or surcharge of
like nature (whether Central, State or local) on the goods, Materials,
equipment and services incorporated in and forming part of the Project
Works charged, levied or imposed by any Government Instrumentality, but
excluding any interest, penalties and other sums in relation thereto imposed on
any account whatsoever. For the avoidance of doubt, Taxes shall not include
Taxes on corporate income;
Termination means the expiry or termination of this Agreement;
Termination Notice means the communication issued in accordance with
this Agreement by one Party to the other Party terminating this
Agreement;
Termination Payment means the amount payable by either Party to the
other upon Termination in accordance with Article 23;
Page 123
EPC Agreement
Terms of Reference or TOR shall have the meaning set forth in

Clause 18.2.1;
Tests means the Tests set forth in Schedule-K to determine the completion
of Works in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;
Time Extension shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 10.5.1;
User means a person who uses or intends to use on the Project Works or any
part thereof;
Valuation of Unpaid Works shall have the meaning set forth in
Clause 23.5.1;
Works means all Works including survey and investigation, design,
engineering, procurement, Construction, Plant, Materials, Maintenance,
temporary Works and other things necessary to complete the Project
Works in accordance with this Agreement; and
WPI means the wholesale price index for various commodities as published
by the Ministry of Commerce and Industry, GOI and shall include any index
which substitutes the WPI, and any reference to WPI shall, unless the context
otherwise requires, be construed as a reference to the WPI published for the
period ending with the preceding month.
Page 124
EPC Agreement
IN WITNESS WHEREOF THE PARTIES HAVE EXECUTED AND DELIVERED

THIS AGREEMENT AS OF THE DAY, MONTH AND YEAR FIRST ABOVE
WRITTEN.
SIGNED, SEALED AND
SIGNED, SEALED AND
DELIVERED
DELIVERED
For and on behalf of
THE EMPLOYER by:

(Signature)
(Signature)
(Name)
(Name)
(Designation)
(Designation)
In the presence of: 1.

2.
{COUNTERSIGNED and accepted by:
Name and particulars of other members of the Consortium}
Page 125
EPC Agreement
SCHEDULES
Page 126
EPC Agreement
Schedule A - Site of the Project

(See Clause 2.1 and 8.1)
Contents
Site of the Project............................................................................................................127
Annexure I - Site............................................................................................................ 129
Annexure II Land Details............................................................................................ 132
Annexure III - Development Plan........................................................................................ 134
Annexure IV Environment Clearance...........................................................................135
Appendix A-I - Index Maps and Location Maps..............................................................136
Page 127
EPC Agreement
1.0
The Site
1.1
Site of the Roads and other Utilities/Services of Shendra-Bidkin Industrial

Area, is as described in Annexure-I of this Schedule-A.
1.2
The dates of handing over the Land to the Contractor are specified in
Annexure-II of this Schedule-A.
1.3
An inventory of the Site including trees and any other immovable

property on, or attached to, the Site shall be prepared jointly by the
Employers Representative and the Contractor, and such inventory shall form
part of the Agreement.
1.4
The plan of Draft Development Planning Scheme superimposed over

sanctioned Development Plan (land use plan) is specified in Annexure-III.
1.5
The status of the Environment clearances is given in Annexure-IV.
Page 128
EPC Agreement
Annexure - I
(Schedule-A)
1.0
SITE
The Phase-I Area lies within the Shendra-Bidkin Industrial Area (SBIA), spread
across an area of 8.45 sq.km. The area has an optimum mix of land use, with major
share as industrial.
The area has existing connectivity of Jalna-Aurangabad Railway line and MSH 6
on south side and existing Shendra-Bidkin Industrial Development area on west
side of the site. It has an optimum mix of land use comprising of industrial,
residential mixed use and recreation.
Topographically, proposed Shendra-Bidkin Development area occupies 628.900m
contour on the north side boundary to the 565.600 in the south-side boundary.
The Phase-I Area lies within the following Latitudes and Longitudes.
Table 1
Point
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B 10
B 11
B 12
B 13
B 14
B 15
B 16
B 17
B 18
B 19
B 20
B 21
B 22
UTM Coordinates
Easting
552781.069
552864.414
553625.134
554319.694
554187.410
554458.132
554712.496
555411.297
555296.164
555832.518
556513.328
556630.173
557645.688
558002.502
557722.013
558078.193
558072.770
556811.026
556879.988
556720.327
556693.706
556066.968
Northing
2196927.753
2197740.509
2199470.440
2199002.243
2198561.532
2198430.825
2198931.759
2198549.560
2199096.823
2198968.657
2198965.753
2199617.573
2199906.419
2199132.646
2198561.532
2198185.758
2197797.693
2197589.293
2197911.790
2197932.781
2197728.741
2197468.501
Index Maps and Location Maps of the Project are given at Appendix A-I.
Page 129
EPC Agreement
1.1
Seismicity
Shendra-Bidkin Industrial Area (SBIA) Phase I Region falls under the ZoneIII of the Seismic zoning map of India IS: 1893-2002.
AURA
Prop.Shendra
Industrial. area
Page 130
EPC Agreement
2.0
Existing Features and Utilities / Services
2.1
Electric Line / Electric Pole/ Utilities
2.1.1
The following utilities are identified near Perkins factory along existing road
and needs to be suitably rerouted/relocated. Additional Site surveys shall be
conducted with contractor to confirm and finalise relocation of utilities.
a. Underground HT Cable along the existing road.
b. DI water pipe line of 250mm dia.
c. Street lights along existing road
2.2
Religious Structures
There is one existing religious structure.
2.3
Existing Overhead High tension transmission power lines to be relocated as

per Article 9.2.
Page 131
EPC Agreement
Annexure - II (Schedule-A)
Land Details
1.0 Existing Land
Total Project area of 845 Hectares is distributed as per the table mentioned below.
2.0 Land Use (As per sanctioned Development Plan)

Table:2
S.no.
Land Use
1 Industrial
2 Light Industrial & PAP Area (15%)
Sub Total (Industries)
3 Logistic
4 Truck Terminus
Sub Total (Logistic)
5 Commercial
6 Residential Area
7 Public & Semi Public
8 Park & Open Space
9 Water bodies
Sub Total (Open Space)
10 Road Network
11 Basti
12 CBD
GRAND TOTAL
Area (Sq.m)
2,591,717.91
1,579,060.00
0.00
72,709.10
619,763.19
711,323.54
606,766.66
547,381.39
313,118.50
1,209,256.44
6,727.09
204,313.83
8,455,410.56
Area
(ha)
259.17
157.91
417.08
0.00
7.27
7.27
61.98
71.13
60.68
54.74
31.31
86.05
120.93
0.67
20.43
845.54
Percentage
30.65%
18.68%
49.33%
0.00%
0.86%
0.86%
7.33%
8.41%
7.18%
6.47%
3.70%
10.18%
14.30%
0.08%
2.42%
100.00%
Page 132
EPC Agreement
3.0
Handing over of Site to Contractor

Details of Site Handing over are as follows:
A.
At the time of Appointed Date
Table 3: Handing over of Site for Road and Other Infrastructures to Contractor
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Road Name
A-1
A-2
A-3
A-3
A-4
A-5
A-6
B-1
B-2
B-3
B-4
C-1
C-2
C-3
C-4
C-5
C-6
C-6
PAP Internal Roads
10 km of other Internal
Roads not shown in the
Drawing are also part of
the scope
PROW
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
45
45
45
45
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
15
15
B. Within 90 days of Approved date - NIL
Page 133
EPC Agreement
Annexure III (Schedule-A)

Development Plan
1.0
2.0
Development Plan (land use plan) is shown below;
Scope of roads in this package to be referred to Battery limits in the Drawings
Page 134
EPC Agreement
Annexure IV (Schedule-A)
Environment Clearances
1.0
As per MOM-147 with Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) held on 23-24 April
2015, the overall Environment clearance for Shendra-Bidkin Industrial Area in
Phase-I has been granted by MOEF.
Page 135
EPC Agreement
Appendix A-I
INDEX MAPS AND LOCATION MAPS
Page 136
EPC Agreement
AURANGABAD
Page 137
EPC Agreement
INDIA/MAHARASTRA/Shendra-Bidkin Industrial Area (SBIA)

PHASE-I
Page 138
EPC Agreement
Schedule B
Development of the Project Roads and Utilities/Services
(See Clause 2.1)
Contents
Development of the Project Roads and Utilities/Services................................................140
Appendix B I
Forecasted Population details...............................................141
Appendix B II
Proposed Built-up area details..............................................144
Appendix B III
Design and Construction of Roads.......................................145
Appendix B III (a)
Typical Cross Sections.........................................................146
Appendix B III (b)
Geometric Design and Other Features..................................147
Appendix B III (c)
Junctions (At Grade)............................................................148
Appendix B III (d)
Embankment and Pavement Design.....................................150
Appendix B IV
Typical Cross Section Drawings..........................................151
Appendix B V
Potable Water Supply Network............................................152
Appendix B VI
Recycled Water Supply Network.........................................158
Appendix B VII
Domestic Sewage Collection Network.................................162
Appendix B VIII
Industrial Effluent Sewage Collection Network.....................165
Appendix B IX
Storm Water Drainage Network...........................................169
Appendix B X
Power Supply Network.........................................................172
Appendix B XI
Structures: Culverts, Bridges and Outfalls Structures for Storm

Water Drainage....................................................................179
Appendix B XII
Drawings (Refer Drawings)..................................................181
Page 139
EPC Agreement
Development of the Project Roads and Utilities/Services

Development of the Project Roads and Utilities/Services shall include detailed design
and Construction of the following as described in this Schedule-B and in Schedule-C.
1.0
Project Roads and Utilities / Services

i)
Details of Population are given in Appendix B I.
ii)
Details of Built-up area are given in Appendix B II.
iii)
Road network (Right of Way widths varying from 15 m to 60m and

additional service roads) details as per Typical Cross Sections (TCS) are
given in Appendix B III (a).
iv)
Geometric design and other features are given in Appendix B III (b)
v)
Junction details are given in Appendix B III (c).
vi)
Embankment & Pavement design details are given in Appendix B III (d).
vii) Typical Cross Sections (TCS) Drawings are given in Appendix B IV.
viii) Potable Water Supply network details are given in Appendix B V.
ix)
Recycled Water Supply network details are given in Appendix B VI.
x)
Domestic Sewage Collection network details are given in Appendix B VII.
xi)
Industrial Effluent Collection network details are given in Appendix B VIII.
xii) Storm Water Drainage network details are given in Appendix B IX.
xiii) Details of Power supply network are given in Appendix B X.
xiv) Details of Culverts, Bridges and Outfall Structures for storm water drainage
are given in Appendix B IX.
xv) Network plans & Drawings are given in Appendix B XII.
2.0
Standards and Specifications

The Project Roads and Utilities/Services shall be designed and constructed in
conformity with the Standards and Specifications given in Schedule-D.
Page 140
EPC Agreement
Appendix B I
1.0
Forecasted Population details

Forecasted population details are as given below
Table 1 (a)
Zone
Plot No.
Type of Land use
Area(ha)
22
Industrial
5.99
23
Industrial
11.89
24
PSP
2.97
76
Open
2.68
25
Commercial
0.47
PSP
2.55
75
Open
3.64
Industrial
2.99
Industrial
3.03
10
96
Open
2.14
11
Industrial
4.32
12
Industrial
4.09
13
Industrial
11.83
14
Industrial
4.77
15
Industrial
2.59
16
46
Industrial
4.3
17
Industrial
10.31
18
10
Industrial PAP
20.01
19
16
PSP
20
19
Residential
17.21
16369
21
20
Residential
22.61
21505
22
21
Residential
5.75
5469
23
15
Industrial PAP
6.33
24
13
Industrial PAP
7.96
25
63
industrial
14.34
26
64
Industrial
7.35
27
18
PSP
6.18
28
14
Industrial PAP
7.07
Population
Page 141
EPC Agreement
Zone
Plot No.
Type of Land use
Area(ha)
29
11
Industrial PAP
6.89
30
12
Industrial PAP
28.69
31
17
PSP
2.98
32
91
Open
4.96
33
69
Industrial PAP
5.75
34
68
Industrial PAP
16.03
35
67
Industrial PAP
15.25
36
84
Open
5.7
37
65
Industrial
17.79
38
66
Solid waste
3.62
39
98
Industrial
18.81
40
97
Industrial
17.91
41
62
Industrial
27.89
42
89
Truck Terminus
7.27
43
88
Industrial
2.96
44
95
Industrial
4.63
45
61
Commercial
3.7
46
87
Residential
5.01
47
59
Industrial
10.57
48
60
Industrial
10.41
49
58
Industrial
9.52
50
57
PSP
9.47
51
56
Industrial
39.33
52
52
Residential
14.55
53
51
Open
7.89
54
50
CETP
5.97
55
55
Industrial
13.69
56
53
Commercial
4.73
57
54
Commercial
4.58
58
86
Commercial
1.22
59
47 & 48
Industrial
13.17
60
45
Industrial
12.31
61
38
Commercial
6.5
Population
4765
13839
Page 142
EPC Agreement
Zone
Plot No.
Type of Land use
Area(ha)
62
39
PSP
2.8
63
49
PSP
3.26
64
43
Sub Station
4.18
65
44
Commercial
5.93
66
41
Industrial
10.45
67
40
Industrial
5.86
68
37
PSP
9.73
69
42
Residential
5.33
70
78
Open
4.53
71
36
CBD
20.43
72
77
Open
3.5
73
27
Commercial
4.1
74
26
Commercial
15.92
75
28 to 34
Commercial
14.81
76
35
PSP
1.94
Total
673
Population
5070
67017
Table 1 (b) Design Population

S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
Description
Industrial
Commercial
CBD
Other Uses
Residential
Total
Estimated Population
18769
24792
13628
4764
67657
129610
Page 143
EPC Agreement
Appendix B II
1.0
Proposed Built-up area details are given below

Table 2
S.No
Land Use
Area (Sq.m)
Area (ha)
Percentage
1 Industrial
2591717.91
259.17
30.65%
2 Light Industrial & PAP Area (15%)
1579060.00
157.91
18.68%
417.08
49.33%
7.27
0.86%
7.27
0.86%
Sub Total (Industries)

3 Truck Terminus
72709.10
Sub Total (Logistic)
4 Commercial
619763.19
61.98
7.33%
5 Residential Area
711323.54
71.13
8.41%
6 Public & Semi Public
606766.66
60.68
7.18%
7 Park & Open Space
547381.39
54.74
6.47%
313118
31.31
3.70%
86.05
10.18%
8 Water bodies
Sub Total (Open Space)
9 Road Network
1209256
120.93
14.30%
10 Basti
6727.09
0.67
0.08%
11 CBD
204313.83
20.43
2.42%
8455410.56
845.54
100.00%
GRAND TOTAL
Page 144
EPC Agreement
Appendix B III
1.0
Design and Construction of Roads
1.1
The Design and Construction of Roads in Phase-I Area as specified in Appendix

B III (a) to Appendix B III (d) of Schedule-B. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained in the Schedules, the Finished Road Level (FRL) shall be
designed based on area drainage requirement.
1.2
Width of Carriageway
Width of carriageway is as given in typical cross sections Drawings in Appendix B
IV.
Page 145
EPC Agreement
Appendix B III (a)

1.0
Typical Cross Sections

Typical Cross Sections details are as given below in Table: 3
Table: 3
Note -
S. No.
Road
Name
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
A-1
A-2
A-3
A-3
A-4
A-5
A-6
B-1
B-2
B-3
B-4
C-1
C-2
C-3
C-4
C-5
C-6
C-6
D
D
From
To
Applicable
Chainage Chainage
TCS
0+0
0+520
0+950
3+233
0+0
0+650
0+650
4+057
0+0
1+767
0+0
1+189
0+0
0+531
0+0
3+629
0+0
0+966
0+0
0+443
0+0
1+011
0+0
2+652
0+0
2+013
0+0
1+006
0+0
1+135
0+0
0+896
0+0
0+850
0+850
1+120
PAP Roads
10 km Internal roads
Type A1
Type A1
Type A2
Type A1
Type A1
Type A1
Type A1
Type B1
Type B1
Type B1
Type B1
Type C1
Type C1
Type C1
Type C1
Type C1
Type C2
Type C1
Type D
Type D
PROW
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
45
45
45
45
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
15
15
The actual length of roads may very as per detailed engineering design. Utilities shown in
typical cross sections provided in appendix B XII are indicative and the above schedules are
applicable for excluding utility services. For utility services respective schedule to be referred.
Page 146
EPC Agreement
Appendix B III (b)

1.0
Geometric design and other features
1.1
General
Geometric design and other features of the Project Roads shall be in accordance
with the Standards and Specifications as per Schedule D.
1.2
Design speed
The Design Speeds for different category of roads are as given below in Table: 4
Table: 4
S. No.
Road
Name
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
A-1
A-2
A-3
A-3
A-4
A-5
A-6
B-1
B-2
B-3
B-4
C-1
C-2
C-3
C-4
C-5
C-6
C-6
D
From
Chainage
To
Chainage
0+0
0+520
0+950
2+283
0+0
0+650
0+650
4+057
0+0
1+767
0+0
1+189
0+0
0+531
0+0
3+629
0+0
0+966
0+0
0+443
0+0
1+011
0+0
2+652
0+0
2+013
0+0
1+006
0+0
1+135
0+0
0+896
0+0
0+850
0+850
1+120
PAP and Internal roads
Design Speed
(Km/h)
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
50
50
50
50
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
Service road
design Speed
(Km/h)
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
1.3 Coordination on Geometric Design

The concessionaire of this package, while carrying out detailed design of the Roads and
associated facilities especially geometric design of neighboring roads and proposed ROB
approaches (Package-II) has to be obtained and considered. The design details related to the
package-II shall be obtained from the Employer for integration of the geometric design
features and other services of the Project. The approval of the Employer for the design
integration has to be obtained.
Page 147
EPC Agreement
Appendix B III (c)

1.0
Junctions (At grade)

Junction details are as given below in Table: 5.
Table: 5
PROW of Approach roads at
Junction (m)
Leg-1
Leg-2
Leg-3
Leg-4
S. No.
Node
No.
Type
T Junction
60
30
30
X Junction
60
45
60
45
3
4
5
6
7
4
5
6
7
8
T Junction
X Junction
X Junction
T Junction
T Junction
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
30
60
60
60
60
60
60
45
45
-
T Junction
60
60
10
Roundabout
60
60
10
11
T Junction
30
30
11
12
T Junction
30
30
12
13
13
14
Roundabout
30
30
14
15
16
17
18
15
16
17
18
19
T Junction
X Junction
T Junction
X Junction
X Junction
60
45
30
45
60
60
30
30
45
45
19
20
Roundabout
30
20
21
22
23
21
22
23
24
T Junction
T Junction
X Junction
T Junction
30
45
60
30
45
45
45
30
24
25
25
26
27
26
27
28
T Junction
T Junction
T Junction
60
60
60
30
60
45
Remarks
Junction with
Service roads
No median
opening
Merging with
Existing Road
Existing Existing Merging with
Road
Road
Existing Road
Existing
Merging with
Road
Existing Road
30
End of 30m
ROW Road
Outer Radius of
30
Roundabout
45m
30
45
30
30
45
30
60
45
Outer Radius of
Round about 45m
30
45
60
30
30
Merging with
Existing Road
60
60
60
60
Page 148
EPC Agreement
Node
S. No.
No.
28
29
29
30
Type
T Junction
T Junction
PROW of Approach roads at

Junction (m)
Leg-1
Leg-2
Leg-3
Leg-4
45
30
45
60
30
60
Remarks
At grade
junction with
Service road
only
Page 149
EPC Agreement
Appendix B III (d)

1.0 Embankment & Pavement Design
Construction of embankment and pavement shall conform to the Standards and
Specifications as per Schedule D.
2.0 Pavement Design Criteria

Pavement design shall conform to the Standards and Specifications as per
Schedule D.
2.1 Type of pavement

The pavement types for different road and cross sections shall be as given below in
Table: 6
Table: 6
Main Carriageway
Service Roads
Flexible
Cycle Track
Flexible
Flexible
2.2 Design requirements

2.2.1 Design Period
Flexible pavement shall be designed for a minimum period of 20 years.
2.2.2 Design Traffic
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Schedules, the Contractor
shall design the pavement for minimum MSA as given below in Table: 7.
Table: 7
Road ROW
60m
45m
30 m
Traffic (MSA)
25
10
10
Service Road
5
Cycle Track
2
Note: Granular layers shall be designed for minimum10MSA traffic for Cycle track
& service roads.
2.3 Granular Sub-base layer
Minimum thickness of Granular Sub-base layer shall be 150 mm in median, cycle

track and multi-purpose corridor area.
2.4 Footpath
Paver blocks are to be used for footpath/walkway and shall be in confirmation with
the technical specifications in Schedule-D.
Pattern/style/colour of paver block shall be got approved from the Employer or
Employer representative.
Page 150
EPC Agreement
Appendix B IV
1.0
Typical cross section Drawings

Typical cross section Drawings are given in Appendix B XII.
Page 151
EPC Agreement
Appendix B V
1.0
Potable Water Supply
1.1
Background
The potable water for this Project area will be fed from the WTP of 72 MLD scheme
already under execution by MIDC. The Break Pressure Tank is proposed at
Khodegaon. The water source is Jayakwadi dam. Potable water will be fed from a
branch line in the existing gravity main (Tap off point shall be provided on the main
gravity line coming from Break Pressure Tank at Khodegaon, on service road parallel
to Jalna road near existing main entrance of Shendra-Bidkin Industrial area) to the
Underground Service Reservoir (UGSR) located at a distance of 3.10 km from the
main line within the Project area. Then the potable water is partly supplied by gravity
to a part of the Project area and partly pumped to the elevated service reservoir (ESR)
and thereon it is supplied under gravity to the other part of the Project area. The
schematic diagram of potable water supply scheme is provided in Appendix BXII.
1.1.1
Population & Per Capita Water Supply
The Project area is divided into different land uses as per Table 1 in Appendix B II.
The population or the number of employees under various land uses as provided in the
development plan are as under.
Table 1 Population as per Development Plan
S. No.
Description
No. of Employee
Industrial
11663
Industrial PAP
7106
Logistic/Warehousing
Residential
Utilities
Commercial
24792
CBD
13628
Public & Semi-Public
4066
Park & Open Space
388
10
Truck Terminal
109
11
Water Body
12
Road
Population
0
67657
200
TOTAL
61952
67657
Based on the above, the population for various land uses to be adopted for design is
provided in the following table.
Page 152
EPC Agreement
Table 2 Design Population

S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
Description
Industrial
Commercial
CBD
Other Uses
Residential
Total
Estimated Population
18769
24792
13628
4764
67657
129610
The rate of water supply to be adopted for different land uses are as follows:
Domestic/Residential Water Supply
135 lpcd
Workforce (Industrial & others)
45 lpcd
Commercial
45 lpcd
Industrial /Industrial Process
35 kl/ha/day
Logistic / Warehousing
5 kl/ha/day
Central Business District (CBD)
Workforce
45 lpcd
Convention Centre/Floating Commercial Population -
15 lpcd
Hotel
180 litres per bed
Service Apartments
135 lpcd
For fire-fighting purpose, the water demand has been estimated in kiloliters per day
using the formula 100P where P is population in thousands as per CPHEEO Manual.
The horticultural/irrigation water demand to be adopted as follows:
Roadside trees: 28000 liters per km
Public parks and private gardens: 20 to 30 liters per 100 sq. meters
Based on the above parameters, the tentative water demands for different land uses
vis--vis the population are as described hereunder.
Table 3 Tentative Gross Water Demand
S. No.
1
2
3
4
DESCRIPTION
Drinking Water
Industrial
Horticulture
Fire Fighting
TOTAL
GROSS WATER DEMAND (MLD)

14.99
16.22
9.56
1.27
42.04
Page 153
EPC Agreement
The total water demand has been further divided into potable and recycled water
demand based on the following:
Potable Water Demand - Drinking + Fire Fighting + 20% Industrial
Recycled Water Demand - 80% Industrial + Horticulture
The tentative breakup of total water demand is provided in the table below:
Table 4 Breakup of Tentative Gross Water Demand
S. No.
1
2
DESCRIPTION
Potable
Recycled
GROSS WATER DEMAND (MLD)
19.50
22.54
TOTAL
42.04
Peak Factor
The water supply is being done to a mixed land use which comprises of residential,
industrial and commercial developments. Due to uncertainty of the level of all these
developments, a weighted peak factor has been computed for the design of potable
and recycled water supply distribution network which is taken as 1.5.
1.2
Potable Water UGSR

Potable water UGSR with twenty-four hour retention time of total demand, i.e. 19800
KL (Potable + Firefighting) is proposed at a distance of 3.10 km from the gravity
main of 900 mm dia. The UGSR is proposed to be located in Plot No. 1 of the
development plan in the north-west side of SBIA. The UGSR will also have provision
for storage of water required for meeting firefighting water demand in addition to
potable water demand. The anti-corrosion treatment of reinforcement shall be
provided and inner surface of UGSR shall be painted by food grade epoxy paints.
Also the water proofing of slab and Chequered tiles flooring shall be done on the top
of UGSR slab.
The schematic diagram and layout of potable water supply system are presented in
Appendix BXII.
1.3
Potable Water Rising Main from UGSR to OHSR

The UGSR and OHSR are proposed to be located within the same designated area
(Plot number 1). The capacity of OHSR for potable water is calculated to 1000 KL
which is 15% of daily requirement of the area to be served by it. Potable water from
UGSR to OHSR will be fed through a rising main of approximately 110 m in length.
A pumping station is proposed with following recommendations:
22 hours operation of pumping.
RCC Civil Works
1 working + 1 standby arrangements for single pumping operation
2 working + 1 standby arrangements for multiple pumping operations
Page 154
EPC Agreement
The approximate length of the rising main is 110 m and working pressure in these
pipelines will vary between 30-60 m.
The scope for this item includes designing, providing, supplying, lowering, laying and
jointing of pipes & valves to be provided at appropriate spacing as per CPHEEO
guidelines for easy operation and Maintenance of distribution network, bulk flow
water meters including all specials, excavation, backfilling, bedding, Construction of
thrust blocks, level sensors, actuators for valves with provision for future SCADA
integration, valve chambers of appropriate sizes as per CPWD specification and bulk
water meter with chambers and other accessory structures. The scope of services
includes supply of water for hydraulic testing and carrying out hydraulic test for entire
water supply network. The anti-corrosion treatment of reinforcement shall be
provided and inner surface of OHSR shall be painted by food grade epoxy paints.
Also the water proofing of slab and Chequred tiles flooring shall be done on the top of
OHSR slab.
The tentative details of Potable water rising mains are as follows:
Table 5 Tentative Details Trunk Mains
S. No. Description
Value
Gravity main from Tap off Point to UGSR
1
Pipe Diameter
400mm - 600mm
2
Pipe Material above 250mm Dia
DI K-9
3
Total Length of Trunk Main
Refer the Drawings
Pumping main from UGSR to OHSR
1
Pipe Diameter
350 mm
2
Pipe Material
DI-K9
3
Total Length of Rising Main
Refer the Drawing
1.4
Over Head Service Reservoir for Potable Water

The scope includes designing & Construction of RCC Over Head/ Elevated Service
Reservoir (OHSR), foundation, cement plaster with water proofing compound to the
inside face of the container, laying, erecting, hoisting and jointing of pipe assembly of
inlet, outlet, washout, overflow and bypass arrangements, providing and fixing
accessories such as S.S. ladder, C.I. manhole frame and cover, water level sensors
(automatic), lightening conductor, S.S. pipe railing around walk way and top slab,
providing spiral stair case from ground level to roof level, valves and B.B. masonry
chambers for all valves, CI vent cowls, designing and providing all PLC/SCADA/
Automation requirements for valves, water level indicators, flow measuring and
controlling mechanism, water meters, providing and applying three coats of cement
paint to the structure including roof slab, food grade epoxy painting to the internal
surface of OHSR, approved paint to exposed pipes of OHSR and giving satisfactory
water tightness test as per I.S. code. One number of OHSR is proposed for the Project
area.
Page 155
EPC Agreement
The details of OHSR are given below:

Storage capacity
1000 KL
Staging Height*
25-30 m
*Exact staging height, diameter of OHSR etc. shall be as per the detailed design of the
Construction Contractor.
1.5
Potable Water Distribution System

The potable water from the outlet of the UGSR and the OHSR as mentioned above
will flow by gravity up to the plot boundaries. Contractor has to design the complete
potable water distribution system for the complete Project area.
The implementation limit for this distribution system will be from the outlet of the
Underground/Overhead/Elevated service reservoir to the service connection points
outside the plots in the Project area. The Layout Drawing for Potable water
distribution system is given in Appendix BXII.
The scope for this item includes Designing, providing , supplying , lowering, laying
and jointing of pipes & Valves to be provided at appropriate spacing as per CPHEEO
guidelines for easy operation and Maintenance of distribution network, Bulk flow
Water meters including all specials, excavation, backfilling, bedding, Construction of
valve and water meter chambers of appropriate sizes as per CPWD specification, and
other accessory Structures and fixtures, actuator for valves with provision for future
SCADA integration, All the electro-mechanical installations and physical
infrastructure of the distribution network shall be PLC/SCADA compatible. The
scope of services includes supply of water for hydraulic testing and carrying out
hydraulic test for distribution system.
The tentative details of Potable water distribution system are as defined below;
Table 6 Tentative Details of Potable Water Distribution Network
S. No.
1
2
3
4
1.6
Description
Pipe Diameter
Pipe Material below 250mm Dia
Total Length of Distribution network
Value
110 mm- 600 mm
DI K-7
HDPE
Refer the Drawings
Pumping Stations and Pumps

Pumping stations to house pumps that will pump water from UGSR to OHSR are also
in the scope of Contractor. The pump houses shall be of adequate size to house the
pumps of required capacity and other allied electrical and mechanical equipment,
however, minimum size of the pump house shall not be less than 100 sq.m with at
least 6 m height. The external and internal painting of pump house by approved paints
shall also be in the scope of contractor. All exposed pipes in the pumping station shall
be painted by approved paints.
Page 156
EPC Agreement
The pumps shall be of vertical turbine type suitable to pump required amount of water
to the OHSR. The scope shall include all required appurtenances for completion of the
work and providing all PLC/ SCADA/Automation requirements for required
components. The minimum number of pumps to be provided shall be 4 (2W + 2S)
each for 50% of the flow, however actual capacity of the pumps has to be ascertained
by the contractor at the detailed design stage.
1.7
Property Connections
Service pipes should be laid up to plot boundaries in the Project area. The service pipe
details are as defined below:
Table 7 - Tentative Details of Property Connections
S. No.
1
2
3
Description
Value
Details of MDPE pipe house
As per the Drawings
service connection
Pipe Material
MDPE
Number of connections
221No.
Page 157
EPC Agreement
Appendix B VI
1.0
Recycled Water Network
1.1
Background
The treated effluent from the STP and from CETP is conveyed to the recycled water
Underground service reservoir (UGSR) located in STP/CETP premises within the
Project area. Then recycled water is pumped from UGSR to Recycled Water Over
Head Service Reservoir catering to recycled water supply distribution network in the
Project area. The recycled water demand and peak factor shall be as per Appendix B
V, 1.1.1.
1.2
Recycled Water UGSR

The underground service reservoir for recycled water supply is in scope of work under
this contract. It is to be constructed in the STP and CETP premises to receive the
treated water from the STP and CETP.
Recycle water with one day storage for present STP and CETP capacities shall be
7000 Cum out of it UGSR 70% and OHSR is 30% ( UGSR: 4900 Cum and OHSR:
2100 Cum) shall be constructed. The Connection to the UGSR shall also be from the
Gravity water supply main Proposed at a distance as shown in the Drawing from the
gravity main (the gravity pipeline from off-take to potable UGSR). The recycle water
UGSR is proposed to be located in plot number 50 (marked as amenities area for
CETP) of the development plan in the south side of SBIA. The anti-corrosion
treatment of reinforcement and inner surface of UGSR shall be painted by food grade
epoxy paints. Also the water proofing of slab and Chequred tiles flooring shall be
done on the top of UGSR slab.
The details of Recycle water supply system are presented in Appendix BXII.
1.3
Recycled Water Rising Main from UGSR to OHSR

Total length of rising main from UGSR to OHSR (refer the Drawing) and shall be
able to supply water with a minimum residual head of 2 m above the F.S.L of the
OHSR. Another pipeline to carry potable water (make up water) from main Potable
pipeline (from off-take to potable UGSR) to Recycled Water UGSR is also proposed
in case the recycled water from STP and CETP is not available. This pipeline is of
300mm diameter and DI K9 for length refer Drawing.
The scope for this item includes Designing, providing, supplying, lowering, laying
and jointing of pipes & valves to be provided at appropriate spacing as per CPHEEO
guidelines for easy operation and Maintenance of distribution network, actuators for
valves with provision for future SCADA integration, level sensors, bulk flow water
meters including all specials, excavation, backfilling, bedding, Construction of valve
chambers of appropriate sizes as per CPWD specification and other accessory
Page 158
EPC Agreement
structures. All the electro-mechanical installations and physical infrastructure of the

distribution network shall be PLC/SCADA compatible. The scope of services includes
supply of water for hydraulic testing and carrying out hydraulic test for rising main.
The tentative details of Recycled water rising main are as follows:
Table 1 Tentative Details of Rising main and Gravity mains
S. No.
Description
Value
Rising main from Recycle water UGSR to OHSR
1
Pipe Diameter (Tentative)
600 mm
2
Pipe Material
DI K-9
3
Refer Drawings
Make Up Water Gravity Line to Recycle water UGSR
1
Pipe Diameter (Tentative)
300 mm
2
Pipe Material
DI K-7
3
Refer Drawing
1.4
Over Head Service Reservoir for Recycled Water Supply

The scope includes designing & Construction of RCC Elevated Service Reservoirs,
foundation, cement plaster with water proofing compound to the inside face of the
container, laying, erecting, hoisting and jointing of pipe assembly of inlet, outlet,
washout, overflow and bypass arrangements, providing and fixing accessories such as
S.S. ladder, C.I. manhole frame and cover, water level indicator (manual), lightening
conductor, S.S. pipe railing around walk way and top slab, providing spiral stair case
from ground level to roof level, valves and B.B. masonry chambers for all valves, CI
vent cowls, designing and providing all PLC/ SCADA/ Automation requirements for
valves, water level indicators and level sensors, flow measuring and controlling
mechanism, water meters, providing and applying three coats of cement paint to the
structure including roof slab, food grade epoxy painting to the internal surface of
OHSR, approved paint to exposed pipes of OHSR and giving satisfactory water
tightness test as per I.S. code. One number OHSR is proposed for the Project area.
The details of OHSR are as defined below:
Capacity of OHSR = 2100 KL (30% of Capacity)
*Staging height = 25-30 m
*Exact staging height, diameter of OHSR etc. shall be as per the detailed design of the
Construction Contractor
1.5
Recycled Water Distribution System

The recycled water from the outlet of the OHSR as mentioned above will flow by
gravity up to the plot boundaries. Contractor has to design the complete recycled
water distribution system for the complete Project area.
Page 159
EPC Agreement
The implementation limit for this distribution system will be from the outlet of the
Overhead/Elevated service reservoir to the service connection points outside the plots
in the Project area.
The scope for this item includes Designing, providing, supplying, lowering, laying
and jointing of pipes & Valves to be provided at appropriate spacing as per CPHEEO
guidelines for easy operation and Maintenance of distribution network, Bulk flow
Water meters including all specials, excavation, backfilling, bedding, , Construction
of valve and water meter chambers of appropriate sizes as per CPWD specification
installation of valve, actuators for valves with provision for future SCADA
integration , and other accessory Structures and fixtures, all the electro-mechanical
installations and physical infrastructure of the distribution network shall be
PLC/SCADA compatible. The scope of services includes supply of water for
hydraulic testing and carrying out hydraulic test for distribution system.
The tentative details of recycled water distribution system are as defined below.
Table 2 Tentative Details of Recycled Water Distribution Network
S. No.
1
2
3
3
1.6
Description
Pipe Diameter
Pipe Material below 250mm Dia
Total Length of Distribution network
Value
110 mm -600 mm
DI K-7
HDPE
Refer the Drawings
Pumping Stations and Pumps

Pumping stations to house pumps that will pump water from UGSR to OHSR are also
in the scope of Contractor. The pump houses shall be of adequate size to house the
pumps of required capacity and other allied electrical and mechanical equipment,
however, minimum size of the pump house shall not be less than 100 sq.m with at
least 6 m height. The external and internal painting of pump house by approved paints
shall also be in the scope of contractor. All exposed pipes in the pumping station shall
be painted by approved paints.
The pumps shall be of Vertical turbine type suitable to pump required amount of
water to the OHSR. The scope shall include all required appurtenances for completion
of the work and providing all PLC/SCADA/Automation requirements for required
components. The minimum number of pumps to be provided shall be 4 (2W + 2S)
each for 50% of the flow, however actual capacity of the pumps has to be ascertained
by the contractor at the detailed design stage.
1.7
Service pipes should be laid up to plot boundaries in the Project area. The service pipe
details are as defined below:
Page 160
EPC Agreement
Table 3 Tentative Details of Property Connections

S. No.
1
2
3
4
Description
Pipe Diameter
Pipe Material
Number of property
connections
Number of connections for
Horticulture
Value
40 mm
MDPE
191 No.
700 No. tapping with valve.
Typical arrangement Drawing is given in Appendix B XII.
Page 161
EPC Agreement
Appendix B VII
1.0
Residential/Domestic Sewerage System
1.1
Background
The Sewerage network system is planned for the domestic sewage from residential as
well as commercial & institutional areas.
The STP is planned to be developed in modular basis and will be built under separate
package.
1.1.1 Sewage Generation

The residential sewerage system is estimated considering a return factor of 80%, i.e.,
80% of the total water supplied coming out as wastewater (excluding provision for
fire-fighting and other utilities such as horticulture, etc.). The tentative sewage
generation in residential/domestic sewerage system derived from net potable water
requirement for Projected population is provided in the table below.
Table 1 Tentative Residential Sewage Generation
S. No.
1
2
3
4
Description
Commercial
CBD/ City Center
Other Uses
Residential
TOTAL
Residential Sewage Generation (MLD)

0.89
1.74
0.17
7.31
10.11
Rate of Infiltration
Infiltration into the sewerage system occurs through defective sewers, manholes, etc.
The rate of infiltration into sewers also depends upon the ground water table and
permeability of the surrounding soil. Though strict quality control and good
workmanship would ensure minimum infiltration, however as the system condition
deteriorates with age, the possibility of infiltration increases. Manual on Sewerage and
Sewage Treatment, by CPHEEO, 2013 recommends the norms for adopting ground
water infiltration into sewers which shall be suitably adopted.
Peak Factor
The peak factor with respect to contributing population for sewage generation shall be
adopted as per CPHEEO Manual, 2013. For arriving at optimized sewer sizes while
designing, conduit wise progressively decreasing peak factor is to be applied based on
the contributory population on the individual conduit.
Page 162
EPC Agreement
1.2
Sewerage Network and Manholes

The sewerage network will collect the sewage from plots and convey it to the Sewage
Treatment Plant (STP) located within the Project area. The sewer network shall be
designed in such a fashion so as to avoid any pumping requirement but in unavoidable
circumstances Intermediate sewage pumping stations may be provided at places.
Contractor has to design the complete network system for the Project area.
The implementation limit of this network will be from the Property connection point
outside the plot boundaries to the inlet points of the terminal sewage pumping station
in STP premises (by gravity system).
The scope for this item includes designing of the gravity sewer system, providing,
supplying, lowering, laying and jointing of sewer including excavation, backfilling,
and bedding of pipes for domestic sewage collection. The scope of services includes
supply of water for hydraulic testing and carrying out hydraulic test for network and
manholes. The layout Drawing for Residential Sewerage network system is given in
Appendix BXII.
The tentative details of the sewerage network system are as follows:
Table 3 Tentative Details of Residential/Domestic Sewerage Network
S. No.
1
2
3
4
Description
Sewer Pipe Diameter
Sewer Pipe Material along the Road
Sewer Pipe Material Crossing the
Road
Total Length of Sewerage network
Value
200 mm - 600 mm
RCC NP3
RCC NP4
Refer the Drawings
The scope for Manholes includes designing and constructing Sewer manholes, drop
manholes and scrapper manholes as per the type design in RCC M-30 (Batch Mix)
and outside plastering in C.M. 1:3, necessary coping in R.C.C. M-20 fixing PVC
encapsulated D.I / C.I Steps or Lugs, providing and fixing SFRC manhole frames and
covers over manholes etc. complete, including epoxy paint to be applied to both inner
and outer surface of RCC manholes, including all civil Works like excavation,
backfilling, RCC Works etc.
Table 4 Tentative Details of Manholes
Description
RCC Manholes
Distance
Depth of invert of manholes
Value
587 Nos.
@ 30 m c/c and at Junctions,
Bend, change of alignment etc.
1.1 m to 6.5 m
Page 163
1.3
EPC Agreement
Service pipes for the property connections should be laid up to plot boundaries in the
Project area. The service pipe details are as defined below:
S. No.
1
2
3
Description
Value
Pipe Diameter
160 mm
Pipe Material
HDPE /PE as per IS 14333
Total Number of Residential 108 No.
property connections
1.4
Sewage Pumping Stations

The residential sewerage network has been planned in such a fashion that no
intermediate pumping is required. However, the same is to be ascertained during
detailed design of sewerage system by the contractor.
1.5
Sewage Treatment Plant

STP is not covered in the scope of contract; treatment Plant is planned for the Project
area. This STP is planned in a modular stage-wise development, treated up to Tertiary
treatment and treated effluent is to be reused for non-potable applications, such as
industrial and horticultural uses.
Page 164
EPC Agreement
APPENDIX B VIII
1.0
Industrial Effluent Sewerage/Collection Network
1.1
Background
The industrial effluent collection network system is proposed primarily for the
collection of industrial effluent from the process units of the industries. This network
also collects the sewage generated from workers in the industries.
CETP is planned to develop in modular basis and shall be built under separate
package.
1.1.1 Industrial Effluent Generation

For industrial waste water sewer, it is proposed that a return factor of 75% of total
water supplied shall apply. The industrial waste water generation is presented in the
table below.
Table 1 - Expected Industrial Waste Water Generation
S. No.
1
2
Description
Industrial Process
Industrial Workforce
TOTAL
Waste Water Generation (MLD)

10.95
0.63
11.58
Rate of Infiltration
Infiltration into the sewerage system occurs through defective sewers, manholes, etc.
The rate of infiltration into sewers also depends upon the ground water table and
permeability of the surrounding soil. Though strict quality control and good
workmanship would ensure minimum infiltration, however as the system condition
deteriorates with age, the possibility of infiltration increases. Manual on Sewerage and
Sewage Treatment, by CPHEEO, 2013 recommends the norms for adopting ground
water infiltration into sewers which shall be suitably adopted.
Peak Factor
Since the variability of flow in industrial sewers is not as high as domestic sewer, the
peak factor for these sewers is to be adopted as 1.5.
1.2
Industrial Effluent Sewerage/Collection Network and Manholes

The industrial effluent collection network will collect the effluent from Industry plots
and convey it to the Common Effluent Treatment Plant (CETP) located within the
Project area. There will be intermediate effluent pumping stations at places where the
depth of the gravity collection network is more than 4m (or more as per the practical
feasibility and local terrain conditions) from the Ground Level.
Page 165
EPC Agreement
The pumping mains from the pumping stations will convey the effluent to the nearest
manhole and the scope includes designing of the intermediate pumping stations as
well as pumping mains line.
Contractor has to design the complete network system for the Project area.
The implementation limit of this network will be from the Property connection point
outside the Industrial plot boundaries in the Project area to the inlet points of the
terminal effluent pumping station in CETP premises (by gravity system). The Layout
Drawing for Industrial effluent collection system is given in Appendix BXII.
The scope for this item includes designing of the effluent collection system,
providing, supplying, lowering, laying and jointing of pipes including excavation,
backfilling, bedding for Industrial effluent collection. The scope of services includes
supply of water for hydraulic testing and carrying out hydraulic test for network and
manholes. The tentative details of the industrial effluent collection system shall be as
follows:
Table 2 Tentative Details of Industrial Effluent Collection Network
S. No.
1
2
Description
Sewer Pipe Diameter
Sewer Pipe Material along the Road
Sewer Pipe Material Crossing the Road
Total Length of Industrial Sewer network
Value
200 mm - 700 mm
RCC NP3 with
HDPE lining
minimum 5 mm thick
RCC NP4 with
HDPE lining
minimum 5 mm thick
Refer the Drawing
The scope for Manholes includes designing and constructing of Sewer manholes, drop
manholes and scrapper manholes as per the type design in RCC M-30 (Batch Mix)
and outside plastering in C.M. 1:3, necessary coping in R.C.C. M-20 fixing PVC
encapsulated D.I / C.I Steps or Lugs, providing and SFRC manhole frames and covers
over manholes etc. complete, including epoxy paint to be applied to both inner and
outer surface of RCC manholes, including all civil Works like excavation, backfilling,
RCC Works etc.
Table 3 - Tentative Details of Manholes
Description
RCC Manholes
Material of Construction
Distance
Depth of invert of manholes
Value
1215 Nos.
RCC with HDPE lining
minimum 5 mm thick
@ 30 m c/c and at Junctions,
Bend, change of alignment etc.
1.3 m to 6.5 m
Page 166
EPC Agreement
1.3
Service pipes for the property connections should be laid up to plot boundaries in the
Project area. The service pipe details are as defined below:
S. No.
1
2
3
1.4
Description
Value
Pipe Diameter
160 mm
Pipe Material
uPVC
Total number of industrial property connections 418 No.
Intermediate Sewage Pumping Stations and Pumps

Intermediate sewage pumping stations will be at places where the depth of the gravity
collection network is more than 4m from the Ground Level. Terminal Pumping station
is at CETP (not in scope of this contract) premises where the effluent collection/
sewerage system will terminate.
Intermediate Sewage Pumping stations are included in the scope of contract, and also
laying of sewers up to Inlet of Intermediate sewage Pumping station and from outlet
of common delivery pipe (rising main) to the nearest Manhole will be under the
present scope of services. The pump houses shall be of adequate size to house the
pumps of required capacity and other allied electrical and mechanical equipment, also
designing and providing all PLC/SCADA/Automation requirements for required
components. However, minimum size of the pump house shall not be less than 100
sq.m with sufficient height to house Gantry and pulley arrangement.
The pumps shall be of non-clog solids handling submersible type suitable to pump
required amount of sewage to the nearest gravity manhole. The scope shall include all
required appurtenances for completion of the work.
1.5
Pumping Main
This item includes the design and Construction of pumping main from the outlet of
the common delivery pipe after the intermediate sewage pumping stations to the
nearest manhole in the network or to the collection chamber at CETP. The scope for
this item includes designing of the pumping main, providing, supplying, lowering,
laying and jointing of pumping main including all specials, excavation, backfilling,
bedding and other accessory Structures e.g. thrust blocks etc and providing all PLC/
SCADA/Automation requirements for required components for industrial
effluent/sewage collection.
The scope of services includes supply of water for hydraulic testing and carrying out
hydraulic test for pumping main.
Page 167
EPC Agreement
Table 5 Tentative Details of Pumping Mains

S. No.
1
2
3
4
1.6
Description
Value
Number
of
intermediate
2 No.
Pumping station
Pumping main/ Pipe Diameter 400 and 450 mm
DI K-9 (Internal cement
mortar lining and outside
Pumping main/ Pipe Material
Zinc coating with finished
layer of bitumen coating)
Total approximate length of
Refer the Drawings
Pumping mains
Common Effluent Treatment Plant

CETP and terminal pumping station at CETP is not covered in the scope of contract.
This CETP is planned in a modular stage-wise development, treated up to Tertiary
treatment and treated effluent is to be reused for non-potable applications, such as
industrial and horticultural uses.
Page 168
EPC Agreement
Appendix B IX
1.0 Storm Water Drainage Network
Drainage system for the Project Area and adjacent areas shall be based on following
parameters.
Invert levels at the outfalls to primary drainage channels and the existing railway
drainage crossings will be considered for the design of secondary drainage system
Minimum cover shall be maintained below the finished ground level as per CPHEEO
2014 manual.
Once in 5 year event flows for secondary storm water drainage channels;
Once in 10 year event flows for minor culverts (5-year discharge < 10 m3/s);
Once in 25 year event flows for major culverts (5-year discharge > 10 m3/s); and
Once in 50 year event flows for bridges.
1.1 RCC DRAINS

RCC rectangular drains details are as per table given below:
Table-1
Road Type
Type of Drain
Width (m)
Depth(m)
Type-B
RCC drains
1.5
2.5
Type-C
RCC drains
1.2
2.5
Type-C
RCC drains
3.5
2.2
Length (m)
Refer the
Drawings
Page 169
EPC Agreement
1.2 UNDERGROUND PIPE DRAINS

Details of concrete NP-3 pipe drains are as per Table given below:
Table-2
Road Type
Type of Drain
Diameter (mm)
RCC NP-3
1600
RCC NP-3
1400
RCC NP-3
1200
RCC NP-3
1000
RCC NP-3
900
CBD
RCC NP-3
900
Type-A
RCC NP-3
600
Type-D
RCC NP-3
450
Upstream UGD
Length (m)
Refer the
Drawings
1.3 TYPICAL CROSS SECTIONS AND DRAINAGE LAYOUT PLAN

Drawings of storm water drainage layout plan and typical cross section for each type
of road showing the details of the drainage arrangement are given in the Drawings
Volume.
1.4 PROPERTY CONNECTIONS

Storm water drainage network shall be placed at the extreme edge of Right of Way
with RCC covered drains for future property connections. RCC covered drains for
future property connections are as per Table given below:
Table-3
Road Type
Type of Drain
Width (m)
Depth(m)
Length (m)
Type-B
RCC rectangular drains
1.5
2.5
Type-C
RCC rectangular drains
1.2
2.5
Refer the
Drawings
Note: Width and depth mentioned in table above are including wall thicknesses. Typical property
connection arrangement Drawings are given in the Drawings Volume.
Page 170
EPC Agreement
1.5 OUTFALL STRUCTURES

33 numbers of outfall Structures along the primary drains will be required to drain
secondary drains in to primary drains. The typical details of out fall Structures are
given in the Drawings Volume.
1.6 RAIN WATER HARVESTING STRUCTURES

The following Rain Water Harvesting (RWH) Structures are required. The typical
details of Rain water harvesting Structures are given in the Drawings Volume
Table-4
Type of RWH
Nos
Rainwater Harvesting Structures at Low points within

Shendra Phase-I
12
Rainwater Harvesting pits at plot areas
75
1.7 OTHER ITEMS

The following items are required to be executed as part of the scope of this contract
under the Storm Water Drainage component.
Grated Kerb Inlets and Collecting Chambers at suitable locations along industrial
plots and on roads to drain water into storm water drains.
Manholes along the Underground Drainage network and on Type-A roads at suitable
locations.
Page 171
EPC Agreement
Appendix B X
1.0
Development of the Power Network

SCOPE OF WORK:
The successful contractor shall be responsible fora)
The Construction of 33/11kV substations (ESS-1 to ESS-5) housing 33kV, 11kV

VCB based switchgears. Outdoor type transformers, Battery & Battery
Chargers, Control panels, SCADA system etc.
b)
Design, supply, installation, testing and commissioning of 33kV and 11kV VCB
based Switchgears inside 33/11kV substations including all cabling, laying in
trench, termination work etc. complete in all respect.
c)
Design, supply, installation, testing and commissioning of 33/11kV, outdoor

type Transformers (refer single line diagram for the rating of Transformers)
inside the 33/11kV substations.
d)
Design, supply, installation, testing and commissioning of 11/0.415kV, outdoor

type auxiliary transformers (refer single line diagram for rating of Transformers)
inside each 33/11kV substations.
e)
Supply, laying, termination, testing and commissioning of all 33kV, 11kV

XLPE Cables and all other necessary equipment i.e. Cable trays, Trench work,
Supports, terminations, jointing Works, cable tags etc. as required for arranging
the power for 33kV, 11kV Ring Main Units and 33kV, 11kV switchgears in
substations (ESS-1 to ESS-5).
f)
Design, supply, installation, testing and commissioning of 33kV and 11kV

RMUs (Ring Main Units) as shown in single line diagram.
g)
Design, supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Battery and battery

chargers in each 33/11kV substation.
h)
The power network power factor (P.F.) is assumed to be maintained at 0.95, if

required 33kV Power Factor Correction Panels may be installed in future to
improve the power factor of the system to 0.99. The reference of these capacitor
banks is available in the tender Drawing Single Line Diagram. The contractor
shall envisage necessary space and arrange necessary power supply for these
future capacitor banks.
Note-: The detail of 33KV Capacitor banks as shown in the single line diagram in
tender Drawings for reference. The contractor shall design necessary capacitor
banks (as per the required value of P.F.) and install, test and commission in
accordance with Indian Standards, IEC and local electricity rules.
Page 172
EPC Agreement
i)
Design, supply, installation, testing and commissioning of all control panels,

RTCC panels, Distribution Boards, Lighting panel and all other auxiliary supply
panels.
j)
Design, supply, installation, testing and commissioning of SCADA system along

with all necessary equipment.
k)
Design, supply, installation, testing and commissioning of High Mast, Lighting

poles, lighting panels, cabling etc. as required for street lighting.
l)
Design, supply, installation, testing and commissioning of High Mast, Lighting

poles, lighting panels, cabling etc. as required for each 33/11kV substation
lighting.
m)
Design, supply, installation, testing and commissioning of luminaries,

distribution boards etc. as required for each 33/11kV substation internal lighting.
n)
Design, supply, installation, testing (including soil testing) of Earthing system

including the provision of earth pits, laying of earthing conductors etc. complete
in all respect.
o)
Design, supply, installation and commissioning of Lightning system including

the provision of earth pits, laying of earthing conductors etc. complete in all
respect.
p)
All cabling, terminations, jointing and necessary Works as required to take the
power supply from 220/33kV MRSS substation and to connect this to each
33/11kV substation and to establish an interface between transmission and
distribution network battery limits.
q)
All Works w.r.t. existing Power Supply Infrastructure i.e., dismantling, shifting,
re-installation etc. shall be in contractors scope.
Philosophy for power supply distribution

It is envisaged that 5nos, 33/11kV substations shall be provided near to the load centers.
Each substation shall be housing necessary 33kV, 11kV VCB based switchgears,
outdoor type transformers, Lighting panels, distribution boards, power factor
controllers, 11/0.415kV auxiliary Transformers etc.
Each substation shall be receiving power supply from 220/33kV Main Receiving Power
Supply (MRSS) substation through aluminium cables. It is proposed that each
substation shall receive power supply from power source feeders of different buses of
MRSS GIS panels.
The power supply to each consumer shall be fed through respective Ring Main Unit
(11kV/33kV) based on their maximum demand.
Page 173
EPC Agreement
It is proposed that all the consumer upto 3MVA power demand shall receive power
through 11kV Ring main units. However, all other consumers having maximum demand
above 3MVA and below 20MVA shall receive supply through 33kV Ring Main Units
(RMUs). The RMUs shall be provided at the proximity of each type of consumers.
For the space optimization and to reduce the cable sizes all 11kV and 33kV RMUs shall
be fed from nearby substations.
For the power supply arrangement of each RMU, the contractor shall ensure the
provision of necessary power supply feeders in respective substation. The quantity of
each type RMU is indicated in single line diagram.
All other auxiliary loads (lighting, small power) upto 200 kVA shall be using 415 V
supply. For this purpose, each substation shall be housing dedicated auxiliary
transformer to feed supply at 415 V AC.
To maintain the redundancy and reliability in the power supply distribution network, 11
kV and 33kV Ring main units shall be connected in a Ring. Each ring shall be
connected to separate sources through the feeders on the different buses (refer overall
single line diagram).
2.0
Specifications and Standards

The Power distribution (11kV & 33kV) shall be designed and constructed in conformity
with the Specifications and Standards specified in Schedule-D.
3.0
Design
The contractor shall design the power distribution system based on the following
criteria:
3.1 General
The electrical system shall be designed to provide:
a.
Safety to personnel and equipment both during operation and Maintenance.
b.
Reliability of Service.
c.
Minimal fire risk.
d.
Ease of Maintenance and convenience of operation.
e.
Automatic protection of all electrical equipment through selective relaying system.
f.
Electrical supply to equipment and machinery within the design operating limits.
g.
Adequate provision for future extension and modification.
h.
Suitability for applicable environmental factors
Page 174
EPC Agreement
3.2 Capacity of Electrical System

All the components of the electrical system will be sized to suit the maximum load,
under the most severe operating conditions. Accordingly, the maximum simultaneous
consumption of power, required by continuously operating loads will be considered and
an additional margin will be taken into account for intermittent service loads, if any.
The amount of electrical power consumed by each process unit will be calculated for its
operation at the design capacity.
3.3 Ambient conditions
a) Ambient Temperature: 40C Max. & 9C Min.
b) Relative Humidity: 95% Approx.
c) Altitude: 26 Mtrs. approx. from Mean sea level
d) Annual Rain fall: 710mm
3.4 Load Density & Diversity Factor
Power demand estimates for the Shendra Phase-I may be derived based on figures and
assumptions as mentioned in Table 1 below. These figures are only for contractors
reference. However, the contractor should arrive at necessary power demand basis and
get it approved from client before the start of detailed engineering and design.
Table 1: Indicative Power Estimation
Load density
(Watt/Square meter)
37.4
S. No.
Type of Land Use
Industrial & Light Industries
Residential
57
Commercial
80
Open space/ recreation
25
Roads & Utilities
The maximum demand of the Shendra Project shall also be determined considering the
load density, load Factor, diversity factor (applicable for various types of consumers
present in Maharashtra) and future growth upto 30years.
3.5 Codes and Standards
The electrical equipment and accessories shall be designed as per the following codes,
standards and regulations.
Applicable Standards and Codes of Practices published by Bureau of Indian
Standards.
Page 175
EPC Agreement
Central Board of Irrigation and Power

Indian Electricity Act, 2003
Central Electricity Authority
IEC Standards
IEEE Standards
Indian Electricity Rules
Equipment specific statutory regulations
Indian Factory Act
Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation Ltd.
MAHATRANSCO Ltd. -MSETCL - Equipment complying with other recognized
Standards such as IEC, BS, VDE, DIN etc. shall also be considered if it ensures
performance equivalent to or superior to Indian Standards.
Equipment and accessories, for which Indian Standards are not available, shall be
designed in accordance with the latest issues of recognized Standards such as IEC,
BS, VDE and DIN.
3.6 System Voltage and Frequency
Voltage Levels:
Following power utilization standard voltage levels are proposed to be adopted for
various systems.
Table 2: Standard Voltage Levels
S. No.
1.
a
2.
3.
4.
Description
Voltage level
Main power supply voltage

Distribution inside Phase-I area of MIP
Supply voltage (33kV & 11kV only)
Instrumentation & control including
protection interlocking system
Control and protection of HT and LT
switchgears including ACBs of MCCs.
33kV & 11kV , 3 phase, 3 wire, 50 Hz,
240 V, 1 phase, A.C. (from UPS)
220 V, 2 wire, unearthed D.C.
Control and indication for MCC feeders
240 V, 1 phase, line & neutral (through
(other than ACBs)
control transformers)
Page 176
EPC Agreement
S. No.
Description
Voltage level
5.
UPS
240 V, 1 phase, 2 wire
6.
Metering
110 V, AC, PT supply
7.
Illumination
240 V, 1 phase, line & neutral
8.
Panel lighting and space heaters
240 V, 1 phase, 2 wire, 50 Hz, A.C.

with one point earthed
3.7 Permissible Variations

The system unit / Plant / equipment shall be designed suitably for following variation in
voltage and frequency:
Table 3: Voltage Variations
S.No
1
Description
Voltage
Permissible variation with rated performance For HT system:and control effectiveness maintained
Permissible voltage dip during starting of
motor
+/- 6%
+/- 10 %
All the power and distribution transformers shall be envisaged with Tap Changers with
voltage settings +5/-15% in the step of 1.25. However, all the electrical consumers shall
ensure to provide necessary equipment to limit the voltage variation in the network
within the specified values in this document.
3.8 Harmonics Suppression
All electrical consumers shall install necessary equipment to restrict the harmonics
generation less than 5% in the electrical network. Consumer shall install necessary
harmonic filters near to the loads generating harmonics.
3.9 Power Factor Correction
All electrical consumers i.e. Industrial, Commercial, Residential, CBD etc. shall install
necessary power factor correction equipment at their premises to bring the system
Power Factor at 0.99.
Page 177
EPC Agreement
3.10 Symmetrical Short Circuit Ratings

The three phase symmetrical short circuit ratings of the switchgear at different voltage
levels envisaged are as follows:
Table 4: Short Circuit Ratings
11kV & 33kV

4.0
Breaking Capacity
Making Capacity
31.5 kA
100 kA
Substation Design
The design of the all substations shall be in others scope. However, contractor shall be
responsible for necessary provisions and equipment as required for the interface
between the transmission and distribution netWorks.
5.0
HV Cables
The scope shall include the design, supply, laying, testing and commissioning of 33kV
and 11kV, XLPE, Armored cables.
The scope for this item also includes jointing and terminations (by methods prescribed
in Indian and International Standards).
6.0
Lighting
The scope shall include the design, supply, installation, testing and commissioning of
lighting system in substations, roads and open areas of Shendra Phase-1.
The lighting system shall be designed based on the various LUX levels as required for
various areas mentioned in Indian and International Standards. The design shall also
take care of all factors such as ambient conditions, utilization and electricity savings.
Successful bidder shall prepare the lighting layout based on the lighting study (using
lighting softwares) and energy saving evaluation charts.
Page 178
EPC Agreement
Appendix B XI
1.0 Structures: Culverts, Bridges and Outfalls Structures for Storm Water
Drainage
1.1 Bridges
All bridges and Structures shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the
Schedule D and shall conform to the cross-sectional features and other details
specified as per table given below;
A. Bridges
S. No.
Chainage
Road
Name
0+750
A3
0+740
B1
1+320
B1
0+090
B3
1+380
C1
1+200
C2
1+820
C2
Type of
Bridge
Minor
Bridge
Minor
Bridge
Minor
Bridge
Minor
Bridge
Minor
Bridge
Minor
Bridge
Minor
Bridge
Span
Arrangement
Length of
Bridge across
cross road (m)
1 x 6m
1 x 8m
1 x 8m
1 x 6m
Refer the
Drawings
1 x 10m
1 x 6m
1 x 6m
B. Culverts
1+800
Road
Name
A2
Type of
Culvert
Box Culvert
Span
Arrangement
1 x 3.6m
2+330
A2
Hume Pipe
1 x 1.2m
1+880
A3
Box Culvert
1 x 3.6m
1+600
A4
Hume Pipe
2 x 1.2m
3+140
B1
Box Culvert
1 x 3.6m
0+030
B2
Hume Pipe
1 x 1.2m
0+386
B4
Box Culvert
1 x 3.6m
0+030
C3
Hume Pipe
1 x 1.2m
S. No.
Chainage
Width of the
Cross Road
Refer the
Drawings
Page 179
EPC Agreement
2.0
0+340
C3
Hume Pipe
1 x 1.2m
10
1+110
C4
Hume Pipe
1 x 1.2m
11
0+030
C5
Hume Pipe
1 x 1.2m
12
0+860
C6
Box Culvert
1 x 3.6m
Outfalls Structures for Storm Water Drainage

General arrangement Drawings of out fall Structures are given in Appendix B XII.
Page 180
EPC Agreement
Appendix B XII
1.0 Drawings (Refer Drawing Volume)
1.1 Roads
ROADS
S.NO.
DESCRIPTION
DWG NO.
TYPICAL CROSS SECTIONS

1
TYPICAL CROSS SECTIONS TYPE A1 & A2
SBIA/PH-1/PK-1/HW/TCS/01
TYPICAL CROSS SECTIONS TYPE B1
TYPICAL CROSS SECTIONS TYPE C1,C2 & D
LAYOUT PLAN
4
LAYOUT PLAN
SBIA/PH-1/PK-1/HW/01
LAYOUT PLAN NEW INTERNAL ROADS
LAYOUT PLAN FOR OVER HEAD SIGN

BOARD
BATTERY LIMITS DRAWING
7
8
TYPICAL DESIGN OF T-INTERSECTION AT

MINOR JUNCTION
9
TYPICAL DESIGN OF X-INTERSECTION AT
MAJOR JUNCTION
JUNCTIONS
10
ROAD NETWORK LAYOUT -JUNCTION

NODES
PLAN & PROFILES
SBIA/PH-1/PK-1/HW/JUN/01
A TYPE ROAD
11
12
13
14
CHAINAGE OF A1 ROAD FROM KM 0.000

TO KM 1.000
TO KM 1.470
TO KM 1.000
TO KM 2.000
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/HW/PP/A1/1-2
Page 181
EPC Agreement
15

TO KM 3.000
16
CHAINAGE OF A2 ROAD FROM KM 3.000 TO
KM 3.233
17
KM 1.000
18
KM 2.000
19
KM 3.000
20
KM 4.057
21
KM 1.000
22
KM 1.767
23
KM 1.189
24
KM 0.531
B TYPE ROAD
25
CHAINAGE OF B1 ROAD FROM KM 0.000 TO

KM 1.000
26
CHAINAGE OF B1 ROAD FROM KM 1.000
TO KM 2.000
27
TO KM 3.000
28
TO KM 3.629
29
KM 0.966
30
KM 0.443
31
KM 1.011
C TYPE ROAD
32
33
34
35
36
CHAINAGE OF C1 ROAD FROM KM 0.000 TO

KM 1.000
KM 2.000
KM 2.652
KM 1.000
KM 2.013
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/HW/PP/B1/1-4
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/HW/PP/C1/1-3
Page 182
EPC Agreement
37
CHAINAGE OF C3 ROAD FROM KM 0.000

TO KM 1.006
38
KM 1.134
39
KM 0.896
40
KM 1.120
STANDARD DRAWINGS
41
PROPERTY ACCESS LANE
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/HW/MISC/01
42
TYPICAL DETAILS OF GUARD RAIL
43
INFORMATION SIGN BOARDS
44
OVER HEAD GANTRY SIGN BOARD
STRUCTURES DRAWINGS
BOX
45
GAD FOR PROPOSED BOX CULVERT OF

SIZE 1 X 3.6M AT KM: A2-1+1800 ON TYPE
A ROAD
46
A ROAD
47
A ROAD
48
A ROAD
49
SIZE 1 X 3.6M AT KM: B1-3+140 ON TYPE
B ROAD
50
SIZE 1 X 3.6M AT KM: B4-0+386 ON TYPE
B ROAD
51
SIZE 1 X 3.6M AT KM: C6-0+860 ON TYPE
C ROAD
MINOR BRIDGES
52
53
GAD FOR PROPOSED MINOR BRIDGE OF

A ROAD
A ROAD
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/HW/STR/BOX/A21800/1-2
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/HW/STR/BOX/B13140/01
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/HW/STR/BOX/B40386/01
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/HW/STR/BOX/C60860/01
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/HW/STR/MIB/A30750/1-2
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/HW/STR/MIB/A30750/2-2
Page 183
EPC Agreement
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62

SIZE 1 X 8M AT KM: B1-0+740 ON TYPE B
ROAD
ROAD
ROAD
CROAD
CROAD
C ROAD
C ROAD
C ROAD
C ROAD
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/HW/STR/MIB/B10740/01
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/HW/STR/MIB/C11380/1-2
PIPE
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
GAD FOR SINGLE ROW HUME PIPE

CULVERT SIZE 1 X 1.2 AT KM: A2-2+330
ON TYPE A ROAD
GAD FOR TWO ROW HUME PIPE CULVERT
SIZE 2 X 1.2 AT KM: A4-1+600 ON TYPE
AROAD
GAD FOR PROPOSED PIPE CULVERT SIZE 1
X 1.2M AT KM: B2-0+030 ON TYPE B
ROAD
CULVERT SIZE 1 X 1.2 AT KM: C3-0+030
ON TYPE C ROAD
ON TYPE C ROAD
ON TYPE C ROAD
CULVERT SIZE 1 X 1.2 AT KM: C5-0+30 ON
TYPE C ROAD
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/HW/STR/PIPE/A22330/01
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/HW/STR/PIPE/A41600/01
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/HW/STR/PIPE/B20030/01
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/HW/STR/PIPE/C30030/01
Page 184
EPC Agreement
1.2 POTABLE, RECYCLED AND FIRE FIGHTING

POTABLE,RECYCLED,FIRE FIGHTING
S.NO.
DESCRIPTION
DWG NO.
NETWORK DRAWINGS
1
2
PROPOSED LAYOUT OF POTABLE WATER

SUPPLY
LAYOUT PLAN FOR RECYCLED WATER
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/RW/01
LAYOUT OF FIRE FIGHTING
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/FF/01
PROPOSED LAYOUT OF POTABLE WATER

SUPPLY (AREA WISE)
LAYOUT OF POTABLE WATER & FIRE
TANK
LAYOUT OF RECYCLE WATER TANK
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/PW/02
5
6
7
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM FOR POTABLE

WATER PUMPING STATION
8
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM FOR RECYCLED
PUMPING STATION
9
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM FOR
FIREFIGHTING WATER PUMPING STATION
STANDARD DRAWINGS
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING

MASONRY CHAMBER
FOR MDPE HOUSE SERVICE
CONNECTION FROM HDPE PIPELINE
FOR THRUST BLOCK (TYPICAL)
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING OF
OVER HEAD TANK FOR POTABLE
WATER(1000KL)
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING OF
OVER HEAD TANK FOR RECYCLED
WATER (2100KL)
FOR UNDER GROUND RESERVOIR &
PUMP ROOM (POTABLE & FIRE
FIGHTING)
FOR UNDER GROUND RESERVOIR &
PUMP ROOM (RECYCLED WATER)
SCHEMATIC FLOW DIAGRAM
LOCATION OF POTABLE WATER & FIRE
TANK
LOCATION OF RECYCLE WATER TANK
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/PW/01
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/PW-FF/01
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/RW/02
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/PW/SLD/01
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/RW/SLD/02
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/FF/SLD/01
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/WS/ST/01
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/PW/ST/01
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/RW/ST/01
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/PW-FF/ST/01
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/RW/ST/02
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/WS/MISC/01
Page 185
EPC Agreement
1.3 STORM WATER DRAINAGE

STORM WATER DRAINAGE
S.NO.
DESCRIPTION
STORM WATER DRAINAGE LAYOUT

PLAN
DRAINAGE ARRAGEMENT FOR TYPE-A
ROADS
DRAINAGE ARRAGEMENT FOR TYPE-B
ROADS
DRAINAGE ARRAGEMENT FOR TYPE-C
ROADS
DETAILS OF STORM WATER
DRAINAGE SYSTEM-1
DRAINAGE SYSTEM-2
DRAINAGE SYSTEM-3
DRAINAGE SYSTEM-4
DRAINAGE SYSTEM-5
DRAINAGE SYSTEM-6
DETAILS OF MAIN DRAIN IN TYPE-C
ROADS
MANHOLE CHAMBER, RCC BOX
DRAIN AND KERB INLET DETAILS
TYPICAL DETAILS FOR RAIN WATER
HARVESTING UNITS
TYPICAL DETAILS OF STORM WATER
DRAIN OUTFALL
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
DWG NO.
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/SWD/01
1.4 INDUSTRIAL AND RESIDENTIAL SEWERAGE

INDUSTRIAL AND RESIDENTIAL SEWERAGE
S.NO.
DESCRIPTION
DWG NO.
NETWORK DRAWINGS
1
2
LAYOUT PLAN OF INDUSTRIAL SEWER

NETWORK
NETWORK
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/IE/01
Page 186
EPC Agreement
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

NETWORK
NETWORK
TOTAL LAYOUT PLAN OF INDUSTRIAL
SEWER NETWORK
LAYOUT PLAN OF RESIDENTIAL
SEWER NETWORK
SEWER NETWORK
SEWER NETWORK
SEWER NETWORK
TOTAL LAYOUT PLAN OF RESIDENTIAL
SEWER NETWORK
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/FS/01
STANDARD DRAWINGS
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
1.5
TYPICAL DETAILS OF R.C.C. MANHOLE

- (1m DIA.)
TYPICAL DETAILS OF DROP MANHOLE
TYPICAL DETAILS OF PROPERTY
CONNECTION CHAMBER (SIZE
1200x900x1000)
TYPICAL DETAILS OF PROPERTY
CONNECTION CHAMBER (SIZE
800x800x800)
TYPICAL SEWER PIPE BEDDING
DETAILS
TYPICAL DETAILS OF SEWAGE
PUMPING STATION
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM FOR LIFT
STATION 1
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM FOR LIFT
STATION 2
TYPICAL DG SET INSTALLATION
LOCATION PLAN OF SEWAGE LIFTING
STATIONS
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/SEW/01
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/SEW/EL/01
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/SEW/MISC/01
ELECTRICAL
ELECTRICAL
S.NO.
1
DESCRIPTION
SUBSTATION LOCATION AND CABLE
ROUTING DRAWING
DWG NO.
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/EL/01
Page 187
EPC Agreement
CABLE TRENCH SECTIONS
OVERALL SINGLE LINE DIAGRAMMSETCL & EPC

LIGHTING LAYOUT SHOWING STREET
LIGHTS AND HIGH MAST LIGHTS
ELECTRICAL STREET LIGHT POLE
DETAIL
ELECTRICAL HIGH MAST POLE
DETAILS
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
FOUNDATION DRG FOR 12 MTS HIGH
MAST
4
5
6
7
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/EL/SL/01
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/EL/HM/01
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/EL/GAD/01
1.6 GENERAL DRAWINGS

GENERAL DRAWINGS
S.NO.
1
2
DESCRIPTION
CONTOUR MAP OF SHENDRA
INDUSTRIAL AREA
STAGING AND PHASING PLAN
DWG NO.
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/GE/01
SBIA/PH-I/PK-I/GE/02
Page 188
EPC Agreement
Schedule C - Project Facilities

(See Clause 2.1)
Contents
Project Facilities...............................................................................................................190
Appendix C I - Typical Drawings.....................................................................................192
Page 189
EPC Agreement
1.0
Project Facilities
The Contractor shall design and construct the Project Facilities in accordance with
the provisions of this Schedule C. Such Project Facilities shall include;
1.1
Project Facilities
Each of the Project Facility is briefly described below;
(a)
Road Side Furniture / Road Markings & Signage
Road Side furniture and Road markings & signage shall be provided in accordance
with the provisions as per Schedule D.
The road side furniture shall include the provision of the:
i) Overhead Gantry signs: location and Nos. as given in table below;
Table 1
S. No.
Road ID
Junction No.
Total Nos.
1
2
3
A2
A3
A3
27
19
4
3
2
3
A3
ii) Traffic Sign:

Traffic signs include roadside signs and curb mounted signs along the entire road
network in scope. Signage shall be provided as per IRC Standards.
iii) Pavement markings:
Pavement markings shall cover road marking for the entire road network in scope as
per IRC standards.
iv) LED Traffic Blinkers:
For the entire road network in scope as per IRC.
v) Crash barrier
Provide W-beam crash barrier along the Project road network in scope. At the
locations as suggested in Schedule D.
vi) Delineators:
Delineators for the entire road network in scope.at the locations as per IRC.
.
Page 190
EPC Agreement
vii) Pedestrian facilities:

The Pedestrian facilities shall include the provision of the;
(i)
Pedestrian crossing facilities at intersections and mid block locations
required by the Employer
(b)
Street Lighting
Street lighting within the Right of Way shall be as per road plans in Drawings
volume. This work comprises of poles & fixtures, lighting cables, optical fibre
cables, controllers etc.
Table 2
S.No.
Element
Cycle track and Multipurpose Corridors (MPCs)
Roads and Service Roads

Emergency Lanes, Junctions and Pedestrian
Crossings
Proposed Minimum
Illumination Level
(Lux)
In accordance with
the Standards and
specifications
Street lighting and High mast lighting shall be provided in accordance with
the Standards and Specifications as referred in Schedule-D.
(c)
Guard rails
Guard rails shall be confined to junctions at the traffic islands to retain the
landscape/plantation from animal menace, this shall be provided in accordance
with the Standards and Specifications as referred in Schedule-D.
(d)
Rumble Strips/Speed Breakers

Rumble Strips/Speed Breakers shall be provided at locations demanding
reduction of speeds which include approaches of important junctions,
Highways, the same shall be in accordance with the Standards and
Specifications as referred in Schedule-D.
Page 191
EPC Agreement
Appendix C I
1.0
Typical Drawings
Typical Drawings given in Appendix C I (Refer B XII).
I. Miscellaneous Drawings (Refer B XII).
Page 192
EPC Agreement
Schedule D - Specifications and Standards

(See Clause 2.1)
Contents
Specifications and Standards
Annexure I (A) Roads and Utilities / Services.............................................................195
Annexure I (B) Potable Water Supply Network..........................................................200
Annexure I (C) Recycled Water Supply Network.......................................................204
Annexure I (D) Firefighting Water Supply Network...................................................210
Annexure I (E) Sewerage Network.............................................................................214
Annexure I (F) Storm Water Drainage........................................................................220
Annexure I (G) 33KV HT Panel.................................................................................223
Annexure I (H) 11KV HT Panel .............................................................................225
Annexure I (I) Transformer..........................................................................227
Annexure I (J) SCADA system................................................................................229
Annexure I (K) Ring Main Units.................................................................................234
Annexure I (L) Cables.................................................................................238
Annexure I (M) Illumination system........................................................................243
Annexure I (N) Design Life.........................................................................247
Additional Specifications Part A: Standards Specifications........................................249
Additional Specifications Part B: Special Provisions..................................................249
Page 193
1.0
EPC Agreement
Construction
The Contractor shall comply with the Specifications and Standards set forth in
Annex- I of this Schedule-D for Construction of the Project Roads and Utilities/
Services.
2.0
Design Standards
The Project Roads and Utilities/ Services shall conform to design requirements
set forth in Annex-I of this Schedule-D.
Page 194
EPC Agreement
Annexure I
(Schedule-D)
Specifications and Standards for Construction

(A) ROADS AND UTILITIES / SERVICES
1.0 Roads and Utilities / Services
Standards and Specifications of following Project components are given in
this section;
a) Road Works: road furniture, road markings, road signage, traffic control devices,
safety Works, pedestrian facilities, median plantation, etc.
b) Street lighting: poles, fixtures, lighting cables, optical fibre cables, controllers etc.
c) Structures: culverts, bridges, minor bridges, storm water drainage structures,
storm water drainage outfall structures, utility/services S t r u c t u r e s for power
supply & optical fibre cable network for Information and Communication
Technology (ICT) etc.
d) Storm Water Drainage network: RC C pi pe d ra in s, Concrete box drains,
earthen drain and outfall Structures etc.
e) PVC conduits for optical fibre cables.
1.1
The Codes, Standards and Technical Specifications applicable for the design
and Construction of Project components are:
i.
Indian Roads Congress (IRC) Specifications, Standards, Design Codes
ii.
IRC Special Publications
iii.
Ministry of Surface Transport Publications (Now Ministry of Shipping,

Road Transport & Highways)
iv.
IRC Seminar Publications
v.
Policy circular/Advisory letters issued to all states/UTs on the matter

pertaining to urban transport April 2008 October 2014
vi.
Four lane and Six lane Manuals i.e. IRC: SP-84-2014, IRC: SP-87-2013 as
per the cross section of road
vii.
Any supplement issued with the Bid document
Latest version of the Codes, Standards, Specifications, etc., notified/published at

least 60 days before the last date of Bid submission shall be considered applicable.
Page 195
1.2
EPC Agreement
Where the Contractor intends to use an alternative to these Standards/Guidelines

for delivering an equal or better product, he shall be permitted to use such
alternative subject to the following conditions:
He shall demonstrate that the proposed alternative conforms to any of the following
International Standards, Codes of Practice, Specifications, Guidelines, etc.
I.
American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials

(AASHTO)
II.
American Society for Testing of Materials (ASTM)
III.
Euro Codes
IV.
National Standards of any of the following countries: United States of

America (USA), Canada, United Kingdom (UK), France, Germany, Sweden,
Denmark, Norway, Netherlands, Spain, Australia, New Zealand, Japan and
South Africa
In case the Contractor intends to use any alternative Material / technology/

method, whether patented or otherwise, that is not specifically covered in the
Indian or International Standards as listed above, but the use of which has been
permitted on similar Projects (similar in category of road, traffic and climatic
conditions) as the Project Road, he would be permitted, its use on certification by
the owners of such similar Projects regarding the continued successful performance
of such Materials, technologies, methods, procedures or processes for at-least 5
years of the service life of the Project. Such a certification shall be supported with
details of critical performance parameters.
1.3
Standards and Specifications for Construction

The Contractor shall comply with the Standards and Specifications for
Construction of roads and utilities / services as given below.
All Materials, Works and Construction operations shall conform to the
Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fifth Revision, April 2013), issued by
the Ministry of Road Transport & Highways (MoRT&H). Where the Standards and
Specifications for a work are not given, Good Industry Practice shall be adopted to
the satisfaction of the Employers Engineer.
1.4
List of Standards
List of Standards are given in Table: 1, Table: 2, Table: 3 and Table: 4.
Latest revision of codes shall be referred.
Page 196
EPC Agreement
Table 1:
S. No.
Description
Code/Document
No.
Recommended Practice for the Design and Layout of Cycle Tracks
IRC:11-1962
Lateral and Vertical Clearances at Underpasses for Vehicular Traffic
IRC:54-1974
Recommended Practice for Traffic Rotaries
IRC:65-I976
Space Standards for Roads in Urban Areas
IRC:69-1977
Guidelines on Regulation and Control of Mixed Traffic in Urban Areas
IRC:70-1977
Geometric Design Standards for Urban Roads in Plains
IRC:86-1983
Guidelines for the Design of Interchanges in Urban Areas
IRC:92-1985
Guidelines on Accommodation of Underground Utility Services Along

and
Across Roads
in Urban
(Secondof
Revision)
Tentative
Guidelines
onAreas
the Provision
Speed Breakers for Control of
Vehicular Speeds on Minor Roads
10
Guidelines for Pedestrian Facilities
IRC: 103-2012
11
Guidelines for Capacity of Urban Roads in Plain Areas
IRC: 106-1990
IRC:98-2011
IRC:99-1988
13
Tentative Recommendations on the Provision of Parking Spaces for

Urban
Areas
Code of Practice for Road Markings (with Paints) (First Revision)
IRC:35-1997
14
Code of Practice for Road Signs (Third Revision)
IRC:67-2012
15
New Traffic Signs
IRC:SP:31-1992
16
Vertical Curves for Highways
IRC:SP:23-1983
17
Guidelines for the design of curves for Highways & Design tables
(First Revision)
IRC:38-1988
18
Guidelines on Design of At-Grade Intersections in Rural & Urban Areas IRC:SP: 41-1994
19
Highway Safety Code
IRC:SP: 44-1996
20
Guidelines on Urban Drainage
IRC:SP: 50-2013
12
21
22
23
24
Standard for vertical and horizontal clearances of Overhead electric

power and
telecommunication lines as related to roads
Tentative Guidelines for the Design of Flexible Pavements
Guidelines for the Design of Plain Jointed Rigid Pavements for
Highways
(Third Revision)
Dimensions and weights of Road Design Vehicles
IRC:SP: 12-1973
IRC: 32-1969
IRC:37 -2012
IRC:58 -2011
IRC:3-1983
Page 197
EPC Agreement
Table 2:
Element of
roads/services
Ground
improvement
Design Standards/Guidelines used for design

Code No.
Description
State-of-the-Art-Report: High Embankments on Soft
HRB SR No.14,1994 Ground, Part B Ground Improvement
State-of-the-Art-Report: Compaction of Earthwork and
Embankment filling HRB SR No.3,1999 Subgrades
IRC: 37- 2012
Pavement design
IRC: 58- 2011
Tentative Guidelines for the Design of Flexible Pavements

Guideline for the design of plain jointed rigid pavement for
highways
Road markings
IRC: 35-1997
Code of Practice for Road Markings (First Revision)
Signage
IRC:67-2012
Code of Practice for Road Signs (Third Revision)
Landscaping
IRC:SP:21-2009
Guidelines on Landscaping and Tree Plantation
Pedestrian facilities
IRC:103-2012
Cycle tracks
IRC:11-1962
Guidelines for Pedestrian Facilities (First Revision)

Recommended Practice for the Design and Layout of Cycle
Tracks
Safety features
IRC:SP: 44-1996
Traffic lights
Junctions / Median
openings
IRC: 93-1985
IRC:SP:41-1994
IRC : 112 -2011
IRC: 5-1998
Structures
IRC: 6-2014
IRC: 24-2010
IRC: 78-2014
IRC: 83-2002 (Part
III)-
Protection Works
Highway Safety Code

Guidelines on Design and Installation of Road Traffic
Signals
Guidelines on Design of At-Grade Intersections in Rural &
Urban Areas
Code of Practice for Concrete Road Bridges: IRC: 5-1998Standard Specification and Code of Practice for Road
Bridges, Section I - General Features of Design
Standard Specification and Code of Practice for Road

Bridges, Section I - General Features of Design
Bridges, Section II - Loads and Stresses
Bridges, Section V - Steel Road Bridges
Bridges, Section VII - Foundations and Substructure
Bridges, Section IX- Bearings, Part- III: POT, POTCUM-PTFE, PIN and Metallic Guide Bearings
IRC:89 - 1998
Guidelines for Design and Construction of River Training

& Control Works for Road Bridges (First Revision)
IRC:75-1979
Guidelines for the Design of High Embankments
Erosion control
IRC:56-2011
Recommended Practices for Treatment of Embankment

and Roadside Slopes for Erosion Control (First Revision)
Slope stability
HRB SR.No.1,2000
State-of-the-Art-Report: Lime-Soil Stabilization
Kerb and separator
IRC:86-1983
Geometric Design standards for Urban roads in plains
CPHEEO,
IRC SP-42 2014
IRC SP-50 2013
Guidelines for Road Drainage

Guidelines for Urban Drainage
Retaining structure
High embankments
Drains
Page 198
EPC Agreement
Table 3: (Street Light- Standard for installation)

Code
Standard for installation
IS : 1255 1983
(Reaffirmed 1995)
Code of practice for installation and Maintenance of power

cables up to and including 33 kV rating.
IEC:60947
Switchgear Protective Components.
IEC : 60598 2 3
IUT (Institute of Urban Transport)
IS : 2309
Particular requirements luminaries for road & street lighting.

Standard for road lighting.
Code of practice for Lightning Protection.
IS : 3043
Code of practice for Earthing.
Table 4: (Street Light- Design Standards)

Code
Design
Standards
IS : 7098 (Part- II & Part-III) 2003 Standard for XLPE Cables, Part II up to 3.3 kV to 33 kV and Part
III from 33 kV to 220 kV).
IS : 8130
Specification for conductors for insulated electric cables & flexible
cords.
IS 1554 (Part I & Part II)
IEC : 61439
IEC:60947
IEC : 60598 2 3
IUT (Institute of Urban
Transport)
CIE (Industrial commission
of illumination)
Specification for PVC insulated (Heavy Duty) electric cables

Part 1 For working voltages up to and including 1100
Part 2 For working voltages from 3.3 kV up to and including
11 kV
Feeder Pillar & Switchgear (Totally Type tested Assembly TTTA).
Switchgear Protective Components.
Particular requirements luminaries for road & street lighting

Standard for road lighting
Road Transport Lighting for Developing Countries
IS : 2309
Code of practice for Lightning Protection
IS : 3043
Code of practice for Earthing
IS : 1944
Code of practice for lighting of public thoroughfares

Standards for Poles & Masts
Recommended practice for hot-dip galvanizing of iron &
steel
Hot dip galvanized coatings on fabricated iron and steel
articles.
Specifications and test methods
Hot rolled products of structural steels. General
technical delivery conditions
IS : 1367
BSEN ISO 1461
BS EN 10025-1:2004
Page 199
EPC Agreement
(B) POTABLE WATER
1.0
Potable Water Supply Network

Standards and Specifications for the Design and Construction of Potable Water
Supply Network are given in this section.
1.1
Background
The potable water for this Project area will be fed from the WTP of 72 MLD scheme
already under execution by MIDC. The WTP is proposed at Khodegaon. The water
source is Jayakwadi dam. Potable water will be fed from a branch line in the existing
gravity main to the Underground Service Reservoir (UGSR) located at a distance of
3.1 km from the main gravity line within the Project area (Tap off point shall be
provided on the main gravity line coming from Break Pressure Tank at Khodegaon,
on service road parallel to Jalna road near existing main entrance of Shendra-Bidkin
industrial area.). Then the potable water shall be partly distributed by gravity from
UGSR to a part of the Project area and shall be partly pumped to the elevated service
reservoir (ESR) and thereon it is supplied under gravity to the balance Project area.
2.0
Population Details
Population for Potable water is as defined below.
Table 1: Population for Potable Water Supply
S. No
No. of
Employees
Description
Industrial
11663
Industrial PAP
7106
Logistics/Warehousing
Residential
Utilities
Commercial
24792
CBD
13628
Public & Semi Public
4066
Park & Open Spaces
388
10
Truck Terminal
109
11
Water Body
12
Road
Population
67657
200
Total
61952
67657
Page 200
EPC Agreement
3.0
Unit Potable Water Demand

Table 2: Unit Potable Water Demand
Value
Sr. No.
Particulars
1.
Potable Water Demand for residents
135
lpcd
2.
Potable Water Demand for Workforce

(Industrial & others)
45
lpcd
3.
Potable Water Demand for Commercial
45
lpcd
4.
Workforce
Central Business District (CBD)

45
lpcd
5.
Convention Centre
Unit
15
lpcd
6.
Hotel
180
Liters per bed
7.
Service Apartments
135
lpcd
(Ref: CPHEEO Manual and National Building Code)

4.0
Potable Water Demand

Potable water demand shall be worked out by the contractor to satisfy the
requirement of potable water of population, industrial and firefighting requirements
based on the unit demand from CPHEEO Manual and other relevant Indian standards.
5.0
Underground Service Reservoir (Potable Water)

Construction of Underground Service Reservoir UGSR (P) and Pump house is
covered under this package. The storage capacity of UGSR (P) is proposed for 24
Hours capacity and the tank shall have two compartments to avoid complete
shutdown in times of O&M activities.
The UGSR shall have total capacity of 20ML and also shall have additional
firefighting water storage. In no case the availability of water for potable use shall be
less than 20ML and that for firefighting shall be 1.5ML. The minimum grade of PCC
shall be M-15, whereas minimum grade for RCC Works shall be M-25 grade with
CRS TMT Bars for Reinforcement. External finish above ground portion shall be with
acrylic paint and inner surface with Chlorinated rubberised paint/food grade epoxy
paints. The anti-corrosion treatment of reinforcement, water proofing with 10 years
guarantee and Chequred tiles flooring shall be done on the top of UGSR slab.
6.0
Potable Water Rising Mains from UGSR to OHSR

The UGSR and OHSR are proposed to be located within the same designated area
(plot number 1 in the north-west side of the Project area). The capacity of OHSR for
potable water is calculated to 3000 KL which is 15% of daily requirement. Potable
Page 201
EPC Agreement
water from UGSR to OHSR will be fed through a rising main of approximately 110
m in length. A pumping station is proposed with following recommendations:

RCC Civil Works
The design parameters for the Potable water rising mains shall be as follows:
Table 3: Design Parameters for Potable Water Rising Main
S No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Design Parameters
Minimum Residual Pressure above FSL
of OHSR
Pumping hours
Design Velocity
Max. Unit head loss in the Pipe
Hazen- Williams coefficient
Pipe Material
Working pressure in the pipelines
Value
2.0 m
22
1.0 m/sec - 2.5 m/sec
10 m/Km.
140
DI K-9
30-60 m
The rising main should be designed based on economical size of rising main and
water hammer calculations with reference to CPHEEO Manual and IS codes.
6.1
Potable Water Pumping Station

One no. pumping station is to be constructed to house horizontal centrifugal pump of
required capacity and power, in positive suction. The minimum size of pumping
station however shall not be less than 100sq.m with minimum 6 m height although the
actual pump room size and height shall be ascertained so as to house adequate number
of pumps of required capacity and stand-by arrangements. The inside and outside
finishes from the pump house shall be as per the schedule of finishes mentioned
below.
S.
No.
Description
FOUNDATION
SUPER STRUCTURE
Specification
As per structural design based on soil
investigation.
2.1
Structure
R.C.C. framed Construction with brick work or

load bearing Construction with intermediate
columns as per design.
3
3.1
4
5
FLOORING
Flooring in pump room
RAILING
FINISHING
Vacuum dewatered concrete.

Stainless steel railings.
5.1
External
5.2
Internal
Water proof Weather Coat paints, Chequred

tiles on slab top
Acrylic paint, food grade epoxy paint,
Chlorinated rubberised paint
Page 202
EPC Agreement
7.0
Elevated Service Reservoir for Potable Water Supply

The design parameters for the Potable water OHSR shall be as follows:
Table 4: Design Parameters for OHSR
Value
Design Parameters
S No.
1
Minimum storage capacity of OHSR 6 Hours (15% of daily requirement)
Maximum storage capacity of OHSR 3000 KL
Staging Height
25-30 m
Type
Circular & Intze type
Foundation
Raft foundation / Pile Foundation
The outside and inside finishes of the OHSR shall be as per the finishes mentioned
for civil Structures in Section 6.1 above.
8.0
POTABLE WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM

The design parameters for the Potable water distribution system shall be as follows:
Table 5: Design Parameters for Distribution System
S. No
Design Parameter
Value
10 m for Industries
5.0 m for high rise and bulk
consumers
1.5
Minimum residual pressure
Peak factor
Losses as Unaccounted for water (UFW)
10% losses
to be considered for designing
200 mm Moorum bedding for
Bedding
non-rocky stretches
Clear cover over pipe
1.0 m (minimum)
24x7 : gravity fed from UGSR
Basis of supply to consumers
and OHSR
Max. Unit head loss in the pipe
10m/KM
Hazen William Coefficient
140(DI); 145(HDPE)
HDPE(PE-100)
Pipe Material
DI-K7 & DI-K9
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Page 203
EPC Agreement
(C) RECYCLED WATER SUPPLY NETWORK

1.0
Recycled Water Supply Network

Standards and Specifications for the Design and Construction of Recycled Water
1.1
Background
The recycled water is pumped from Recycled water UGSR within the STP/CETP area
to the Recycled Water Overhead/ Elevated service reservoir within the Project area.
The OHSR is planned based on topography and coverage area of recycled water
supply in the Project area.
2.0
Recycled Water Demand

The details for demand of Recycled water supply are as defined below.
Table 1: Recycled Water Demand
S. No.
1
2
3.0
Description
Industrial
Horticultural
Gross Water Demand (MLD)

13.93
8.61
Total
22.54
Under Ground Service Reservoir (Recycled Water)

Construction of an Underground Service Reservoir UGSR and one no. Pump house at
STP and CETP location is covered under this package. The storage capacity of UGSR
shall be 4900 Cum capacity.
The UGSR shall have total capacity of 4.9ML. The minimum grade of PCC shall be
M-15, whereas minimum grade for RCC Works shall be M-25 grade with CRS TMT
Bars for Reinforcement. External finish above ground portion shall be with acrylic
paint and inner surface with Chlorinated rubberised paint/ food grade epoxy paints.
The anti-corrosion treatment of reinforcement, water proofing with 10 years guarantee
and Chequered tiles flooring shall be done on the top of UGSR slab.
The tank shall have two compartments to avoid complete shutdown in times of O&M
activities.
4.0
Recycled Water Rising Mains from UGSR to OHSR

Recycled water from UGSR is pumped through the rising main to the Recycled water
OHSR.
The limit for detailed design and implementation will start from the common header
of the pumping station at UGSR premise to inlet of Recycled Water OHSR in the
Project area.
The design parameters for the Recycled water rising mains shall be as follows:
Page 204
EPC Agreement
Table 2: Design Parameters for Recycled Water Rising Main

S. No
1
2
Design Parameters
Minimum Residual Pressure above FSL of OHSR
Pumping hours
Value
2.0 m
22
3
4
Design Velocity
Max. Unit head loss in the Pipe
1.0 - 2.5 m/sec

10 m/Km.
Hazen - Williams coefficient
Pipe Material
DI K-9
Working pressure in the pipelines
35-40 m
140
The rising main should be designed based on economical size of rising main and
water hammer calculations with reference to the CPHEEO Manual and IS codes.
RCC Civil Works
4.1
Recycle Water Pumping Station

required capacity and power in positive suction. The minimum size of pumping
station however shall not be less than 100sq.m with minimum 3.5m height although
the actual pump room size shall be ascertained so as to house adequate number of
pumps of required capacity and stand-by arrangements. The inside and outside
finishes shall be as per the schedule of finishes for pump house is mentioned below.
S. No.
Description
FOUNDATION
SUPER STRUCTURE
Specification
investigation.
2.1
Structure
R.C.C. framed Construction with brick

work or load bearing Construction with
intermediate columns as per design.
3
3.1
4
5
FLOORING
RAILING
FINISHING

5.1
External
5.2
Internal
Water proof Weather Coat paints,

Chequred tiles on slab top
Acrylic paint, food grade epoxy paint,
Chlorinated rubberised paint
Page 205
EPC Agreement
5.0
Over Head/ Elevated Service Reservoir for Recycled Water Supply

The design parameters for the Recycled water OHSR shall be as follows:
Table 3: Design Parameters for OHSR
S. No
Design Parameters
Minimum storage capacity of OHSR
2
3
4
Staging Height
Type
Foundation
Value
2.1 ML of daily recycled water
demand
25-30 m
Circular & Intze type
Raft foundation / Pile Foundation
The outside and inside finishes of the OHSR shall be as per the finishes mentioned for
civil Structures in Section 4.1 above.
6.0
Recycled Water Distribution System

The design parameters for the Recycled water distribution system shall be as follows:
Table 4: Design Parameters for Distribution Network
S. No
1
2
3
Design Parameter
Minimum residual pressure
Peak factor
Losses as Unaccounted for water
(UFW) to be considered for
designing
Bedding
5
6
7
8
Clear cover over pipe

Basis of supply to consumers
Max. Unit head loss in the pipe
Hazen William Coefficient
Pipe Material
Value
10 m
1.5
10% losses
200 mm Moorum bedding for
non-rocky stretches
1.0 m (minimum)
24x7 : gravity fed from ESR
10m/KM
140(DI); 145(HDPE)
250 mm and below Dia:
HDPE (PE-100)
Above 250 mm Dia: DI-K7
Pumping Mains : DI-K9
List of Standards and Specifications for Potable and Recycled Water Supply
The design and Construction of potable water and recycled water supply pipelines
including the design and Construction of RCC elevated service reservoirs and other
water retaining Structures shall conform to design requirements and Construction
specifications set out in the following Indian and International Standards.
Page 206
EPC Agreement
Table 5: Relevant Indian Standards & Specifications

S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
Code or Standard
Manual for Water Supply &
Treatment
Manual on operation and
Maintenance on water supply
SP 7 (Part-9 Section-1) 1983
SP 35:1987
IS 2065:1983
Description
CPHEEO Manual for Water Supply & Treatment
1999-MoUD, GoI
CPHEEO Manual on Operation and Maintenance
of water supply systems, 2005 MoUD, GoI
National Building Code of India
Hand book on water supply & drainage
Code of practice for water supply in buildings
Code of Basic requirements for water supply,
IS 1172 :1993
drainage and sanitation
Code of practice for concrete structure for the
IS. 3370 part I to IV
storage of liquids
IS 456-2000
Code of Practice for plain and reinforced concrete
Criteria for earthquake resistant design of
IS 1893-2002 part I to V
structures
Detailing of reinforced concrete Structures
IS 13920-1993
subjected to seismic forces
Criteria for design of R.C.C. staging for overhead
IS. - 11682 / 1985
tanks
Code for exploration to find the safe bearing
IS 1992-1969 / IS 6403-1971
capacity
IS 2309-1969
Code for Lighting arrestors
Code of practice for design loads for building and
IS 875 part I to III,1987
structures
IS 7357
Code of practice for structural design of tanks
High strength deformed steel bars and wires for
IS 1786-1985
concrete reinforcement
Electrically welded steel pipes for water, gas and
IS 3589-2000
sewerage (150 to 2000 mm nominal size)
Code of practice for laying of welded steel pipes for
IS 5822
water supply
IS 1916-1989
Code for outside coatings for MS pipes
IS 7322-1989
Code for MS Specials
IS: 638
Specification for rubber and insertion jointing.
I.S. 1538 (Part I to XXII)
Specification for cast Iron fittings for pressure pipes
1976
for water, gas and sewage
IS: 3658-1981
Code of practice for liquid penetrant flaw detection
IS. 226-1975
Specification for Structural steel
High density polyethylene pipes for potable water
IS 4984/1995
supplies
Ductile iron fittings for pressure pipes for water, gas
IS: 9523
and sewerage
IS: 1500
Code for Hardness test for DI pipes
IS:909-1976
Code for C.I. Fire Hydrants
Code of practice for plastic pipework for potable
IS 7634 Part-2 (2012)
waterLaying and jointing of polyethylene pipes
Page 207
EPC Agreement
S. No.
Code or Standard
30.
IS 8360 :2003
31.
IS 8008
32.
33.
IS 11606-1986
IS 1726 : 1991
34.
IS 3764-1966
35
IS 11906:1986
36
IS 5477
37
IS 9668:1980
38
IS 8062
39
40
41
42
IS 12288:1987
IS 779:1994
BIS IS 2104: 1981
IS2373:1981
43
BIS IS 2401: 1973
44
IS 6784:1996
45
IS 14846:2000
46
IS 2906:1990
47
IS 2685:1971
48
IS 3950:1979
49
IS 5312
50
IS 9739:1981
51
IS 2692:1978
52
IS 10446:1983
53
IS 10500:2012
54
IS2951-1965
55
56
Description
Fabricated high Density polyethylene ( HDPE)
fittings for potable water supplies
Injection-molded HDPE fittings for potable water
supplies
Methods of sampling cast iron pipes and fittings
Cast iron manhole covers and frames -specification
Safety code of Excavation Works and related
Drilling Operations
Recommendations for cement mortar lining for cast
iron, Mild steel and Ductile Iron pipes and fittings
for transportation of water
Methods for fixing the capacities of reservoirs
Code of practice for provision and Maintenance of
water supply for fire fighting
Code of practice for cathodic protection for steel
structures
Code of practice for laying of ductile iron
Water meters (Domestic Type)
Water meter boxes (domestic type)
Water meter (bulk type)
Code of Practice for selection, installation and
Maintenance of domestic water meters
Method for performance testing of water meters
(domestic type)
Sluice valves for water Works purposes (50 to 1200
mm size)
Sluice valves for water Works purposes (350 to
1200 mm size)
Code of practice for selection, installation and
Maintenance of sluice valves
Surface boxes for sluice valves
Swing check type reflux (non-return) valves for
water Works purposes
Pressure reducing valves for domestic water supply
systems
Ferrules for water services
Glossary of terms relating to water supply and
sanitation
Drinking water quality
Recommendation for estimation of flow of liquids
in closed conduits.
A guideline note on
Guidelines for preparation of DPRs for water supply
continuous water supply
system by MoUD, 2013
(24X 7 supply)
Advisory note on
Guidelines for preparation of DPRs for water supply
improving Urban Water
system by MoUD, 2013
Supply & Sanitation Services
Page 208
EPC Agreement
Table 6: Relevant International Standards & specifications

S No
Code or Standard
1
ISO: 10803-1997
2
ISO: 2531-1991
ISO: 4179-1985
BS 3416
ISO: 8179-1995
ISO: 4633-1996
AWWA C600
BSEN -545
AWWA Manual M11
10
11
AWWA Manual M41

AWWA Manual M55
Description
Design method for ductile iron pipes
Ductile iron pipes, fittings and accessories for
pressure pipelines
Ductile iron pipes for pressure and non-pressureCentrifugal cement mortar lining General
requirements
Bitumen based coatings for cold application,
suitable for use in contact with Potable water
Ductile iron pipes-External coating-Part-1
Metallic Zinc with finishing layer
Rubber seals-Joint rings
Installation of ductile iron water mains and their
appurtenances
Code for Ductile Iron Flanges and Specials
Steel Pipe- A guide for design and Installation
(Fourth Edition)
Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings (Third Edition)
PE Pipe- Design and Installation (First Edition)
Page 209
EPC Agreement
(D) FIREFIGHTING WATER SUPPLY NETWORK

1.0
Firefighting Water Supply Network

Standards and Specifications for the Design and Construction of Firefighting Water
1.1
Background
The firefighting water for this Project area will be fed from the UGSR for Potable
water. The provision for firefighting water demand is kept in this UGSR as a
separate enclosure within the Potable water supply UGSR. The system will comprise
of a pumping system along with necessary appurtenances and a Pump house near the
enclosure for firefighting storage. The pumps will be of Centrifugal type of required
horse power to provide 35m residual head at the farthest end of external fire hydrant
network.
The firefighting water demand is approximately 1.5MLD and suitable sized UGSR
enclosure is required so that the total water available for Potable use shall not be less
than 20 ML at any times and total firefighting water available shall be 1.5MLD at all
times.
A suitable network to carry the water to firefighting hydrants is also to be provided
along with the necessary appurtenances such as valves, fire hydrants etc.
The pipelines are of DI-K9 Material . Total network is as per Drawings.
1.2
Underground Service Reservoir (Firefighting Water)

Construction of Underground Service Reservoir UGSR and Pump house is covered
under this package. The storage capacity of UGSR is to be for total requirement of
firefighting water i.e. 1.5ML. The firefighting storage shall have to be provisioned in
the UGSR of Potable water supply so that the total volume of water available shall
be as per the requirement at all times.
This UGSR is also to be provided with suitable fire brigade connection with four no.
of 63 mm Instantaneous inlets for each connection.
The minimum grade of PCC shall be M-15, whereas minimum grade for RCC Works
shall be M-25 grade with CRS TMT Bars for Reinforcement. External finish above
ground portion shall be with acrylic paint and inner surface with Chlorinated
rubberised paint/ food grade epoxy paints. The anti-corrosion treatment of
reinforcement, water proofing with 10 years guarantee and Chequred tiles flooring
shall be done on the top of UGSR slab.
1.3
Firefighting Water Distribution System

The network of pipelines for firefighting is to be of DI-K9 due to requirement of
high residual head (35m at the farthest end) at all times. To achieve this, the
contractor has to make all necessary provisions as per relevant codes and directions
of Engineer-in-charge. The network is to be designed so that a minimum head of
35m is available at the farthest location of fire hydrant network when the pumps are
running.
Page 210
EPC Agreement

RCC Civil Works
1 electric pump
1 jockey pump
1 diesel engine driven fire pump
Above pumps shall be capable of furnishing not less than 150% of rated discharge
capacity at a head of not less than 65% of the rated head. The shut-off head shall not
exceed 120% of rated head.
Diesel engine/motor shall be of continuous rating type and its rating shall be at
equivalent to the maximum horse power required as per curve requirement.
The pump sets with cushy foots shall have to be installed on RCC floor already
constructed and cost of the required civil Works viz. chipping of floor & concrete
base etc. (as required), shall be included in the quoted price of respective pump sets.
The design parameters for the Potable water rising mains shall be as follows:
Table 1: Tentative Network Details for Firefighting Network.
Summary of Pipe Size
1.4
S. No.
Type of Material
Dia of Pipe (mm)
Total Length (m)
DI (K9)
150
As per Drawings
Fire Fighting Water Pumping Station

required capacity and power, in positive suction. The minimum size of pumping
station however shall not be less than 100sq.m with minimum 6 m height although the
actual pump room size shall be ascertained so as to house adequate number of pumps
of required capacity and stand-by arrangements. The inside and outside finishes shall
be as per the schedule of finishes mentioned below.
S. No.
Description
FOUNDATION
SUPER STRUCTURE
2.1
3
3.1
Structure
Specification
investigation.
R.C.C. framed Construction with brick
work or load bearing Construction
with intermediate columns as per
design.
FLOORING
RAILING
FINISHING
Page 211
EPC Agreement
S. No.
5.1
5.2
1.5
Description
External
Internal
Specification
Paint Weather Coat paints.
Water Proofing with 10 year

warranty with chequered tiles
on slab top
Acrylic paint inside the pump

house.
Food grade epoxy, chlorinated

rubberised paint inside the
reservoir.
Fire Hydrant
Suitable numbers of two-way external fire hydrants are to be provided at a maximum
distance of 45m centre to centre.
The relevant IS codes for firefighting are as follows:
S. No.
1
2
Code or Standard
Manual for Water
Supply & Treatment
SP 7 (Part-9 Section-1)
1983
IS. 3370 part I to IV
IS 456-2000
IS 13920-1993
IS 7357
IS 1786-1985
10
IS 3589-2000
11
IS 5822
12
13
14
IS 1916-1989
IS 7322-1989
IS: 638
I.S. 1538 (Part I to
XXII) 1976
15
16
IS: 3658-1981
17
IS: 9523
18
IS: 1500
Description
CPHEEO Manual for Water Supply &
Treatment 1999-MoUD, GoI
National Building Code of India
storage of liquids
Code of Practice for plain and reinforced
concrete
structures
High strength deformed steel bars and wires
for concrete reinforcement
Electrically welded steel pipes for water, gas
and sewerage (150 to 2000 mm nominal size)
Code of practice for laying of welded steel
pipes for water supply
Code for outside coatings for MS pipes
Code for MS Specials
Specification for cast Iron fittings for pressure
pipes for water, gas and sewage
Code of practice for liquid penetrant flaw
detection
Ductile iron fittings for pressure pipes for
water, gas and sewerage
Page 212
EPC Agreement
S. No.
Code or Standard
19
IS:909-1976
20
IS 11606-1986
21.
IS 1726 : 1991
22.
IS 3764-1966
23.
IS 11906:1986
24.
IS 5477
25.
IS 9668:1980
26.
IS 12288:1987
27.
IS 14846:2000
28.
IS 2906:1990
29.
IS 2685:1971
30.
IS 3950:1979
31.
IS 5312
32.
IS 9739:1981
33.
IS 2692:1978
34.
IS 10446:1983
35
IS2951-1965
36
IS 904-1983
37
IS 1641-1988
38
IS 2871 - 2012
39
IS 2469 - 1988
40
IS 13039 - 1991
41
IS 15301 - 2003
42
SP-7 : Part IV
Description
Code for C.I. Fire Hydrants
Methods of sampling cast iron pipes and
fittings
Cast iron manhole covers and frames
specification
Drilling Operations
Recommendations for cement mortar lining for
cast iron, Mild steel and Ductile Iron pipes and
fittings for transportation of water
Methods for fixing the capacities of reservoirs
Code of practice for provision and
Maintenance of water supply for fire fighting
1200 mm size)
1200 mm size)
Swing check type reflux (non-return) valves for
Pressure reducing valves for domestic water
supply systems
Ferrules for water services
sanitation
Recommendation for estimation of flow of
liquids in closed conduits.
Specifications for two-way and three-way
suction collecting heads for firefighting
purposes
Code of practice for fire safety of building
(general) General principles of fire grading
and classification
Branch Pipe, Universal for firefighting purpose
- Specification
Specifications for pumps for firefighting
system
External Hydrant systems Provision and
Maintenance Code of Practice
Installation and Maintenance of firefighting
pumps Code of Practice
National Building Code
The above limit is not exhaustive and provisions of any other relevant IS code will
also be bound to be followed to provide an efficient firefighting network.
Page 213
EPC Agreement
Page 214
EPC Agreement
(E) SEWERAGE NETWORK

1.0
Sewage Collection Network

Standards and Specifications for the Design and Construction of Sewerage Network
are given in this section.
1.1
Background
The Sewerage network system would be designed for the expected domestic/industrial
sewage flows from residential as well as other sectors such as commercial &
institutional and Industrial. Sewage flow from a plot shall be primarily based on the
estimated population for the plot and per capita sewage generation rate as per the
CPHEEO manual/ National Building Code norms/ as per Development Plan.
STP/CETP is planned to develop in modular basis and built under separate package.
2.0
Parameters for Sewage Collection Network

The design parameters for the sewage collection network shall be as follows:
Table 1: Design Parameters for Sewerage Network
S. No.
1.
Design Parameters
Ground water infiltration
Value
375 ltr/day/manhole
Residential Peak factor:
Contributing Population Peak Factor
2.
Peak Factor
Up to 20,000
3.00
20,000 to 50,000
2.50
50,000 to 7,50,000
2.25
Above 7,50,000
2.00
Industrial Peak Factor :1.5

3.
Capacity of conduits
80% full at peak flow
4.
Minimum velocity
5.
Depth of cover
1.1 m Minimum depth of cover will be provided

over top of pipe at the start of the sewers.
6.
Bedding for Sewers
200 mm Moorum bedding
7.
Manholes Domestic
@ 30 m c/c distance
Manholes Industrial
@ 30 m c/c distance and at junctions with

minimum 5 mm HDPE lining.
0.6 m/s minimum velocity at initial peak flow

0.8 m/sec peak flow
Page 215
EPC Agreement
S. No.
9
10
Design Parameters
Pipe Material for Domestic
sewage.
Pipe Material for Industrial
sewage
Value
RCC NP3 and RCC NP4 for Road crossing
RCC NP3 and RCC NP4 for Road crossing with
minimum 5 mm HDPE lining* with T ribs of
9.5mm height at 64 mmc/c.
* The HDPE Rib lining sheet is thermoplastic Material with Elongation factor of
200% having excellent weld ability which can be easily welded by wedge wielding
with high jointing strength.
3.0 Pumping Main for Sewage Collection
Sewage collected from the branch sewers will be conveyed through pumping main to
the nearest gravity manhole or the Sewage Treatment Plant for further treatment.
The design parameters for the pumping main for sewage collection shall be as
follows:
Table 2: Design Parameters for Pumping Main
S.No
4.0
Design Parameters
Value
1.
Velocity
>1.0 m/s to 2.5 m/s
2.
Pipe Material
D.I. K-9
Intermediate Sewage Pumping Station

Two no. intermediate sewage (industrial) pumping stations are to be constructed to
house non-clog solids handling submersible pump of required capacity and power.
The minimum size of pumping station however shall not be less than 100sq.m with
minimum 3.5m height although the actual pump room size shall be ascertained so as
to house adequate number of pumps of required capacity and stand-by arrangements.
The inside and outside finishes shall be as per the schedule of finishes mentioned
below.
S.No.
Description
FOUNDATION
SUPER STRUCTURE
2.1
Structure
3
3.1
FLOORING
Specification
As per structural design
based on soil
investigation.
R.C.C. framed
Construction with brick
work or load bearing
Construction with
intermediate columns as
per design.
Vacuum dewatered
Page 216
EPC Agreement
S.No.
4
5
Description
RAILING
FINISHING
Specification
concrete.
GMS with Painting
Paint Weather Coat
paints.
5.1
External
Water Proofing with
5.2
Internal
10 year warranty
with chequered tiles
on slab top
Acrylic paint inside
the pump house.
Food grade epoxy,
chlorinated
rubberised paint
inside the reservoir.
Page 217
EPC Agreement
Below is the list of relevant Indian Standards pertaining to sewerage Works:

Table 3: Relevant Indian Standards & Specifications
S.No
Code or Standard
Description
Manual for Water Supply & CPHEEO Manual for Water Supply & Treatment
Treatment
1999-MoUD, GoI
SP 7 (Part-9 Section-1) 1983 National Building Code of India
SP 35:1987
Hand book on water supply & drainage
IS 1172 :1993
IS. 3370 Part I to IV
IS 456-2000
Code of Basic requirements for water supply,

drainage and sanitation
storage of liquids
Code of Practice for plain and reinforced concrete
10

structures
IS 13920-1993
IS 1992-1969 / IS 6403-1971 Code for exploration to find the safe bearing
capacity
IS 2309-1969
Code for Lighting arrestors
11
IS 875 part I to III,1987
12
IS 7357
13
IS 1786-1985
14
IS: 638
High strength deformed steel bars and wires for

concrete reinforcement
15
IS. 226-1975
Specification for Structural steel
16
IS: 9523
17
IS: 1500
Ductile iron fittings for pressure pipes for water, gas

and sewerage
18
IS 3764-1966
19
IS 11906:1986
20
IS 8062
21
IS 12288:1987
22
IS 14846:2000
23
IS 2906:1990
24
IS 2685:1971
8
9
Code of practice for design loads for building and

structures

Drilling Operations
Recommendations for cement mortar lining for cast
iron, Mild steel and Ductile Iron pipes and fittings
for transportation of water
Code of practice for cathodic protection for steel
structures
Sluice valves for water Works purposes (50 to 1200
mm size)
1200 mm size)
Page 218
EPC Agreement
S.No
Code or Standard
Description
25
IS 3950:1979
26
IS 5312
27
IS 10446:1983
28
IS 2951-1965
Swing check type reflux( non-return) valves for

sanitation
Recommendation for estimation of flow of liquids
in closed conduits.
31
Advisory note on
Guidelines for preparation of DPRs for water
improving Urban Water
supply system by MoUD, 2013
Supply & Sanitation Services
Indian Standard Code: Methods of Sampling Test
Is :4733-1972
Sewage Effluent
IS: 6908-1975
Indian Standard Code: Sewage and Drainage
32
IS :7022 (PT 11)-i 979
33
IS:1538-(PT-XXIV)-1 982
34
IS 5600: 2002
35
IS 5611 :1987
36
IS: 5600-1970
37
IS : 4764-1973
38
IS 6279 :1971
Indian Standard Code: Equipment for gnt removal

devices
39
IS 6280:1971
Sewage screens
40
IS 7232:1974
Indian Standard Code: Method for lmhoff cone test
41
44
IS 7784: Part 1 & 2: Sec 1 to Indian Standard Code: Code of practice for design
5
of cross drainage work Part 1 General features
Code of practice for ancillary Structures in
IS 4111(Part 1):1986
sewerage system: Part I Manholes
Code of practice for ancillary Structures in
IS 4111(Part 4):1968
sewerage system: Part 4 Pumping stations and
pumping mains (rising mains)
IS 12251:1987
Code of practice for drainage of building
45
IS 12288:1987
Code of practice for use and laying of ductile iron
46
SP 35(S&T): 1987
47
IS 458
48
IS 651
Handbook on water supply and drainage with

special emphasis on plumbing.
Pre-cast Concrete Pipes (with and without
reinforcement).
Specification for Salt Glazed Stoneware Pipes and
Fittings.
29
30
42
43
Indian Standard Code: Glossary of Terms Relating

to Water Sewage and Industrial Effluents PT II
Indian Standard Code: Pressure Pipes for Water.
Gas and Sewage
Indian Standard Code: Pumps-sewage and
Drainage-Specification
Indian Standard Code: Code of practice for waste
stabilization ponds (facultative type) (first revision)
Indian Standard Code: Specification for Sewage
and Drainage Building Elements
Indian Standard Code: Tolerance Limits for Sewage
Effluents Discharged In to In land Surface Water
Page 219
EPC Agreement
S.No
Code or Standard
Description
49
IS 783
Code of Practice for Laying Concrete Pipes
50
IS 1729
51
IS 4885
52
IS 12592 (Part I & II)
53
IS-8112: 2013
54
IS-383: 1970
55
IS:3597 (1998)
Specification for Coarse and Fine Aggregates From

Natural Sources For Concrete
Concrete Pipes: Methods of Test
56
IS: 783
Code of Practice for laying of Concrete Pipes
57
IS:376
Safety code for Excavation work
58
IS: 1077
Common Burnt Clay Building Bricks
59
IS:3102
Classification of Burnt Clay Bricks
60
IS: 395
61
IS: 2212
Method of Sampling and Testing Clay Building

Bricks
Code of practice for brick work
Cast Iron /Ductile Iron Drainage Pipes and Pipe

Fittings Socket and Spigot Series for Over-ground
Non-pressure Pipe Line.
Specifications for Sewer Bricks
Pre-cast Concrete Manhole Covers and Frames
Specifications
Specification for 43 grade ordinary Portland cement
Page 220
EPC Agreement
(F) STORM WATER DRAINAGE

Standards and Specifications for the Design and Construction of Storm Water Drainage for
Shendra-Bidkin Phase 1 Area are given in this section.
1.0 CATCHMENTS
Shendra-Bidkin Phase-I Area is divided into 22 sub-catchments based on the
topography and road layout. The outfalls shall be proposed considering the
topography and location of primary channels within the area.
1.1 STORM FREQUENCY/ RETURN PERIOD
The components of proposed storm water drainage system shall be designed for the
following design standards based on the national and international best practices:
1.2
Once in 5 year event flows for secondary storm water drainage channels;
Once in 10 year event flows for minor culverts (5-year discharge < 10 m3/s);
Once in 25 year event flows for major culverts (5-year discharge > 10 m3/s); and
Once in 50 year event flows for bridges
RAINFALL INTENSITY
Flood Estimation Report, Upper Godavari (Sub-Zone 3e) (FER) of the Central Water
Commission was used for design daily rainfall depth data for 25 and 50 year return
period events during the preliminary design stage. Intensity-Duration-Frequency
(IDF) rainfall data derived during the master plan stage was used for conversion ratios
for different return period events lower than 25 years and short duration high intensity
rainfall data for the required duration is derived using the Indian Meteorological
Department (IMD) formula. However at least 30 years of rainfall data from the
Aurangabad rain gauge station will be considered for formulating IDF curves during
the detailed design stage.
1.3 OTHER DESIGN PARAMETERS

The Kirpich equation will be used to calculate the time of concentration for
catchments.
Runoff coefficients will be calculated using the Table 3.6 (Horton's) of the CPHEEO
Manual based on the time of concentration for each of the sub-catchments.
The average intensity of rainfall for each return period (t) event will be calculated
from rainfall data for the derived time of concentration of the catchment.
The Rational Method will be used for determination of design flows for small
catchments with area less than 25 km. Rational Method requires calculation of rainfall
intensity, coefficient of runoff and area of catchment.
Page 221
EPC Agreement
S. No.
Design Parameter
Value
System
Gravity System
Minimum and Maximum

Velocity
As per CPHEEO manual
Time of Concentration
Coefficient of Runoff
Mannings n Value
Minimum Free Board
Drain Width (m)
Free Board (m)
< 0.3
0.10
0.3 to 0.9
0.15
0.9 to 1.5
0.30
>1.50
Depends on Discharge
1.4 LIST OF STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS

The design and Construction of storm water drainage network and the outfalls shall
conform to design requirements and Construction specifications set out in the
following Indian and International Standards.
IS - 456 Code of practice for Plain & Reinforced concrete;
IRC SP-50-1999 - Guidelines on Urban Drainage
IS - 458 Pre-cast Concrete Pipes (with and without reinforcement);
IS 783 -1985 Width and depth of trench for R.C.C. Pipes;
IS 1726 Specification for Cast Iron Manhole Covers and Frames;
IRC SP-42-1994 - Guidelines on Road Drainage
IS 4985-2000 Unplasticized PVC pipes for potable water supplies - specification;
IS 12235- (Parts 1 to 19)Thermoplastics pipes and fittings - methods of test; and
IS 12592 Pre-cast Concrete Manhole Covers and Frames Specifications.
Schedule of specifications of Govt. Of Maharashtra and C.P.W.D. specifications

(Govt. of India) 2009 with all latest amendments issued from time to time;
CPHEEO Manual for Sewerage and Drainage -2014 - MoUD, GoI
SP 35:1987 - Hand book of Water Supply and Drainage, Bureau of Indian

Standards;
Page 222
EPC Agreement
Manual on artificial recharge of ground water by Central groundwater Board

Ministry of Water-Resources Government of India;
Rain water harvesting and conservation Manual by consultancy services

organization CPWD, New Delhi, India;
Code of Practice on Surface Water Drainage by Public Utilities Board, Singapore;

and
Managing Urban Runoff Drainage Handbook by Public Utilities Board,

Singapore.
1.5 IDF TABLE AND CURVE DETAILS

Duration
(min)
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
80
100
120
2-year
(mm/hr)
96.80
48.40
32.27
24.20
19.36
16.13
13.83
12.10
10.76
9.68
8.80
8.07
6.05
4.84
4.03
5-year
(mm/hr)
115.80
57.90
38.60
28.95
23.16
19.30
16.54
14.48
12.87
11.58
10.53
9.65
7.24
5.79
4.83
10-year
(mm/hr)
136.80
68.40
45.60
34.20
27.36
22.80
19.54
17.10
15.20
13.68
12.44
11.40
8.55
6.84
5.70
25-year
(mm/hr)
168.40
84.20
56.13
42.10
33.68
28.07
24.06
21.05
18.71
16.84
15.31
14.03
10.53
8.42
7.02
50-year
(mm/hr)
189.40
94.70
63.13
47.35
37.88
31.57
27.06
23.68
21.04
18.94
17.22
15.78
11.84
9.47
7.89
IDF Curves
Page 223
EPC Agreement
(G) 33KV HT PANEL

The switchgear shall be of metal clad with Copper bus bars, self-standing, dust proof
Construction, indoor cubicle type fitted with Vacuum circuit breakers, fully draw out
type. Each cubicle shall have mimic diagram with metal strip.
The switchgear will meet the following design criteria:The main bus bar and the incomer breaker shall be rated for full capacity of transformer
with a 20% margin. The main buses and bus connection will be of high conductivity
copper, sized for specified current ratings.
The Bus bar shall be of three phase encapsulated type. Bus bar modules of adjoining bays
shall be coupled with expansion joints to take care of thermal expansion.
The continuous current rating of the outgoing breaker shall be rated for the full load
current with 20% spare capacity.
The Bus bars and all breakers shall be rated for specified fault levels for min. 1 sec.
The quantity and rating of feeders shall be as per Single Line Diagram.
All Breakers shall be capable of communicating with SCADA.
Surge suppressors shall be envisaged for all transformer feeders.
Table 1: Details of Breaker
S.No
Description
Data
A.
General
Type
Metal clad, draw out
Service
Indoor
Degree of protection within the

enclosure
IP42
Thickness of sheet for enclosure
Voltage
2 mm for Cold rolled/2.5mm

2.5mm for hot rolled
33KV
Maximum system voltage
36KV
Frequency
50Hz 3%
Phase
System ground
Earthed
10
Earthing bus
50 x 6 mm Copper (Min.)
Page 224
EPC Agreement
S.No
Description
Data
11
Bus bar rated current
As per requirement
12
Bus bar Material
Copper
13
Main bus bar maximum

temperature
Continuous current rating of
circuit breaker at 50C
Circuit breaker Short time rating
90 deg C
Circuit breaker making current

capacity
Insulation level
100kA (min)
14
15
16
17
17.1
17.2
Power frequency withstand

voltage
As required
31.5kA for 1 sec
As per IEC standards

Impulse withstand voltage
18
Control voltage
110V DC
19
Paint
RAL 7032
20
Details and type of feeders
As per requirement + minimum 20%

spare of each type.
Page 225
EPC Agreement
(H) 11KV HT PANEL

The switchgear shall be of metal clad type with Copper bus bar, self-standing, dust proof
Construction, indoor cubicle type fitted with Vacuum circuit breakers (VCB), fully draw
out type. Each cubicle shall have mimic diagram with metal strip.
The switchgear will meet the following design criteria:The main bus bar and the incomer breaker shall be rated for full capacity of transformer
with a 20% margin. The main buses and bus connection will be of high conductivity
copper, sized for specified current ratings.
The Bus bar shall be of three phase encapsulated type. Bus bar modules of adjoining bays
shall be coupled with expansion joints to take care of thermal expansion.
The continuous current rating of the outgoing breaker shall be rated for the full load
current with 20% spare capacity.
The Bus bars and all breakers shall be rated for specified fault levels for min. 1 sec.
The quantity and rating of feeders shall be as per Single Line Diagram.
All Breakers shall be capable of communicating with SCADA.
Surge suppressors shall be envisaged for all transformer feeders.
Table 1: Details of Breaker
Description
S. No
Data
A.
General
Type
Metal clad, draw out
Service
Indoor
Degree of protection within the

enclosure
IP42
Thickness of sheet for enclosure
Voltage
2 mm for Cold rolled/2.5mm

2.5mm for hot rolled
11KV
Maximum system voltage
12KV
Frequency
50Hz 3%
Phase
System ground
Earthed
10
Earthing bus
50 x 6 mm Copper (Min.)
11
Bus bar rated current
As per requirement
Page 226
EPC Agreement
S. No
Description
Data
12
Bus bar Material
Copper
13
Main busbar maximum

temperature
Continuous current rating of
circuit breaker at 50C
Circuit breaker Short time rating
90 deg C
Circuit breaker making current

capacity
Insulation level
105kA
14
15
16
17
17.1
17.2
Power frequency withstand

voltage
As required
40kA for 1 sec

Impulse withstand voltage
18
Control voltage
110V DC
19
Paint
RAL 7032
20
Details and type of feeders
As per requirement + minimum 20%

spare of each type.
Auto Changeover Scheme

Auto changeover scheme for incomers & bus couplers will be provided. The description
of ABT (Auto Bus Transfer) is as below.
During normal condition, both the incomers shall be 'ON" with bus-coupler in the 'OFF'
condition.
In case of failure of one of source, under-voltage relay will sense dead source situation
and will trip the incoming breaker after a pre-set time delay. After a certain time (depends
on the time setting done on SCADA for auto changeover), the bus coupler breaker should
get closed if another source incomer is Healthy and is ON.
The automatic transfer scheme shall be such that the automatic closing of the bus section
can be done only once and in case the bus coupler breaker trips during auto changeover,
no further auto closing shall be permitted. Auto changeover shall not take place if the
incomer breaker trips on BUS FAULT.
The restoration of power shall be manual.
The automatic transfer circuit shall be controlled through an auto Manual changeover
switch in the panel and SCADA system.
Page 227
EPC Agreement
(I)TRANSFORMER
All Transformers upto 5MVA, shall be ONAN type however all Transformers above
5MVA shall be ONAF type.
The kVA rating and percentage impedance of each transformer will be selected to limit
the rated current and short circuit current to values which are within the current rating and
interrupting capacity of switchgear available.
The capacities of the transformer will be selected as per the following guidelines:
Maximum demand of power requirement
Load factor of 0.9
Overall diversity factor as 0.8
Power system Power Factor as 0.95
It will be ensured that when all the loads are in operation and the largest motor is started,
the voltage drop at the motor terminals should not be more than 10%.
It will be ensured that all transformers shall be designed to provide 99% efficiency at full
load. It is desirable to operate all transformers at 50-80% loading therefore these
transformers shall be designed with minimum 0.96 power factor and 98% efficiency at
half and 80% load.
Table 1: Transformer Data
Description
S. No
Data
ONAN, ONAF
Reference Standard
IS-2026/IS-11171/IS-1271/IEC-76
No. of transformers Required
As per requirement
Type
Class of insulation
Three phase, core type,

ONAN/ONAF
Class F
Service (Indoor/Outdoor)
Outdoor type for all transformers
Continuous rating
As required
Voltage Ratio
33/11 & 11/0.433kV
Type of Cooling
ONAN/ONAF
Number of phases
10
Rated Frequency (Hz)
50
11
Connection Symbol
Dyn11
Page 228
EPC Agreement
S. No
Description
12
%impedance at principle tapping
13
Connection
14
System Grounding
Data
as applicable
HV Winding
As per SLD
LV Winding
As per SLD
HV - Side
Ungrounded
LV - Side
Solidly Grounded
15
Winding Material
Electrolytic Grade Copper
16
Direction of power flow
Uni-directional
17
Tap Changer
18
Tapping
19
Maximum ambient Air Temp
20
Temperature Rise over

the ambient (Max)
Range
ON Load Tap Changer (OLTC) for

all transformers above 5MVA, All
transformers below 5MVA capacity
shall be with Off Load Tap changer.
+5% to -15% in steps of 1.25%
40 C
Winding
80 C
Core & other

adjacent part
Core & other
parts not
adjacent of dwg
80 C
Within safe limit of core & adjacent
Materials
21
Flux density
As required
22
Winding Current density
As required
23
Over loading capacity
As per relevant IS & IEC standards
24
Creepage distance
As per transformers rating and

relevant IS.
25
Maximum flux density at the rated voltage

and frequency
Time duration to withstand 3 phase short
circuit at secondary terminals
110% for Continuous
26
3 Secs
At full load- 0.98 (min)
27
Power Factor of transformer
28
Enclosure protection
IP 42
29
Painting
2 coats of Epoxy paint and shade

632 as per IS 5.
At 50% to 80% load- 0.96 (min)
Page 229
EPC Agreement
(J) SCADA SYSTEM

1.0 SCADA system
A dedicated SCADA system shall be provided for each 33/11kV substation (ESS-1 to
ESS-5).
SCADA system shall comprise following equipment
a) Data concentrator panel
b) Communication Module
c) Ethernet switches and LIU cards
d) Personal computers
e) GPS unit (for real time monitoring of the relays and meters)
f) UPS
g) Battery and Battery charger
It is preferred that a common control room shall be provided for all five substation.
The location such control room shall be decided based on the Site actual plan and easy
monitoring of all substations with least requirement of manpower.
The control room shall be dust and vermin proof and shall be cooled through Air
conditioners. This room shall be suitably designed to accommodate all above
mentioned equipment.
All the power transformers, GIS switchgears, metering equipment and protection
relays shall be compatible to SCADA.
2.0 Data Concentrator Panel
To maintain the redundancy and to increase the reliability of power network, 100%
redundant Data concentrator panel shall be envisaged for each 33/11kV substation.
Each Data concentrator panel shall have required number of IO cards, Ethernet cards
for connection to substation equipment, meters, protection relays, RMU unit MMI
(Man Machine Interface) and substation PC. The Data concentrator panel shall be
Page 230
EPC Agreement
floor standing type and shall have all necessary arrangement to interface with various
devices.
The MMI system shall also be capable for accepting the metering input on RS 485
Modbus protocol.
Data concentrator panel should be powered from the substation battery chargers. The
DC convertor should be the part of the data concentrator.
2.1 Remote IO Panels
All the metering and protection relays at remote locations shall be interfaced with
substation SCADA through Remote IO panels. These panels shall be strategically
located near the load centre RMUs.
Each IO panel shall have sufficient IO cards to accommodate all IOs coming from
RMUs and other field devices. RIO panel shall also be housing necessary Ethernet
switches and LIU cards to communicate with substation SCADA.
The substation SCADA system shall have independent Data concentrator panel which
shall have sufficient IO cards to accommodate all the IOs of substation equipment.
It is envisaged that 25% spare IO cards shall be provided in each IO panel to take care
of future requirement.
Below minimum inputs/outputs shall be taken in SCADA system 1. Power Transformers- Oil level low, Oil temp high, Winding Temp. High,
Buchholz relay, Ventilation Fan failure, Tap changers voltage settings (from
RTCC Panel)
2. Auxiliary Transformers- Oil & Winding Temp. High
3. HV Breakers- ON, OFF, TRIP, Trip Circuit Healthy, Breaker position i.e. Test,
Service and Maintenance mode etc.
4. Ring Main Units (RMUs) - Breaker ON, OFF & Trip status, all metering
parameters.
5. Numerical Relays- All protection parameters and relay status
6. All meters- All metering parameters
Page 231
EPC Agreement
Beside above input/outputs, it is envisaged that 25% spare IO cards shall be provided
in each IO panel to take care of future requirement.
2.2 Communication
All protection relays in the substation shall be connected to SCADA system Ethernet
switches through Fibre Optic cables. All protection Numeric Relays shall have fiber
optic ports and shall communicate to Ethernet switch on star topology and shall be
connected to star coupler using fiber optic cables.
Communication from relays to Ethernet switch shall be through single communication
port. Communication from GIS switchboard Ethernet switch to data concentrator
panel shall be simultaneous on redundant ports. RS 485 to FO converters wherever
required shall be part of offered relay/other hardware.
All RMUs shall be made to communicate with substation SCADA system on Fibre
Optic cable. For this purpose remote IO Panel shall be provided near the RMU units
and each RIO panel shall communicate with SCADA system on Fibre Optic network.
The communication protocol shall be selected to transfer all information including
time stamp data from relay to data concentrator/substation MMI. The relay
communication shall be on latest IEC61850 protocol.
The maximum number of relays in one LAN shall be decided so as to achieve
maximum scan time as 600 ms. The above scan time does not include screen refresh
rate at MMI.
To maintain the reliability of Power system and to have better communication
between substations the SCADA system in each substation shall be connected
together. To achieve this purpose, each Data concentrator panel shall be connector
together in Fibre Optic network.
In order to have 100% redundancy in the communication system all five substations
shall be connected together in Fibre Optic Ring system. The successful bidder shall
incorporate all necessary requirements to achieve 100% redundancy in the SCADA
communication system.
The bidder should submit necessary certification for compliance of IEC61850
protocol. In case of proprietary protocol, the protocol converter shall be supplied as a
Page 232
EPC Agreement
part of contract. Protocol converter, if provided, should not affect the speed of
communication.
2.3 Man Machine Interface (MMI)
The system should be interfaced with communicable protection & metering devices
and other equipments in the substation in such a way that operator can easily access
the essential information regarding the network and control the same so as to ensure
availability of electric network at its maximum efficiency giving highest utilization of
the installed primary equipments. MMI Software configuration to be carried out to
display the following data at the MMI and shall primarily but not limited to, provide
the following functions:-
Dynamic Single line diagram with bus bar colouring & with status of all
process objects like breaker, isolators etc.
Alarm and Events with time stamping.
Online measurements and scaling of measurement.
Relay parameterisation.
Disturbance record uploads.
Object control.
Classification and display of events in alarm class e.g. persisting and fleeting
alarms.
Time synchronization.
Each uploaded event/alarm list should contain:
The event data and time.
The name of the event object with a descriptive text.
The name of the feeder from which the event has generated.
The state of value of the object.
Possibility of filtering alarms according to feeder criteria. The information

fields above shall be structured in columns for maximum readability.
Page 233
EPC Agreement
2.4 System Diagnostic

The system should have communication diagnostic feature of each substation level
component. Proper communication of devices should be identified by communication
status. Device, which does not communicate properly, should be clearly highlighted
on operators screen.
2.5 User Authorization
The system to be configured to object authorization so that each user defined in the
system can be given access-rights for various features e.g.
System managing.
Engineering.
Normal operation (Open/Close of Breakers).
View only.
2.6 Digital Communicable Meter

All Digital communicable meter shall be with RS 485/FO port suitable for SCADA as
well as local metering. All meters shall be connected to substation SCADA on fibre
optic cable network. The successful bidder shall provide necessary devices to connect
all meters to substation SCADA on fibre optic network.
2.7 Engineering
For ease of engineering, the engineering tool designed for the SCADA system should
be based on latest international guideline protocol IEC61850 modelling.
2.8 Time Synchronization
For the real time monitoring of Power system equipment, Time clock synchronization
feature shall be provided.
The real time clocks of all numerical relay shall be
sychronised with data concentrator/HMI time clock. GPS unit shall provide in each
substation and shall be synchronised with other substation GPS by using GPS receiver
at substation.
The resolution of time synchronization shall be + 1 millisecond or better throughout
the entire system.
Page 234
EPC Agreement
(K) RING MAIN UNITs (RMUs)

Standards and Specifications for the Design and Construction of 33kV and 11kV Ring
Main Units for Shendra Phase 1 Area are discussed in following sections.
1.0 Design
The Ring Main Units (RMUs) shall be designed, manufactured and tested according to
latest version of IEC62271-200 ed1.0 (2003-11), IEC62271-1ed1.0 (2007-10), IEC60129,
IEC60529, IEC60265, IEC60420, IEC60185, IEC60186 & IEC60255.
The RMUs shall be outdoor type (IP65 type min.) with modular design having panel type
features and with front side cable access. RMU must be made out of robotically welded
stainless steel. The RMU shall be SF6 gas insulated/Shielded Solid Insulation (Any live
MV part of the system shall be solid insulated in epoxy or EPDM Materials, but shielded
also) type and gas filled compartment should have sealed pressure system and it should be
sealed for life. Fixed type SF-6 gas insulated enclosed circuit breakers shall be used in
RMU. It should be Maintenance free.
The RMU shall have self-powered microprocessor based relay for operation of the circuit
breaker. RMUs should have fully rated integral earthing switch on each device. RMU unit
shall be fully SCADA compatible. Line switches (load break switches) as well as T-off
Circuit breaker can be operated by remote from Central control room. The RMUs will be
non-extensible type. The unit must be provided with HMI, which will provide facility to
electrically switch on and switch the unit as well as local/ remote facility.
Enclosure with IP2X standard protection shall be used for RMUs. The load break
switches shall be motor operated. They will be fitted with the line CTs and fault passage
indicator (FPI).
Each RMU shall be provided with one number of (FPI) with LCD on the isolator to
indicate the overcurrent in the system and this FPI shall be with self-healing feeder RTU
for motorized RMU.
Page 235
EPC Agreement
FPI shall facilitate quick detection of faulty section of line. The fault indication may be
based on monitoring fault current flow through the device. The unit should be selfcontained requiring no auxiliary power supply. The FPI shall be integral part of RMU.
2.0 Earthing
The earthing system for 33/11kV substations and Ring Main Units (RMUs) shall be
designed as per the requirement of relevant latest editions of IEC, IEEE, Indian Standards
and Indian Electricity Rules.
It is proposed that earthing grid shall be provided in each 33/11kV substation. The
earthing grid shall be designed in accordance wih IEEE80 codes.
General requirements
Earthing mat (grid) in substation shall be prepared by minimum 50 x 10mm Copper

Strip.
Earth pit shall be plate type each with minimum 3mtrs. 85mm Dia GI Pipe, alternate
layers of salt and charcoal, LORES (ground enhancing Material ) and watering funnel.
Each equipment in the substation shall be earthed by appropriate size (as per IEEE80
guidelines) copper strip.
In any case the size of earthing strip shall not be less than the minimum size required
to carry the fault current.
Main earthing conductors shall be laid at the depth not less than 1000mm below the
ground.
All the equipments, structure etc shall be earthed by running main and duplicate
earthing conductor from the equipment base along structure to the main mat.
Whenever earthing conductors are crossing cable trenches, underground services

ducts, pipes, tunnels, railway tracks etc. it shall run 250mm below them and shall be
rerouted in case it fouls with foundation.
Tap connections (risers) from the earthing grid to the equipment/structure to be

earthed shall be terminated to the earthing terminals of RMU, HT Panels,
equipment/structure., if the equipment is available at the time of erection of the
earthing grid. Otherwise Earth inser shall be provided near the equipment
foundation/pedestal for future connection to the earthing terminals.
Page 236
EPC Agreement
Dedicated earthing pits shall be envisaged for each Transformer body and Neutral
earthing.
All the earthing pits shall be bonded together and connected with substation earthing
grid.
Cable trays and supports shall be connected to the earth mat at every 30m interval.
Whenever it passes through walls, floors etc., galvanized iron sleeves shall be
provided for the passage of the conductor. Both end of the sleeve shall be sealed to
prevent entrance of water.
Earthing conductor where ever crossing the road shall be buried at least 1000mm
below the ground level.
Separate dedicated earth pits shall be provided for RMU earthing.
Metallic sheaths and Armour of all multi core power cables shall be earthed at both
equipment and switch gear end. Sheath and armour of single core cables shall be
earthed.
The body of all RMU units and HT Panels shall be connected to atleast two distinct
earth pits. For this two different rod earthing pits shall be envisaged near the RMU
units. The depth of the hot dip GI earthing rod shall be atleast 3000mm and diameter
shall not be less than 85mm. The body of each RMU shall be connected to these
earthing pits with two separate earthing strips of same size. The size of earthing strip
shall be determined based on the fault current and switchgear disconnection time.
3.0 Testing
All RMUs and HT Panels shall be tested in accordance with latest editions of the
IEC62271-200 ed1.0 (2003-11), IEC62271-1ed1.0 (2007-10), IEC60129, IEC60529,
IEC60265, IEC60420, IEC60185, IEC60186 & IEC60255.
The contractor shall submit the inspection plan and Quality Assurance Plan for the
consultant and Employers approval.
The contractor shall submit all necessary relevant type and routine test certificates for
consultant and Employers review and approval.
Page 237
EPC Agreement
4.0 List of Standards and Codes

STANDARDS ADOPTED FOR ELECTRICAL DESIGN
Current Editions of All permanent Works shall be designed to the latest Indian Electricity Rules,
Indian Grid Codes, CEA (Central Electricity Authority) Rules, CBIP norms,
Design Codes:
State Electricity codes (MAHA Transco and MAHDISCOM), MSEDC
guidelines, Indian/ International codes of practice, design standards,
regulations and/or guidelines appropriate to the element of the Works
considered.
Particular reference is made to the following list of the main codes of practice
to be used in the design:
Code of Practice for Design of 11 & 33kV HT Switchgear

and Ring Main Units
IS-13118 & IS3427
Code of Practice for Design of Earthing system
IS-3043,
IEEE80,
IEC60364
Code of Practice for Design of Lightning protection system IS-2309
During the course of the design wherever Indian codes are deemed to be
outdated or are no longer in-line with current international best practice,
internationally recognized standards shall be adopted.
Page 238
EPC Agreement
(L) CABLES
1.0 Design criteria
Size and type of cables for specific applications shall be selected giving due consideration
to following:
Thermal heating effect/permissible current carrying capacity.
Voltage drop
Short time current/overload requirement
Protection system grading and short circuit current carrying capacity.
Ambient conditions
Cable grouping factors
The cross sectional area for HV power cables shall be minimum 95 Sqmm.
1.1 Type of Cable
HV Cables
The power cables for 33kV & 11kV distribution network shall be XLPE, Aluminium
Armored 3 core
grounded type.
All cables shall be heavy-duty type with compact circular stranded Aluminium conductor.
Each conductor shall be with extruded shielding of semi conducting Material , XLPE
insulation and with insulation shielding over individual cores.
Insulation shall be applied through extrusion process and chemically cross-linked in
continuous vulcanization process to comply with the requirements of the relevant
standards. The core insulation shall be with XLPE compound applied over the conductor
by extrusion and shall conform to the requirements of type A compound per IS 583.
The individual cores shall be stranded together with a holding tape provided with a
common covering of extruded inner FRLS sheath of type ST2 compound, galvanized
round steel wire armoured and FRLS PVC outer sheath of type ST2 compound as per IS :
7098 (Pt-II)-latest version.
To protect the cables against rodent and termite attack, suitable chemicals shall be added
into the PVC compound of the outer sheath.
The manufacturing of cables will be of dry curing type.
Page 239
EPC Agreement
Lighting System Power Cable

Lighting power cables used for street lighting poles shall be 1100V, XLPE insulation, 3
Core, Copper conductor, steel wire armored type.
The minimum size for lighting cable shall be 2.5sqmm. Three individual cores of the such
cables shall be colour coded to distinguish them physically. The red colour insulated
conductor shall be for Phase, black for Neutral and Green colour insulated conductor
for earth.
For High Mast feeder pillar panel power supply 4 Core, 1100V, XLPE, Copper cable
shall be used.
Cable Termination & Joints
Heat shrinkable type of cable termination and joints will be used for HV cables in indoor
and outdoor applications.
The type of cable terminations and joints shall be selected based on the type and current
rating of HV cables.
Cable Laying
Contractor shall transport the cable to the installation location, laying, fixing and
termination of cables to the required satisfaction of purchaser/consultant.
The contractor shall mark it out on the Drawings and also on the Site and obtain the
approval of the engineer/consulting engineer before laying the cable.
Sharp bends shall be avoided; the minimum radius shall not be less than 15 D.
Wherever possible 25% larger radius than specified above shall be used.
The cable shall be clamped at every 600mm at the places where it is laid on a cable
tray.
Cables shall be laid on cable trays in RCC trench.
Whenever cable passes through any floor or wall suitable cut outs shall be made. The
openings shall be sealed using suitable fire resisting Material to prevent fire spreading
and also to prevent entry of water.
Standard cable installation tools shall be utilized for cable pulling. Maximum pull
tension shall not exceed the manufacturers recommended value. Cable grips, reels or
Page 240
EPC Agreement
pulleys used shall be properly lubricated. The lubricant shall not injury the overall
covering and shall not set up undesirable conditions of electrostatic stress.
Where groups of HV LV cables are to be laid along the same route, suitable barriers to
(physically) segregate them shall be provided and separated in accordance with
relevant IS code.
Where cable crosses cross roads, water, oil, gas or sewerage pipes, the cables shall be
laid in hume pipes/HDPE ducts. The size of the Hume pipe/HDPE pipe shall be at
least 2.5times the outer diameter (OD) of the cables.
For road crossing, the pipe of the cable shall be buried at not less than one meter
depth. Cables laid below rail track should be at a depth not less than 1500mm, unless
otherwise approved by the engineer. These cables shall be laid in MS pipe of 300mm
dia. Cable shall be protected at all times from mechanical injury and from absorption
of moisture.
Some extra length shall be kept in each cable run at a suitable point to enable one or
two straight through joints to be made at a later date if any fault occurs.
Cables shall be laid in proper sequence so as to avoid unnecessary crossing of other

cables upon entering or leaving a run of tray. Cable splices shall not be permitted.
Metal sheath and the Armour of the cable shall be bonded with the earthing system of
the station.
Route markers indicating the route of HV and LV cables to be given at every 30

meters for identification of cable from route, laid in trench.
Identification markings on draw pits to be made for HV/LV indications and pit no. to
be identified with the help of fluorescent road marking paint.
Anodized aluminium tag indicating cable number, cable size, feeder from-to, other
details etc at entry & exit of each draw pits to be installed inside the draw pits.
End of cables should be sealed by means of non-hygroscopic sealing Material after

laying till such time before the end termination.
1.2 Cable Trench

The cable trenches shall be designed to carry appropriate number of power cables of
different voltages and to take care of safe bending of cables. It is envisaged to have
completely closed type cable trenches with manholes at every 30mtrs.
Page 241
EPC Agreement
A provision of space of appropriate (width) and depth for various sizes of cables and
number of circuits laid in cable trench has been made along the cable route as indicated in
the Typical Cross Section Drawing of road indicating utility corridor. However, in no
case the width and depth of these cable trenches shall not be more than 2mtrs.
The cable trench shall be provided at both sides of the roads. All type-A and type-B roads
shall be provided with 2mtrs width cable trench however, all other roads shall be provided
with 1.5mtrs width cable trench at both sides.
Note- It is proposed that a dedicated cable route shall be indentified for existing HV lines.
The successful bidder shall provide a dedicated cable trench for buried type underground
cables.
All EHV, HV, signal and control cables inside the cable trench shall be installed on the
dedicated cable trays. However, LV cables may be routed along the surface of the trench
wall. All cables shall be suitable supported and spaced by using cable-supporting ties.
Aluminium type engraved tags shall be envisaged at every 30mtrs distance for the
nomenclature and identification of each type of cables.
1.3 Termination Arrangement
Cable termination will be made with aluminium/ tinned copper crimped type solder less
lugs of approved make for all aluminium conductor and stud type terminals.
1.4 Cable Identification
Cable tags will be of 2 mm thick, 20 mm wide aluminium strap of suitable length to
contain cable number as per cable schedule.
1.5 Ferrules
Ferrules will be approved interlocked type & size to suit core size mentioned and will be
employed to designate the various cores of control cable by the terminal numbers to
which the cores are connected, for ease in identification and Maintenance.
1.6 Cable Glands
Cable glands to be supplied will be nickel plated brass double compression type. Glands
for classified hazardous areas will be of CMRS certified and approved by CCE.
Page 242
EPC Agreement
1.7 Cable Clamps

All cables will be clamped with metal clamps and single core cables will be clamped with
trefoil clamps made of Aluminium.
1.8 Cable Trays
Cable trays will be prefabricated hot dip galvanized sheet steel trays either ladder or
perforated depending upon application. Upto 300mm size perforated cable trays shall be
used. However, above 300m ladder type cable trays shall be used.
Runner size will be 150x150x6mm and rung size will be 35x5mm at every 250 mm. At
one meter interval two rungs will be provided side by side to facilitate clamping.
Galvanizing content will be 86 microns.
Cable trays supports shall be designed based on the actual cable loading and 25% spare
capacity envisaged on each tray for future growth.
All cable trays exposed to the atmosphere shall be provided with suitable covers.
1.9 Standards & Codes
All HV and LV Cables shall be designed, supplied, installed, tested and certified as per
latest editions of IS-7098 (all parts), ES 2.06.001, ES 2.14.0070.
The contractor shall prepare and submit suitable method statements (atleast 28days prior
to notification of Site testing) indicating the methodology of the entire inspection, testing
and design procedure. Operations shall not be commenced until method statements have
been formally reviewed and accepted.
Page 243
EPC Agreement
(M) ILLUMINATION SYSTEM

1.0 Design
Illumination system shall be designed as per the design parameters defined in CEI129,
Indian standards and state electricity rules. The required LUX levels as per areas are
defined in the table 1.0 below.
Road and Open Area Lighting
It is proposed that roads and street shall be illuminated by using Lighting Poles/High
Masts. Each Lighting pole shall be supplied with LED based luminaries and junction
boxes (for looping with other poles). However, other open areas like parks shall be
illuminated by fancy bollards with LED luminaires.
The type, location and spacing between two lighting poles shall be decided based on the
LUX requirements and is discussed in following sections of this documents.
Contractor shall submit the lighting layout and lighting study report along with lighting
calculations for the clients approval.
Design Requirement for Road Lighting
a. Visibility of road and its surrounding.
b. Visual guidance of the shape of road. Motorist should be able to clearly identify bends
and curves in roads.
c. Identification of obstacle.
d. The visual comfort of the driver. The visual field comprises carriageway, surrounds to
the road including road sign, the sky and bright luminaire.
e. Light should appear continuous and uniform.
Illumination levels
Taking into account consideration of principles of vision, criteria of quality and
characteristics of sources and luminaries, Table-1.0 given below gives for the desirable
level of illumination which are recommended as per IUT(Institute of Urban Transport) &
uniformity from IS:1944.
Page 244
EPC Agreement
Table 1.0: Illumination Level

S. No.
Particulars
Required Illumination Min. Uniformity

Level
Ratio
1.
Main Roads
50 lux
0.4
2.
Pedestrian Crossing
50 lux
0.4
3.
Residential street lighting
1-10 lux
0.4
4.
Cycle Track
20 lux
0.4
5.
Substation rooms
200lux
0.4
6.
Substation Transformer
yard
20lux
0.4
Power Supply for Lighting System

Power distribution scheme for lighting shall be designed in coordination with the service
area.
The street lighting system shall be fed from their respective lighting distribution board.
For street lighting poles, the power supply shall be received from nearby substation. For
this purpose, a dedicated main lighting distribution board shall be provided in the
substation, which shall further feed the power supply to lighting small distribution board
or high mast Feeder Pillar.
Each small distribution board shall be capable of feeding power to maximum 1000W or
10No.of light fixtures, whichever is lesser.
The location of small distribution boards for street lighting shall be strategically decided
as per Site actual conditions. To avoid the tempering, all the small distribution board shall
be located away from public areas.
While deciding the location of small distribution board, the Voltage drop shall be kept in
consideration. The voltage drop in lighting system should be less than 5% as per National
Electrical Code.
Page 245
EPC Agreement
2.0 Lighting Small Distribution Board (DBs)

Each indoor Distribution board shall be with minimum IP-42 protection, dead front, front
operated and shall be designed as per IEC-61439. The outdoor lighting distribution boards
shall be with minimum IP65 protection. The number of ways of lighting DBs shall be
decided based on the number of the circuit and the spare MCBs for future use.
The type of lighting distribution board in Shendra-I area shall be provided as per the
location of lighting poles and High Mast. Broadly, following two types of distribution
shall be provided:
1) Lighting Distribution Board (Type-1) for street lighting poles: In this type of
distribution board 40Amp ELCB for incomer is considered. 18no.of outgoings
(6no.on R-Phase, 6no.on Y-Phase, 6no.on B- Phase) of 16 Amps SP shall be
controlled by 32 Amp (3No.) DP MCBs.
2) Lighting Distribution Board (Type-2) for High Mast: In this type of distribution
board 63Amps ELCB for incomer is considered. 24no.of outgoing of 16 Amps SP
MCB (8no.on R-Phase, 8no.on Y-Phase, 8no.on B- Phase), 3 Nos. 40 Amp DP MCB
and 3 Nos. of 32Amps TPN MCBs.
3.0 Lighting Management System
The lighting will be designed to illuminate the entire areas with the minimum necessary
luminaires in an efficient manner, through directing the light to the areas to be illuminated
through minimizing the tilt angle and appropriate aiming of the luminaries thereby
minimizing the wasteful use of light, reducing required power and ensuring that the
surrounding environment is not subject to obtrusive lighting of the site.
Therefore, lighting system shall be controlled via photos cell controllers for the
luminaires mounted on the lighting poles.
The location of the photocell shall be
strategically decided as per Site conditions. Each photocell shall be interlocked with
lighting feeder in main lighting distribution board.
Each feeder in main lighting distribution board shall be envisaged with Day/Night timer
(24 hrs), Power contactor, Auto/Manual selector switch, Energy meter etc. All energy
meters shall be communicable to substation SCADA system.
Page 246
EPC Agreement
A manual on/off override switch shall be provided at lighting distribution boards (LDBs)
to provide manual control of lighting luminaires.
Time clock and photo-cell control shall be provided to give automatic switch on during
darkness and/or low levels of light and off when lighting lux levels are achieved.
The location and installation of Photo cell (light sensors) shall be strategically decided as
per the layout and Site conditions.
The successful contractor shall submit lighting design, layout & calculations (generated
by reputed software like DIALUX) based on the lighting design standards and LUX
levels mentioned in the table 1.0 here in this Section for clients approval.
4.0 Standards and Codes
The illumination system shall be designed, installed and tested in accordance with the
latest editions of the standards - IS-2149, IS-3646, CIE129.
Page 247
EPC Agreement
N. DESIGN LIFE
Design Life
S.No.
Items
Design
Period in
years
Code Reference
Road layers
Bituminous layers
10
IRC 37: 2012
Base, Sub-base and

Embankments
20
IRC 37: 2012
Drainage Structures
100
IRC 84: 2014
100
IRC 84: 2014
100
IRC 84: 2014
1
2
Cross Drainage Works - HP

drains
Cross Drainage Works - Box
drains
Concrete Side Drains
Misc Items
High mast - GS
25
CPWD Manual
Light poles - GS
25
CPWD Manual
Underground cabling
20
CPWD Manual
Pumping and Pipes
Electric motors - single phase
15
CPHEEO Manual
Electric motors - Three

phase
15
CPHEEO Manual
Electric Pump
15
CPHEEO Manual
Diesel Pump
10
CPWD Manual
Diesel Generator
12
CPWD Manual
Sewage Pump
15
CPHEEO Manual
Substation
Transformers
25
CPWD Manual
Switchgear LT/HT
20
CPWD Manual
Voltage Stabilizer
10
CPWD Manual
Note
Clause no.7.2(iii) of page

no 60
no 60
no 60
Page 248
EPC Agreement
Design Life
S.No.
Items
Design
Period in
years
Code Reference
Civil Structures
Storage by dams
50
CPHEEO Manual
Pumping station - Pump

house
30
CPHEEO Manual
Sewage Treatment Plant
a)
Civil Structures
30
CPHEEO Manual
b)
Electrical & Mechanical

Components
15
CPHEEO Manual
Water treatment units
15
CPHEEO Manual
Pipes and distribution

systems
30
CPHEEO Manual
Reservoirs - Overhead and

ground level
15
CPHEEO Manual
Note
From functional & cost

effective point of view 15
years of design life is
considered,
otherwise
RCC Structures have a
design life of more than
30 years
Page 249
EPC Agreement
ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
PART A - Standard Specifications
The Specifications and Standard as specified in Part A of this Schedule D comprise
"Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fifth Revision, April 2013), issued by
the Ministry of Road Transport & Highways (MoRT&H), Government of India and
published by the Indian Roads Congress at Sl. No. 1.1 iii apart from the other
Specifications and Standard. (Specification related to exposure condition shall be
adopted Very Severe).
PART B - Special Provisions

Preamble
The Special Provisions are an amplification of the Standard and Specifications
specified at Sl. No. 1.1 iii and contain provisions in respect of items of work not
covered by or at variance with the Standard Specifications.
The Special Provisions contained herein shall be read in conjunction with the other
Bidding Documents. These Provisions cover the items of civil and non-civil Works
coming under scope of this document. All work shall be carried out in
conformity with the same. The Works shall be executed in accordance with
industry good practices followed for achieving high standards of workmanship, thus
ensuring safety and durability of the Construction. All codes and standards referred to
in these specifications shall be the latest thereof, unless otherwise stated.
Where there is any ambiguity or discrepancy between the Special Provisions and the
Standard Specifications, the requirements of Special Provisions shall prevail.
Clause numbers herein correspond with the numbers, if any, in the Standard
Specifications. The numbering of new clauses is continuous with related clauses in the
Standard Specifications.
The attention of the contractor is drawn to those clauses of codes which require
supporting specification either by the Employers Engineer or by 'Mutual Agreement
between the Contractor and the Employers Engineer. In such cases, it is the
responsibility of the Contractor to seek clarification on any uncertainty and obtain
prior approval of the Employers Engineer before taking up the
supply/Construction. In the absence of such prior clarification, the Employers
Engineer choice/design will be final and binding on the contractor without
entitling the contractor for any additional payment.
Defective Works
All defective Works are liable to be demolished, rebuilt and defective Materials
replaced by the contractor at his own cost. In the event of such Works being
accepted by carrying out repairs etc., as specified by the Employers Engineer,
the cost of repairs will be borne by the contractor.
Page 250
EPC Agreement
Additional Specifications
The additional specifications shall comprise of specifications for particular items
of work not covered in Part A at Sl. No. 1.1 iii.
The following Appendices describing additional specifications have been added to the
Part A, Standard Specifications:
CLAUSE A-1
Utility ducts
CLAUSE A-2
Curing using liquid membrane forming compound
In the absence of any definite provisions on any particular issue in the aforesaid
Specifications, reference may be made to the latest codes and specifications of IRC,
BIS, ASTM, AASHTO and BS in that order. Where even these are silent, the
Construction and completion of the Works shall conform to sound engineering
practice as approved by the Employers Engineer.
1.0 SECTION 100: GENERAL

1.1 Clause 105: Scope of Work - Shall be read as
Under this Agreement, the scope of the Work (the Scope of the Project) shall mean
and include:
a.
Construction of the Project Road & utility on the Site set forth in Schedule-A
and as specified in Schedule-B together with provision of Project Facilities as
specified in Schedule-C, and in conformity with the Specifications and
Standards set forth in Schedule-D.
b.
Maintenance of the Project Highway in accordance with the provisions of

this Agreement and in conformity with the requirements set forth in ScheduleE; and
c.
Performance and fulfilment of all other obligations of the Contractor in

accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and matters incidental
thereto or necessary for the performance of any or all of the obligations of the
Contractor under this Agreement.
1.2 Clause 107: Contract Drawings

Sub clause 107.1: Shall be read as
Design and Drawings shall be developed in conformity with the Specifications
and Standards set forth in Schedule-D. In the event, the Contractor requires any
relaxation in design standards due to restricted Right of Way in any section,
the alternative design criteria for such Section shall be provided for review of the
Employers Engineer.
1.3 Clause 108: Site Information

Sub-Clause 108.4: Clause added and shall be read as follows:
Page 251
EPC Agreement
The Contractor shall identify quarries; borrow areas and other sources of Materials
required for the work. Contractor shall satisfy himself that the required Materials are
available in adequate quantities and complying with the requirements of
specifications. No claims shall be entertained on account of non-availability of
Materials and increase in leads etc.
It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor to arrange the quarries, borrow areas etc.,
on license / lease basis or otherwise, and study in detail before tendering, the scope of
taking the quarry on lease. Advance information must be collected by the contractor
regarding the procedure laid down and the consequent delay in arranging the quarries
on lease and must make alternative arrangement to procure the quarry products from
lease holders. No separate payment will be made for arranging such quarries, borrow
areas, etc.
1.4 Clause 109: Setting Out

Sub-Clause 109.7: Delete the 2nd paragraph last sentences
1.5 Clause 110: Encumbrances in Construction Area, Including Trees and Utilities
Sub-Clause 110.7
Delete the Sub-clause 110.7 and shall be read as following:
The contractor may be required to carry out the removal or shifting of certain
services/utilities on specific orders from the Employers Engineer. However for
coordinating the work of cutting of trees and removal of encroachments etc. No
separate payment to the contractor will be made and these will be incidental to the
work.
1.6 Clause 113: General Rules for the Measurement of Works for Payment
Clause 113: shall be read as follows:
All payments and measurements shall be as per schedule H.
1.7 Clause 114: scope of rates for different items of work

Clause 114: shall be read as follows:
All payments and measurements shall be as per schedule H.
Page 252
EPC Agreement
2.0 SECTION 400:

SHOULDERS
SUB
BASES,
BASES
(NON
BITUMINOUS)
AND
2.1 Clause 401: Granular Sub Base

Sub-Clause 401.2: Materials
Sub-clause 401.2.1: Para 1 of this clause shall be read as under:
"The Material shall be free from organic or other deleterious constituents and
conform to the Grading 1 given in Table 400- 1 with the percentage passing 0.075mm
size restricted to 5%. The portion of the total aggregate passing 4.75 mm sieve shall
have a sand equivalent value of not less than 50 when tested in accordance with the
requirement of IS: 2720 (Part 37).
Sub-Clause 401.2.2: Physical Requirements
Add at the end of this clause as under:
The Contractor shall, at least 21 working days before the commencement of the
Construction of the sub-base course, submit to the Employers Engineer, the sub-base
Material test results for approval of the laboratory testing on the physical properties
defined above. The Construction of the sub-base course shall be taken up only
upon the Employers Engineer approval of the Material .
3.0 SECTION 500: BASE AND SURFACE COURSES (BITUMINOUS)

Sub-Clause 501.2.1: Binder
Replace the selection criteria for viscosity grade bitumen by adopted ViscosityGraded shall be VG-30 as per IS: 73 2013 or latest revision.
Replace the selection criteria for viscosity grade bitumen by adopted ViscosityGraded shall be VG-30 as per IS: 73 2013 or latest revision.
3.1
Clause 505: Dense Graded Bituminous Macadam

Sub-Clause 505.2.1: Bitumen
Delete words indicated in Table 500-10 and insert grade of VG-30 in 3rd and 4th
line.
Sub-Clause 505.2.5: Aggregates grading and binder content
Add following between first and second sentence:
Grading-I shall be used for compacted thickness of a layer of 75 mm and above
while Grading-2 shall be used for compacted thickness of a layer of less than 75 mm
thickness. The Contractor shall give job mix formula for the mix design indicating
Page 253
EPC Agreement
mix properties. The laying of mix shall be done after approval of the Employers
Engineer.
In Table: 500-10, the following may be substituted:
Table : Road Grading
Grading
Layer Thickness
75mm to 100mm
50-75mm
Bitumen grade
VG-30
VG-30
Bitumen content % by mass of total mix
Min.4%
Min.4.5%
Sub Clause 505.3: Mixture Design

Sub-Clause 505.3.1: Requirement for the Mixture
Add the following requirements to the list of Table 500-11:
Water sensitivity (ASTM D1075): Retained stability (Ratio of Marshal Stability for
24 h Immersion and 30min Immersion in water at 60 degree centigrade
temperature) = not less than 75 %.
Stability to flow ratio = 205 to 10
Filler- Bitumen ratio = 0.6 to 1.2
Sub-Clause 505.3.3: Insert the following paragraph between the existing paragraphs 3
& 4:
Mixed design shall be carried out in accordance with the modified Marshal
method described in Asphalt Institute Manual MS-2.
Add the following at the end of clause:
The job-mix grading shall be within the limit stated in sub clause 507.2.5 and the
bitumen content shall be determined by carrying out a series of Marshall
Stability Tests as per AASHTO: T 245 and durability test as per ASTM D 1075 and
satisfying the following criteria:
No. of blows each end 112

Minimum stability (kN at 60C) 18.0
Minimum flow (mm) 3.0
Marshall quotient (kN/mm) 6.0 min
Air voids in total mix (%) 3-5
Voids in mineral aggregate filled with bitumen (%) 65-75
Loss of Marshall Stability by submerging 25 percent max
Specimens in water at 60C for 24 hrs as compared to stability measured after
Submersion in water at 60C for 30-40 minutes
Page 254
EPC Agreement
Air voids at refusal density (300 blows at each end of Marshall Specimen at
Optimum Binder Content) 3% min.
3.2 Clause 510: Open-Graded Premix Surfacing

Sub-Clause 510.1.2.1: Delete the words suitable grade as specified in contract or
as directed by the Engineer and insert Viscosity Grade VG-30
4.0 SECTION 800: TRAFFIC SIGNS, MARKINGS & OTHER ROAD

APPURTENANCES
4.1 Clause 802: Overhead Signs
Sub-Clause 802.1: General Add at the end of the Clause:
The locations of cantilever overhead and overhead signs (Gantry type) shall be
decided by the Employers Engineer.
Sub-Clause 802.4: Materials for Overhead Sign and Support Structures
Sub-Clause 802.4.2: The last line of this clause they shall. IS Specifications
shall read as
They shall be thoroughly descaled, cleaned, primed along with all other components
of signs, except reflective portion. They shall be painted with two coats of
epoxy paint. The sign back side shall be painted with grey color and post shall be
painted in black & white alternate bands. The post below ground shall be painted
with three coats of red lead paint.
Sub- Clause 802.4.3: Replace 1.5mm with 2.0mm in the fifth line.
4.2 Clause 803: Road Markings

This clause shall read as under:
Road markings shall be hot applied thermoplastic compound and the Materials shall
meet the requirements as specified in Clause 803.4. The thermoplastic Material
shall be factory mixed, from a manufacturer approved by the Employers
Engineer, and shall be of a tropical grade suitable for application, by the means
proposed, to the specified road surfaces.
The road markings shall be laid in one layer with appropriate road marking machine
approved by the Employers Engineer. Before the road-marking machine is used
on the permanent Works, the satisfactory working of the machine shall be
Page 255
EPC Agreement
demonstrated on a suitable site, which is not part of the permanent Works. The rate
of application shall be checked and adjusted as necessary before application on a
large scale is commenced, and thereafter daily."
Sub-Clause 803.3: Ordinary Road Marking Paint
This Clause shall be deleted.
Sub-Clause 803.6: Application
Sub-Clause 803.6.4: Substitute 250gm by 350gms in the last line of this sub-clause
4.3 Clause 805: Distance Indicator Post

Sub-Clause 805.3: The first sentence of this clause shall be read as under:
The hectometer/kilometer stones shall be made of concrete of grade as shown in the
Drawing.
4.4 Clause 806 Road Delineators

Sub-Clause 806.2: This clause shall be substituted as follows:
The delineators shall conform to Recommended Practice for road Delineators,
IRC: 79.
a) Roadway Indicators shall be 1000mm high made with 100 mm dia. NB
medium weight MS pipe. One reflector of high intensity grade retro reflective
sheeting with encapsulated lens shall be provided on top of the reflector. The
white & red reflector shall be provided alternatively of 40mm width, so that
total width of reflector shall be 120mm. A wire mesh cover of 150mm height
shall be provided on top or as shown in the Drawings.
b) Rectangular hazard marker 600mm x 300mm made out of 2mm thick
aluminium sheet, face to be fully covered by high intensity grade white retro
reflective sheeting of encapsulated lens type. The background/ border/ symbols
shall be made by screen-printing of desired colour as per sign details. The sign
plate shall be fixed with 6mm dia. aluminium rivets on MS angle iron frame.
The angle iron frame shall be made with angle of size 40mm x 40mm x 5mm.
The sign shall be fixed to 80mm dia. (NB-MW) MS pipe or as shown in the
Drawings.
c) Triangular Object Marker shall be 300mm side with four red reflectors, made
out of 2mm thick aluminium sheet, face to be fully covered by high intensity
grade white retro reflective sheeting of encapsulated lens type as per clause
801. The background/ border/ symbols shall be made by screen-printing of
desired colour as per sign details. The sign plate shall be fixed with 6mm dia.
aluminium rivets on MS angle iron frame. The angle iron frame shall be made
with angle of size 40mmx40mmx5mm. The sign shall be fixed with nut-bolts &
Page 256
EPC Agreement
welding on MS pipe 50mm dia. (NB-MW) and 500mm high or as shown in the
Drawings. All components of signs & supports shall be thoroughly descaled,
cleaned, primed and painted with two coats of epoxy paint. The sign backside
shall be with grey colour and post shall be white colour/ alternate white &
black bands. The post below ground shall be painted with three coats of red
lead.
5.0 SECTION 1600: STEEL REINFORCEMENT (UN-TENSIONED)

5.1 Clause 1602: General
Paragraph 2 of Clause 1602 shall read as follows:
Reinforcements shall be Thermo Mechanically Treated (TMT) deformed bars of
grade Fe 500 conforming to IS: 1786. Only coated steel shall be used as reinforcement
unless specified.
6.0 SECTION 2100: Open Foundations

Sub-Clause 2104.3: ii) Substitute M10 by M15 of this sub-clause
Page 257
EPC Agreement
ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
1.0
CLAUSE A-1: UTILITY DUCTS
1.1
Scope
The work shall consist of laying and jointing of R.C.C. Utility Ducts in accordance
with the requirements of these specifications.
1.2
Materials
Reinforced concrete pipes shall be of NP 4 type conforming to IS: 458 as shown in
the Drawings.
1.2.1 Laying of Pipes

Laying of Pipes shall be carried out in accordance with clause 2905; the Pipes shall
be fitted and matched so that when laid in work they shall have a smooth uniform
invert.
1.2.2 Jointing
The Pipes shall be jointed either by collar joint or flush joint. Caulking shall be
carried out as directed by the Employers Engineer. The provisions of clause 2906
of the specifications shall be followed to the extent applicable. The Employers
Engineer decision shall be final and binding.
1.2.3 Back Filling

Where directed by the Employers Engineer shall be carried out in accordance with
clause 2907 of the specifications.
1.2.4 Closing of Ends

The ends of Pipes shall be closed with plastic covers to prevent ingress of foreign
Materials
2.0
CLAUSE A-2: CURING USING LIQUID MEMBRANE FORMING

COMPOUND
2.1
General
Liquid membrane forming compound are sometimes permitted to be used by the
Employers Engineer for curing concrete for part or whole of the total curing period
as specified in sections dealing with concrete Construction. These membranes
reduce the loss of water from concrete during early hardening period and some type
of compounds also help in reducing the temperature-rise of concrete exposed to
the radiation from the sun. These specifications cover the type and use of such
compounds. However, the use of the same will need specific permission from the
Employers Engineer, who may require a number of Tests to be carried out
for establishing the conformity of the product to these specifications and to establish
that the curing compound and its method of use does not have any unacceptable
Page 258
EPC Agreement
effect on the quality of concrete. The cost of the initial acceptance testing and
the quality control testing will be borne by the owner, if the method has been
specified as a requirement by the Employers Engineer. If on the other hand, it is
suggested by the contractor as an alternative to wet-curing, the full cost of testing
will be borne by him and deemed to be included in his rates for concreting. The cost
of curing in any case will be deemed to be part of the concrete rates and will not be
paid extra.
All equipment, Material etc., needed for curing and protection of concrete shall be
at hand and ready for installing before actual concreting begins. Detailed plans,
methods and procedures shall be firmly established, shall be settled and got approved
in writing from the Employers Engineer sufficiently in advance of the actual
concreting.
The equipment and method proposed to be utilized shall provide for adequate
control and avoid interruption or damage to the work of other agencies.
2.2
Curing Compound
The curing compound shall be conforming to ASTM-C-309-81, Type-2, white
pigmented compound. The solids dissolved in vehicle shall be either A (no
restrictions) or Class B (resin as defined in ASTM D-883) as approved by the
Employers Engineer.
White pigmented compound (Type-2) shall consist of finely divided white pigments
and vehicle solids, ready mixed for immediate use without alteration. The compound
shall present a uniform white appearance when applied uniformly to a fresh
concrete surface at a specified rate of application. It shall be of such consistency
that it can be readily applied by spraying to provide uniform coating at temperatures
40 degree centigrade. If two coats are to be applied then it should be applied at an
interval of approximately one hour. They shall adhere to freshly placed concrete
that has stiffened or sufficient resist marking during the application and to damp
hardened concrete and shall form a continuous film when applied at a rate of 5
m/liter. When dry, the covering shall be continuous flexible and without visible
breaks or pin holes and shall remain as unbroken film at least 28 days after
application. It shall not react deleteriously with the concrete.
The compound shall meet with the requirement of water retention test as per
ASTM designation C-156-80. The loss of water in this test shall be restricted to not
more than 0.55 kg/m of exposed surface in 72 hours.
The white pigmented compound (Type 2) when rested as specified in accordance
with method E-79 of ASTM shall exhibit a day light reflectance of not less than
60% of that of magnesium oxide.
It shall fulfill the requirement of drying time when tested in accordance with
ASTM- C-309-81. The compound applied shall be dry to touch in not more than 4
hours. After 12 hours it shall not be tacky or tack off (peel off) concrete when
walked upon nor it shall impart a slippery surface. The liquid compound should be
of a spray able consistency.
Page 259
3.3
EPC Agreement
Supply and Testing
3.3.1 Acceptance Testing

Prior to the approval of the brand/trade name of compound and the source of supply
and manufacturer acceptance testing shall be carried out to demonstrate the
conformance of the compound to Clause 1.1.1. In addition, testing shall be
performed to demonstrate that no adverse/undesirable change in quality of concrete
or concrete surface takes place as a result/by-product of the use of the compound.
These Tests should be designed to check properties such as loss of strength at 28
days of surface layer, or of concrete cube, change in surface texture, change in
adhesion to subsequently applied layers like plaster, flooring, tiling etc. The type
and number of Tests are to be as specified by the Employers Engineer.
3.3.2 Routine Testing

a) The liquid membrane forming curing compound should be brought in the
manufacturers original clear containers. Each container shall be legibly marked
with the name of the manufacture, the trade name of the compound, the type of
compound and class of vehicle/solids, the nominal percentage of volatile
Material and batch or lot number. The lot numbers will be assigned to the
quantity of compound mixed, sampled and tested as single product. The
manufacturer shall exercise the care in filling the container so that all are equally
representative of the compound produced.
b) Curing compound to be used on S i t e shall be got tested at least 14 days
in advance so that the result of water retention Tests, reflectance test, drying
etc., are available before it can be permitted for use. All of the filled containers
represented by the approved sample shall then be sealed to prevent leakage,
substitution or dilution. The Employers Engineer or authorized representative
should mark each container represented by the samples with a suitable
identification mark for later identification and correlation and shall be kept in
store with double lock arrangements. One key shall be kept with the Contractor
and the other with Employers Engineer. Random samples shall be collected
from every batch of the compound. Frequency of random sampling shall be
done as directed by the Employers Engineer. The contractor shall provide
samples and labour for collecting samples free of cost. Testing shall be carried
out by agency approved by the Employers Engineer and in presence of his
representative.
3.4
Method of Application
The compound shall be sprayed using mechanical sprayer of approved design
to ensure uniform and continuous membrane on the concrete surface. The coverage
shall be at the rate specified by the manufacturer or at the rate of 4m per
liter or as specified by the manufacturer and approved by the Employers Engineer.
Field trials shall be conducted to decide effective coverage rate, which depends
upon surface finish. The Employers Engineer after verification of the field and
based on the actual experience shall order the rate of application as needed for
achieving the proper curing. With a view to ensure thorough and complete
coverage, approximately one half of the compound for a given area should be
applied by moving the spray gun back and forth in one direction and the remaining
Page 260
EPC Agreement
half at right angles to this direction. In case the application is still not found
uniform, the contractor shall have to apply the second coat as and when directed by
the Employers Engineer. If a second coat is to be applied, it should be applied
approximately after an interval of one hour. The curing compound shall generally
be applied as soon as the bleeding water or shine disappears, leaving dull
appearance.
If surface treatment by roughing, hand brushing etc., is required (e.g. as in case
of road pavements) the curing compound should be applied immediately after the
same. Equipment for spraying curing compound shall be of pressure tank type
(5 to 7 kg/cm) with provision of continuous agitation. A curing jumbo with
multiple travelling spray fans shall be provided for effective spray. Spraying on
concrete lining shall be done in such a way that the green concrete is not disturbed
or damaged or any foot impression left. Necessary schemes of spraying by
mechanized means shall be got approved by the Employers Engineer. However, in
emergency (for very small areas/ patches) it can be applied with wire or bristled
brush.
Page 261
EPC Agreement
Schedule E - Maintenance Requirements

(See Clause 2.1 and 14.2)
Contents
Maintenance Requirements...........................................................................................262
Annexure E I Repair / Rectification of Defects and Deficiencies................................265
Page 262
EPC Agreement
1.0
1.1
The Contractor shall, at all times maintain the Project Components (Roads &
Utilities/Services) in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, Applicable
Laws and Applicable Permits.
1.2
The Contractor shall repair or rectify any Defect or deficiency set forth in Paragraph
2 of this Schedule-E within the time limit specified therein and any failure in this
behalf shall constitute non-fulfilment of the Maintenance obligations by the
Contractor. Upon occurrence of any breach hereunder, the Employer shall be
entitled to effect reduction in monthly lump sum payment as set forth in Clause 14.6
of this Agreement, without prejudice to the rights of the Employer under this
Agreement, including Termination thereof.
1.3
All Materials, Works and Construction operations shall conform to the

Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fifth Revision, April 2013), issued by
the Ministry of Road Transport & Highways (MoRT&H) and the relevant IRC
publications. Where the Standards and Specifications for a work are not given,
Good Industry Practice shall be adopted to the satisfaction of the Employers
Engineer.
1.4
All relevant Materials, Works and Construction operations shall confirm to

CPHEEO Manual on Operation and Maintenance of water supply systems, 2005,
MoUD, GOI and Good Industry Practice to the satisfaction of Employers Engineer
for Potable water supply rising mains and distribution netWorks, Recycle rising
mains and distribution netWorks including valves, specials, flow meters etc.
1.5

CPHEEO Manual on Sewerage and Sewage treatment systems 2013 Part-B;
Operation and Maintenance and Good Industry Practice to the satisfaction of
Employers Engineer for Industrial effluent pumping mains and netWorks, Sewer
pumping mains and netWorks including manholes, flow meters etc.
1.6

CPHEEO Manual on Operation and Maintenance of water supply systems, 2005,
MoUD, GOI and Good Industry Practice to the satisfaction of Employers Engineer
for Potable and Recycle Elevated Service Reservoirs (ESR).
1.7

CPHEEO Manual on Sewerage and Sewage treatment systems 2013 Part-B;
Operation and Maintenance and Good Industry Practice to the satisfaction of
Employers Engineer for storm water drain netWorks and outfalls.
1.8
Maintenance of street lighting is inclusive of all roadway illumination equipment.

The equipment consists of poles, luminaries, brackets, photocells, lamps, relays,
conductors, ducts, hand wells, vaults, and associated hardware.
Page 263
2.0
EPC Agreement
Repair/Rectification of Defects and Deficiencies

The obligations of the Contractor in respect of Maintenance Requirements
shall include repair and rectification of the Defects and deficiencies specified in
Appendix E-I of this Schedule-E within the time limit set forth therein.
3.0
Other Defects and Deficiencies

In respect of any Defect or deficiency not specified in Appendix E-I of this Schedule-E, the
Employers Engineer may, in conformity with Good Industry Practice, specify the
permissible limit of deviation or deterioration with reference to the Standards and
Specifications, and any deviation or deterioration beyond the permissible limit shall be
repaired or rectified by the Contractor within the time limit specified by the Employers
Engineer.
4.0
Extension of Time Limit

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary specified in this Schedule-E, if the
nature and extent of any Defect or deficiency justifies more time for its repair or
rectification than the time specified herein, the Contractor shall be entitled to
additional time in conformity with Good Industry Practice. Such additional time
shall be determined by the Employers Engineer and conveyed to the Contractor and
the Employer with reasons thereof.
5.0
Emergency Repairs/Restoration
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Schedule-E, if any
Defect, deficiency or deterioration in the Project Components (Roads &
Utilities/Services) poses a hazard to safety or risk of damage to property, the
Contractor shall promptly take all reasonable measures for eliminating or
minimizing such danger.
6.0
Daily Inspection by the Contractor

The Contractor shall, through its engineer, undertake a daily visual inspection of the
Project Components (Roads & Utilities/Services) and maintain a record thereof in a
register to be kept in such form and manner as the Employers Engineer may
specify. Such record shall be kept in safe custody of the Contractor and shall be
open to inspection by the Employer and the Employers Engineer at any time
during office hours.
7.0
Pre-Monsoon Inspection / Post-Monsoon Inspection

The Contractor shall carry out a detailed pre-monsoon inspection of all bridges,
culverts and drainage system before [1st June] every year in accordance with the
guidelines contained in IRC: SP35. Report of this inspection together with details
of proposed Maintenance Works as required on the basis of this inspection shall be
sent to the Employers Engineer before the [10th June] every year. The Contractor
shall complete the required repairs before the onset of the monsoon and send
to the Employers Engineer a compliance report. Post monsoon inspection shall be
done by the [30th September] and the inspection report together with details of any
Page 264
EPC Agreement
damages observed and proposed action to remedy the same shall be sent to the
Employers Engineer.
8.0
Repairs On Account Of Natural Calamities

All damages occurring to the Project Components (Roads & Utilities/Services) on
account of a Force Majeure Event or default or neglect of the Employer shall be
undertaken by the Employer at its own cost. The Employer may instruct the
Contractor to undertake the repairs at the rates agreed between the Parties.
9.0
Minor Operational Responsibilities:

During the course of DLP and Maintenance period there are some minor operational
responsibilities that are required to be conducted by the Contractor/Team. These
maybe performed by the Maintenance team itself given due training and
understanding of equipment and performance requirements of the systems.
For all roadways insure operational performance criteria are being met with
obstruction free travel in safety per norms prescribed by IRF. Insure that defects,
repairs and Maintenance requirements are identified, shared with Owner and
implemented through the Maintenance team.
For all Illumination systems, insure auto on/off and such are in place and operational
based on day light dusk/dawn periods of the various seasons. Insure operational
inspections of the system are conducted to identify defects and repairs to be
performed by the Maintenance team. Lux level recordings of the implemented
system are to be conducted and performance levels maintained.
For all Power systems, insure appropriate controls and reporting systems are in
place. Insure accurate reporting and controls on outages, faults and such defects are
maintained to a minimum, operating this system at a 99.99% performance level.
For all pressurized hydraulic systems such as water, recycle water, insure all pumps,
reservoirs and tanks are kept at optimum levels of storage meeting the requirements
of performance from design intent. Daily operations of these systems are to be
performed to insure capacities are kept at the assured levels. Defects/repairs
identified here to be rectified by Maintenance teams.
For all gravity based systems such as effluents and sewage, insure Maintenance
inspections and sump pumping activities are carried out regularly to insure
effluent/sewage flows are consistent and as required by the STP/CETP by others.
Defects/repairs are to be identified and rectified by Maintenance teams.
Spare parts lists to be maintained by Maintenance teams are to be inspected, verified
and reported.
Develop and maintain a reporting, Documentation and inspections process during
the course of operations in collaboration with Owner teams.
Page 265
EPC Agreement
Appendix-E-I (Schedule-E)
REPAIR/RECTIFICATION OF DEFECTS AND DEFICIENCIES
The Contractor shall repair and rectify the Defects and deficiencies specified in
this Appendix E-I of Schedule-E within the time limit set forth in the table below.
Table 1
Nature Of Defect Or Deficiency
Time Limit For Repair/Rectification

ROADS
(a)
(i)
Carriageway And Paved Shoulders

Breach or blockade
Temporary restoration of traffic within 24

hours; permanent restoration within 15
(fifteen) days
Roughness value exceeding 1,800 mm in a stretch of 1

120 (one hundred and twenty) days
km (as measured by a calibrated bump integrator)
(iii) Pot holes
24 hours
(iv) Any cracks in road surface
15 (fifteen) days
Any depressions, rutting exceeding 10 mm in road
(v)
30 (thirty) days
surface
(vi) Bleeding/skidding
7 (seven) days
(vii) Any other defect/distress on the road
15 (fifteen) days
(viii) Damage to pavement edges
15 (fifteen) days
(ix) Removal of debris, dead animals
6 hours
(b) Granular Earth Shoulders, Side Slopes, Drains And Culverts
Variation by more than 1 % in the prescribed slope of
camber/cross fall (shall not be less than the camber on
(i)
7 (seven) days
the main carriageway)
(ii) Edge drop at shoulders exceeding 40 mm
7 (seven) days
Variation by more than 15% in the prescribed side
(iii) (embankment) slopes
30 (thirty) days
(ii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
Rain cuts/gullies in slope

Damage to or silting of culverts and side drains
De-silting of drains
7 (seven) days
7 (seven) days
24 hours
7 (seven) days (Restore immediately if
(vii) Railing, parapets, crash barriers
causing safety hazard)
(c)
Road Side Furniture Including Road Sign And Pavement Marking
Damage to shape or position, poor visibility or loss of
(i)
48 hours
retro-reflectivity
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(d)
(i)
(ii)
Painting of km stone, railing, parapets, crash barriers

Damaged/missing road signs requiring replacement
Damage to road mark ups
Road Lighting
Any major failure of the system
Faults and minor failures
As and when required/Once every year

7 (seven) days
7 (seven) days
24 hours
8 hours
Page 266
EPC Agreement
(e)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(i)
(b)
(i)
(c)
(i)
(d)

Other Project Facilities And Approach Roads
Damage in approach roads, pedestrian facilities, truck
lay-byes, bus-bays, bus-shelters, electrical, water,
sanitation and service roads
Damaged vehicles or debris on the road
Malfunctioning of the mobile crane
MINOR BRIDGES
Superstructure
Any damage, cracks, spalling/ scaling
Temporary measures
Permanent measures
Foundations
Scouring and/or cavitation
Piers, Abutments, Return Walls And Wing Walls
Cracks and damages including settlement and tilting,
spalling, scaling
Bearings (Metallic) of Bridges
15 (fifteen) days
4 (four) hours
4 (four) hours
within 48 hours
within 15 (fifteen) days or as
specified by the Employers
Engineer
15 (fifteen) days
30 (thirty) days
15 (fifteen) days
Greasing of metallic bearings once in a
Year
(i)
Deformation, damages, tilting or shifting of bearings
(e)
(i)
(f)
(i)
Joints
Malfunctioning of joints
15 (fifteen) days
Other Items
Deforming of pads in elastomeric bearings
7 (seven) days
Gathering of dirt in bearings and joints; or clogging of
3 (three) days
spouts, weep holes and vent-holes
3 (three) days
Damage or deterioration in kerbs, parapets, handrails (immediately within 24 hours if posing
and crash barriers
danger to safety)
Rain-cuts or erosion of banks of the side slopes of
7 (seven) days
approaches
Damage to wearing coat
15 (fifteen) days
Damage or deterioration in approach slabs, pitching,
30 (thirty) days
apron, toes, floor or guide bunds
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
Growth of vegetation affecting the structure or

(vii) obstructing the waterway
15 (fifteen) days
Potable Water, Waste water, Recycle Water and Fire Fighting system
(a)
Transmission mains
(i)
Bursts/Breakage in the pipelines.
(b)
Network pipelines
(i)
Bursts/Breakage in the distribution network pipelines
4 hrs from occurrence
(ii)
Flushing of distribution main
Once in 6 months
(iii)
SCADA System for all services
6 hrs from occurrence
Within 2 hrs from occurrence
Page 267
EPC Agreement
(d)
i)
ii)
(e)
i)
ii)

Control & Protection
Photo electric controller
Communication failure
Power
Supply including SCADA
Fault

8 hrs
8 hrs
2 hrs
2 hrs
Table 2: General Preventive Maintenance Checks

General Preventive Maintenance Checks
(a)
The following checks to be performed daily by the Contractor's personnel
Whether there is a change in the sound of a running pump, abrupt changes in bearing
(i)
temperature and seal leakage?
The pump capacity, pressure, power consumption and vibration level to check if outage is
(ii)
required to address deterioration of specified performance values.
(iii) Rise in temperature of bearings in motor, in moving parts and other units, etc.
(iv) Working of gauges, sensors and other flow measuring devices
(v)
Average power factor, KWH consumed
(b) The following checks to be performed weekly by the Contractor's personnel
(i)
Pipeline and valve leakage
(ii) Functioning of non-return valve
(iii) Tightness of all electrical connections of all unit panels etc.
(iv) Tightness all cable connections
(v)
Temperature rise due to loose connections
(vi) Operation of valves and sluice gates
(vii) Current and voltages in all electrical equipment
(viii) Average power factor, KWH consumed
(ix) Lights on/off
(x) Leakage current for all power distribution
(c)
The following checks to be performed monthly by the Contractor's personnel
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
Battery voltage, battery charger, topping of distilled water, tightness of terminations etc.
Gland packing
Wear and tear of moving parts
Adoption of Electrical energy conservation methods and energy consumption
Electrical contacts
Motors
Meggering of electrical equipment
Watering of earthen pits
(d) The following checks to be performed quarterly by the Contractor's personnel

(i)
Relay testing and calibration if possible of meters, gauges, instruments
(ii) Speed of motors
(iii) Level gauges and flow meters signals
(iv) Cleaning, checking/tightening of L.T. Circuit / Panel
(v) Auxiliary DB, Capacitor bank
(vi) Battery and Battery charger
Page 268
EPC Agreement
(e) The following checks to be performed bi-annually by the Contractor's personnel

Free movement of stuffing box glands, gland bolts to be cleaned & lubricated and packing to be
(i) Inspected to determine whether it requires replacement.
(ii) Pump and motor alignment should be checked and corrected if necessary.
Grease lubricated bearings should be checked to see that they contain the correct amount of
(iii) grease and that it is still of suitable consistency
(f) The following checks to be performed annually by the Contractor's personnel
(i) Vibration should be reviewed. If the pump is tending towards unacceptable vibration levels:
The bearing should be removed, cleaned and examined for flaws and wear
The bearing housing should be carefully cleaned
Rolling element bearings should be examined for scratches and wear
Immediately after cleaning, rolling element bearings that are considered acceptable for
reinstallation should be coated with grease.
(ii) Shaft sleeve and shaft should be examined for wear.
When coupling halves are disconnected for an alignment check, the vertical shaft movement of
a pump with sleeve (journal) bearing should be checked at both ends with packing or seals
removed. Any movement exceeding the original design clearance should be investigated to
(iii) determine the cause. Endplay allowed by bearings should also be checked. If it exceeds that
recommended by the manufacturer, the cause should be determined and corrected.
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii
)
(vii
i)
Stuffing boxes should be repacked and the pump & motor should be realigned and reconnected
Overhauling requirement of all equipment
Improvement required if any in operation of plant
Testing and Calibration of all instruments
Transformer cleaning, checking silica gel, oil checking filtering/replacing
Page 269
EPC Agreement
Schedule F - Applicable Permits

(See Clause 3.1.7(a))
Contents
Applicable Permits.........................................................................................................270
Page 270
1.
EPC Agreement
Applicable Permits
1.1 The Contractor shall obtain, as required under the Applicable Laws, the following
Applicable Permits:
(a) Permission of the State Government for extraction of boulders from quarry;
(b) Permission of Village Panchayat and Pollution Control Board for installation
of crushers;
(c) License for use of explosives;
(d) Permission of the State Government for Drawing water from river/reservoir;
(e) License from inspector of factories or other competent authority for setting
up batching plant;
(f) Clearance of Pollution Control Board for setting up batching plant;
(g) Clearance of Village Panchayats and Pollution Control Board for setting
up asphalt plant;
(h) Permission of Village Panchayats and State Government for borrow earth; and
(i) Any other permits, clearances or approvals required under Applicable Laws.
1.2
Applicable permits, as required, relating to environmental protection and

conservation shall have been procured by the Employer in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement.
Page 271
EPC Agreement
Schedule G - Form of Bank Guarantee

(See Clause 7.1.1, 7.5.3 and 19.2)
Contents
Annex-I Performance Security...................................................................................272
Annex-II Form for Guarantee for Withdrawal of Retention Money............................275
Annex-III Form for Guarantee for Advance Payment.................................................278
Page 272
EPC Agreement
Annex-I
(See Clause 7.1.1)
Employer
WHEREAS:
_______________________________ [name and address of contractor] (hereinafter
called as Contractor) and [name and address of the Employer ], (the
Employer ) have entered into an Agreement (the Agreement) for Design and
Build the Infrastructure Works for Roads, Drains, Culverts, Minor Bridges, Water
Supply, Sewerage, Power systems for Phase-I in Shendra-Bidkin Industrial Area,
Aurangabad, Maharashtra on EPC Basis (Package I) on Engineering, Procurement
and Construction (EPC) basis, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of
the Agreement.
(A)
(B)
The Agreement requires the Contractor to furnish a Performance Security for due and
faithful performance of its obligations, under and in accordance with the Agreement,
during the Construction Period and Defects Liability Period (as defined in the
Agreement) in a sum of Rs. . Crore (Rupees . Crore) (the Guarantee Amount).
(C)
We, ..through our branch at . (the Bank) have

agreed to furnish this Bank guarantee (hereinafter called the Guarantee) by way of
Performance Security.
NOW, THEREFORE, the Bank hereby, unconditionally and irrevocably, guarantees and
affirms as follows:
1. The Bank hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the due and faithful
performance of the Contractors obligations during and under and in accordance with
the Agreement, and agrees and undertakes to pay to the Employer, upon its mere first
written demand, and without any demur, reservation, recourse, contest or protest, and
without any reference to the Contractor, such sum or sums up to an aggregate sum of
the guarantee amount as the Employer shall claim, without the Employer being
required to prove or to show grounds or reasons for its demand and/or for the sum
specified therein.
2. A letter from the Employer , under the hand of an officer not below the rank of
[.of Employer ], that the Contractor has committed default in the due and
faithful performance of all or any of its obligations under and in accordance with the
Agreement shall be conclusive, final and binding on the Bank. The Bank further agrees
that the Employer shall be the sole judge as to whether the Contractor is in default in
due and faithful performance of its obligations during and under the Agreement and its
decision that the Contractor is in default shall be final, and binding on the
Bank, notwithstanding any difference between the Employer and the Contractor, or any
Dispute between them pending before any court, tribunal, arbitrators or any
other authority or body, or by the discharge of the Contractor for any reason whatsoever.
Page 273
EPC Agreement
3. In order to give effect to this Guarantee, the Employer shall be entitled to act as if the
Bank were the principal debtor and any change in the constitution of the
Contractor and/or the Bank, whether by their absorption with any other body or
corporation or otherwise, shall not in any way or manner affect the liability or
obligation of the Bank under this Guarantee.
4. It shall not be necessary, and the Bank hereby waives any necessity, for the Employer
to proceed against the Contractor before presenting to the Bank its demand under this
Guarantee.
5. The Employer shall have the liberty, without affecting in any manner the liability of
the Bank under this Guarantee, to vary at any time, the terms and conditions of the
Agreement or to extend the time or period for the compliance with, fulfillment and/or
performance of all or any of the obligations of the Contractor contained in the
Agreement or to postpone for any time, and from time to time, any of the rights
and powers exercisable by the Employer against the Contractor, and either to enforce
or forbear from enforcing any of the terms and conditions contained in the Agreement
and/or the securities available to the Employer , and the Bank shall not be released from
its liability and obligation under these presents by any exercise by the Employer of the
liberty with reference to the matters aforesaid or by reason of time being given to the
Contractor or any other forbearance, indulgence, act or omission on the part of
the Employer or of any other matter or thing whatsoever which under any law relating
to sureties and guarantors would but for this provision have the effect of releasing the
Bank from its liability and obligation under this Guarantee and the Bank hereby
waives all of its rights under any such law.
6. This Guarantee is in addition to and not in substitution of any other guarantee or
security now or which may hereafter be held by the Employer in respect of or relating
to the Agreement or for the fulfillment, compliance and/or performance of all or any of
the obligations of the Contractor under the Agreement.
7. Notwithstanding anything contained herein before, the liability of the Bank under
this Guarantee is restricted to the Guarantee amount and this Guarantee will remain in
force for the period specified in paragraph 8 below and unless a demand or claim in
writing is made by the Employer on the Bank under this Guarantee all rights of
the Employer under this Guarantee shall be forfeited and the Bank shall be relieved
from its liabilities hereunder.
8. The Performance Security shall cease to be in force and effect 90 (ninety) days after
the end of the Defects Liability Period as set forth in Clauses 7.1
9. The Bank undertakes not to revoke this Guarantee during its currency, except with
the previous express consent of the Employer in writing, and declares and warrants
that it has the power to issue this Guarantee and the undersigned has full powers to do
so on behalf of the Bank.
10. Any notice by way of request, demand or otherwise hereunder may be sent by
post addressed to the Bank at its above referred branch, which shall be deemed to have
been duly authorized to receive such notice and to effect payment thereof forthwith, and
if sent by post it shall be deemed to have been given at the time when it ought to have
been delivered in due course of post and in proving such notice, when given by post, it
Page 274
EPC Agreement
shall be sufficient to prove that the envelope containing the notice was posted and a
certificate signed by an officer of the Employer that the envelope was so posted
shall be conclusive.
11. This Guarantee shall come into force with immediate effect and shall remain in force
and effect for up to the end **** month in the year ***** or until it is released earlier
by the Employer pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement.
Signed and sealed this .. day of . 20.. at
SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED
For and on behalf of the Bank
by: (Signature)
(Name) (Designation)
(Code Number)
(Address) NOTES:
(i) The Bank guarantee should contain the name, designation and code number of
the officer(s) signing the guarantee.
(ii) The address, telephone number and other details of the head office of the Bank as well
as of issuing branch should be mentioned on the covering letter of issuing branch.
Page 275
EPC Agreement
Annex-II
(Schedule-G)
(See Clause 7.5.3)
Form for Guarantee for Withdrawal of Retention Money
..
.Employer ,
Mumbai
WHEREAS:
[Name and address of contractor] (hereinafter called the Contractor) has executed
an Agreement (hereinafter called the Agreement) with the [name and address of the
Employer ], (hereinafter called the Employer ) for the Design and Build the
Infrastructure Works for Roads, Drains, Culverts, Minor Bridges, Water Supply, Sewerage,
Power systems for Phase-I in Shendra-Bidkin Industrial Area, Aurangabad, Maharashtra on
EPC Basis (Package - I) on Engineering, Procurement and Construction (the EPC) basis,
subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement.
a.
in accordance with the Clause 7.5.3 of the Agreement, whenever the amount of
the retention money
(hereinafter called Retention Money) held by the
Employer exceeds 1% (one per cent) of the Contract Price, the Contractor may,
at its option, withdraw the Retention Money after furnishing to the Employer a
Bank guarantee for an amount equal to the proposed withdrawal.
b.
We, ..through our branch at . (the Bank)

have agreed to furnish this Bank guarantee (hereinafter called the Guarantee) for
the amount of Rs. . (. in words) (the Guarantee Amount).
NOW, THEREFORE, the Bank hereby, unconditionally and irrevocably, guarantees

and affirms as follows:
1. The Bank hereby unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to pay to the Employer ,
upon its mere first written demand, and without any demur, reservation, recourse,
contest or protest, and without any reference to the Contractor, such sum or sums up to
an aggregate sum of the Guarantee Amount as the Employer shall claim, without the
Employer being required to prove or to show grounds or reasons for its demand and/or
for the sum specified therein.
[.of Employer ], that the Contractor has committed default in the due
and faithful performance of all or any of its obligations under and in accordance with
the Agreement shall be conclusive, final and binding on the Bank. The Bank further
agrees that the Employer shall be the sole judge as to whether the Contractor is in
default in due and faithful performance of its obligations during and under the
Agreement and its decision that the Contractor is in default shall be final, and binding
on the Bank, notwithstanding any difference between the Employer and the Contractor,
Page 276
EPC Agreement
or any Dispute between them pending before any court, tribunal, arbitrators or any
other authority or body, or by the discharge of the Contractor for any reason whatsoever.
Guarantee.
Retention Money and any of the rights and powers exercisable by the Employer
against the Contractor, and either to enforce or forbear from enforcing any of the
terms and conditions contained in the Agreement and/or the securities available to the
Employer , and the Bank shall not be released from its liability and obligation under
these presents by any exercise by the Employer of the liberty with reference to the
matters aforesaid or by reason of time being given to the Contractor or any other
forbearance, indulgence, act or omission on the part of the Employer or of any other
matter or thing whatsoever which under any law relating to sureties and guarantors
would but for this provision have the effect of releasing the Bank from its liability and
obligation under this Guarantee and the Bank hereby waives all of its rights under any
such law.
to the Retention Money.
7. Notwithstanding anything contained hereinbefore, the liability of the Bank under
8. The guarantee shall cease to be in force and effect 90 (ninety) days after the end of
then Defects Liability Period specified in Clauses 17.1 of the Agreement.
post addressed to the Bank at its above referred branch, which shall be deemed to
have been duly authorized to receive such notice and to effect payment thereof
forthwith, and if sent by post it shall be deemed to have been given at the time when it
ought to have been delivered in due course of post and in proving such notice, when
Page 277
EPC Agreement
given by post, it shall be sufficient to prove that the envelope containing the notice was
posted and a certificate signed by an officer of the Employer that the envelope
was so posted shall be conclusive.
and effect up to the end **** month in the year ***** or until it is released earlier by
the Employer pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement.
by: (Signature)
(Name) (Designation) (Code
Number) (Address) NOTES:
(i)
The Ba nk guarantee should contain the name, designation and code number of the
officer(s) signing the guarantee.
(ii)
The address, telephone number and other details of the head office of the Bank as
well as of issuing branch should be mentioned on the covering letter of issuing
branch.
Page 278
EPC Agreement
Annex-III
(Schedule-G)
(See Clause 19.2)
Form for Guarantee for Advance Payment
..,
.Employer ,
Mumbai
WHEREAS:
i.
[name and address of contractor] (hereinafter called the Contractor) has executed an
Agreement (hereinafter called the Agreement) with the [name and address of the
Employer ], (hereinafter called the Employer ) for the Design and Build the
Infrastructure Works for Roads, Drains, Culverts, Minor Bridges, Water Supply,
Sewerage, Power systems for Phase-I in Shendra-Bidkin Industrial Area, Aurangabad,
Maharashtra on EPC Basis (Package - I) on Engineering, Procurement and
Construction (the EPC) basis, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of
the Agreement.
ii.
in accordance with the Clause 19.2 of the Agreement the Employer shall make to
the Contractor an interest bearing Advance Payment (hereinafter called
Advance Payment) equal to 10% (ten per cent) of the contract price for
mobilization expenses and acquisition of equipment; and that the Advance Payment
shall be made in three installments subject to the Contractor furnishing an irrevocable
and unconditional guarantee by a scheduled Bank for an amount equal to the 110%
amount of each installment to remain effective till the complete and full repayment of
the installment of the Advance Payment as security for compliance with its
obligations in accordance with the Agreement; and the amount of (first/second/third)
installment of the Advance Payment is Rs. **** cr. (Rupees ***** crore) (the
Guarantee Amount).
iii.
We, ..through our branch at . (the Bank) have

agreed to furnish this Bank guarantee (hereinafter called the Guarantee) for the
Guarantee Amount.
NOW, THEREFORE, the Bank hereby, unconditionally
guarantees and affirms as follows:
and irrevocably,
1. The Bank hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the due and
faithful repayment on time of the aforesaid installment of the Advance Payment under
and in accordance with the Agreement, and agrees and undertakes to pay to the
Employer , upon its mere first written demand, and without any demur, reservation,
recourse, contest or protest, and without any reference to the Contractor, such sum or
sums up to an aggregate sum of the guarantee amount as the Employer shall claim,
without the Employer being required to prove or to show grounds or reasons for its
demand and/or for the sum specified therein.
Page 279
EPC Agreement
[of Employer ], that the Contractor has committed default in the
due and faithful performance of all or any of its obligations for the repayment of the
installment of the Advance Payment under and in accordance with the Agreement shall
be conclusive, final and binding on the Bank. The Bank further agrees that the
Employer shall be the sole judge as to whether the Contractor is in default in due and
faithful performance of its obligations during and under the Agreement and its decision
that the Contractor is in default shall be final, and binding on the Bank, notwithstanding
any difference between the Employer and the Contractor, or any Dispute between
them pending before any court, tribunal, arbitrators or any other authority or body, or
by the discharge of the Contractor for any reason whatsoever.
Guarantee.
Advance Payment or to extend the time or period of its repayment or to postpone for
any time, and from time to time, any of the rights and powers exercisable by the
Employer against the Contractor, and either to enforce or forbear from enforcing any
of the terms and conditions contained in the Agreement and/or the securities available
to the Employer , and the Bank shall not be released from its liability and obligation
under these presents by any exercise by the Employer of the liberty with reference to
the matters aforesaid or by reason of time being given to the Contractor or any other
forbearance, indulgence, act or omission on the part of the Employer or of any other
matter or thing whatsoever which under any law relating to sureties and guarantors
would but for this provision have the effect of releasing the Bank from its liability and
obligation under this Guarantee and the Bank hereby waives all of its rights under any
such law.
to the Advance Payment.
7. Notwithstanding anything contained hereinbefore, the liability of the Bank under
Page 280
EPC Agreement
8. The guarantee shall cease to be in force and effect 90 (ninety) days after the end of
the one year from the date of payment of the installment of the Advance Payment, as set
forth in Clause 19.2 of the Agreement.
post addressed to the Bank at its above referred branch, which shall be deemed to have
been duly authorized to receive such notice and to effect payment thereof forthwith, and
if sent by post it shall be deemed to have been given at the time when it ought to have
been delivered in due course of post and in proving such notice, when given by post, it
shall be sufficient to prove that the envelope containing the notice was posted and a
certificate signed by an officer of the Employer that the envelope was so posted
shall be conclusive.
and effect for up to the end **** month in the year ***** or until it is released earlier
by the Employer pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement.
by: (Signature)
(Name) (Designation)
(Code Number)
(Address) NOTES:
(i) The B a n k guarantee should contain the name, designation and code number of the
officer(s) signing the guarantee.
(ii) The address, telephone number and other details of the head office of the Bank as well
as of issuing branch should be mentioned on the covering letter of issuing branch.
Page 281
EPC Agreement
Schedule H - Contract Price Weightages

(See Clause 10.1.4 and 19.3)
Contents
1.0
The Contract Price..................................................................................................282
2.0
Proportions of the Contract Price for different stages of Construction.....................282
3.0
Procedure of Estimating the Value of Work Done..................................................286
4.0 Procedure for estimating the value of Storm water drain Works including out fall
Works done.............................................................................................................287
5.0
Procedure for estimating the value of Potable water supply network & elevated
service reservoirs Works done.................................................................................287
6.0
Procedure for estimating the value of Recycled water supply network & elevated
service
reservoirs
Works
done..................................................................................288
7.0
Procedure for estimating the value of Residential sewage collection network Works
done....288
8.0 Procedure for estimating the value of Industrial effluent collection network Works
done........................................................................................................................289
9.0
Procedure for estimating the value of Power Works done289
10.0 Procedure for estimating the value of Power Works

done290
11.0 Procedure for estimating the value of Submission and approval of Data, Drawings
and analysis of Surveys & Investigations and Designs, Drawings and reports
Works
done
.........................................................................................................................290
12.0 Procedure for payment for Maintenance..................................................................291
Page 282
EPC Agreement
WEIGHTAGES
(See Clauses 10.1.4 and 19.3)
1.0
The Contract Price for This Agreement is Rs.
2.0
Proportions of the Contract Price for different stages of Construction of the

Road and Utilities/Services shall be as specified below;
Table 1
S No
Item
Road Works
Potable
Water
Recycled
water
% of
weightage
in the
contract
price
34%
4%
3%
Stage for Payment
% of
weightage
(a) Site clearance & earthwork

excavation
24
(b) Sub Base and base courses
24
(c) Bituminous Works for flexible

pavement
(d) Culverts, Bridges, Drainage and
protection Works and Junctions
(e) Traffic signs, markings and
appurantances, traffic signals & Street
Lighting.
33
7
12
a) Laying of the Rising mains (DI

K7,K9) and distribution mains (HDPE)
with specials including earthwork for
cutting, filling, disposal of the surplus
earth and also provision for moorum
bedding
40
b) Valves, Valve chambers, Thrust

blocks and water service connections
including water meters
10
c) Pump house, UGR & ESR
45
d) Pump and Related Electrical Items.
e)PLC & SCADA software and hard

ware includes compound wall and Main
Gate
a) Laying of the pipelines (DI K7,K9)

and distribution mains (HDPE)
including earthwork for cutting, filling,
disposal of the surplus earth and also
provision for PCC bedding
51
Page 283
EPC Agreement
S No
Item
Fire fighting
Storm Water
Drainage
Industrial
Sewerage
% of
weightage
in the
contract
price
2%
13%
2%
Stage for Payment
% of
weightage
b) All types of valves including valve

actuators and valve chambers and
Thrust blocks.
c) Water connections with meters
d) Pump house, UGR & ESR
31
e) Pump and Related Electrical Items.
f)PLC & SCADA software and hard

ware includes compound wall and Main
Gate
a) Laying of the pipelines (DI K9) with

specials including earthwork for
cutting, filling, disposal of the surplus
earth and also provision for moorum
bedding
b) All types of valves including valve
chambers and Thrust blocks.
c)
Pump
house,
pumps
and
electrification
including
other
Miscellaneous Works.
d)PLC and SCADA software and
hardware
71
23
4
3
(a) Site clearance & earthwork

excavation and disposal of Surplus
earth
(b) Manholes & Laying of RCC NP3
pipes
(c) Laying concrete drains for sizes 1.5
x 1.5 m, 1.2 x 1.5 m and 3.5 x 2.0 m
33
(d) Cover Slabs
(e) Laying of PVC pipes , Kerb inlets,

Collecting chambers under grated
inlets, Rain water harvesting Structures
and outfall structures
(a) Earthwork excavation, filling and

disposal of surplus earth, Dewatering
with an inclusion of moorum bedding
23
(b) Providing and laying of RCC pipes-
27
52
Page 284
EPC Agreement
S No
Item
% of
weightage
in the
contract
price
Stage for Payment

NP3 and NP-4 for road crossings.
DI(K9) pipes for rising main
(c) Drop Manholes, Circular manholes,
property connection chambers
(d) Sewage lift station includes pump
sets
(e) DG sets, Transformers and all
electrifications including other
miscellaneous Works
f)PLC and SCADA software and
hardware
Residential
Sewerage
Power
Submission
and approval
of Data,
Drawings
and analysis
of Surveys &
Investigation
s and
Designs,
Drawings
and Reports
1%
40%
1%
(a) Earthwork excavation, filling and

disposal of surplus earth, Dewatering
with an inclusion of moorum bedding
(b) Providing and laying of RCC pipesNP3 and NP-4 for road crossings
(c) Drop Manholes, Circular manholes,
property connection chambers
% of
weightage
38
10
1
1
37
25
38
(a) 33/11KV Sub stations and Ring

Main Units.
27
(b ) Cables
20
(c) Lighting
15
(d) Rerouting of Existing transmission

lines
(e) Substation Civil Works
(f) Cable Trench work
35
Submission and approval of Data,

Drawings and analysis of Surveys &
Investigations
and
Designs,
Drawings and reports.
i) Data, Drawings and analysis of
Surveys & Investigations
ii) Designs, Drawings and reports of
Potable water supply network including
Rising Mains and Property Connections
iii) Designs, Drawings and reports of
Recycled water supply network
including Rising Mains and Property
Connections
10
5
Page 285
EPC Agreement
S No
Item
% of
weightage
in the
contract
price
Stage for Payment

iv) Designs, Drawings and reports of
Elevated Service Reservoirs for
recycled and potable water supply
v) Designs, Drawings and reports of
Domestic sewage collection network
including pumping mains and property
connections
vi) Designs, Drawings and reports of
Industrial effluent collection network
including pumping mains and property
connections
vii) Designs, Drawings and reports of
Storm
water
drainage
network
including bridges, Structures and area
grading
viii) Designs, Drawings and reports of
Utility/Services ducts for optical fibre
cable network, power supply network
and other netWorks including structures
ix) Designs, Drawings and reports of
roads and road structures
x) Designs, Drawings and reports of
Project facilities
xi) Designs, Drawings and reports of
miscellaneous Works
% of
weightage
5
5
10
10
15
10
5
xii) As built Drawings
10
xiii) 3-D model of all Project

components
Page 286
EPC Agreement
3.0
Procedure of Estimating the Value of Work Done
3.1
Road Works, Culverts, Minor Bridges

Procedure for estimating the value of road work done shall be as follows;
Table 2: Road Works
Stage for Payment
% of
weightage
Payment procedure
Road Works
(a) Site clearance & earthwork excavation
24
(b) Sub Base and base courses
24
(c) Bituminous Works for flexible pavement
33
(d) Culverts, Bridges, Drainage and protection

Works and Junctions
(e) Traffic signs, markings and appurantances,

traffic signals & Street Lighting.
12
@ For example, if the total length of bituminous work to be done is L km, the cost per km
of bituminous work shall be determined as follows;
Cost per km of Bituminous work = P x weightage for road work x weightage for
bituminous work x (1/L)
=P x 34% x 33% x (1/L)
=
Where,
P= Contract Price
L = Total length of Bituminous work in km
Page 287
EPC Agreement
4.0 Procedure for estimating the value of Storm water drain Works including out fall
Works done shall be as stated in Table: 3
Table 3: Storm Water Drain Works including out fall structures
Stage for Payment
% of
weightage
Payment procedure
Storm Water Drains
5.0
(a) Site clearance & earthwork excavation and

disposal of Surplus earth
(b) Manholes & Laying of RCC NP3 pipes
33
(c) Laying concrete drains for sizes 1.5 x 1.5 m,

1.2 x 1.5 m and 3.5 x 2.0 m
52
(d) Cover Slabs
(e) Laying of PVC pipes , Kerb inlets,

Collecting chambers under grated inlets, Rain
water harvesting Structures and outfall structures
Procedure for estimating the value of Potable water supply network & elevated
service reservoirs Works done shall be as stated in Table: 4
Table 4: Potable Water Supply Network & Elevated Service Reservoirs
Stage for Payment
% of
weightage
a) Laying of the Rising mains (DI K7,K9) and

distribution mains (HDPE) with specials
including earthwork for cutting, filling, disposal
of the surplus earth and also provision for
moorum bedding
40
b) Valves, Valve chambers, Thrust blocks and

water service connections including water meters
10
c) Pump house, UGR & ESR
45
d) Pump and Related Electrical Items.
e)PLC & SCADA software and hard ware

includes compound wall and Main Gate
Payment procedure
Water supply
Page 288
EPC Agreement
6.0
Procedure for estimating the value of Recycled water supply network & elevated
service reservoirs Works done shall be as stated in Table: 5
Table 5: Recycled Water Supply Network & Elevated Service Reservoirs
Stage for Payment
% of
weightage
Payment procedure
Recycled Water
a) Laying of the pipelines (DI K7,K9) and

distribution mains (HDPE) including earthwork
for cutting, filling, disposal of the surplus earth
and also provision for PCC bedding
b) All types of valves including valve actuators
and valve chambers and Thrust blocks.
51
c) Water connections with meters
d) Pump house, UGR & ESR
31
e) Pump and Related Electrical Items.
f)PLC & SCADA software and hard ware

includes compound wall and Main Gate
7.0
Procedure for estimating the value of Residential sewage collection network

Table 6: Residential Sewage Collection Network
Stage for Payment
Residential Sewage Collection Network

(a) Earthwork excavation, filling and disposal of
surplus earth, Dewatering with an inclusion of
moorum bedding
(b) Providing and laying of RCC pipes- NP3 and
NP-4 for road crossings
(c) Drop Manholes, Circular manholes, property
connection chambers
% of
weightage
Payment procedure
37
25
38
Page 289
EPC Agreement
8.0
Procedure for estimating the value of Industrial effluent collection network

Table 7: Industrial Sewage Collection Network
Stage for Payment
Industrial Sewage Collection Network

(a) Earthwork excavation, filling and disposal of
surplus earth, Dewatering with an inclusion of
moorum bedding
(b) Providing and laying of RCC pipes- NP3 and
NP-4 for road crossings. DI(K9) pipes for rising
main
(c) Drop Manholes, Circular manholes, property
connection chambers
(d) Sewage lift station includes pump sets
(e) DG sets, Transformers and all electrifications
including other miscellaneous Works
% of
weightage
23
27
38
10
1
f)PLC and SCADA software and hardware

9.0
Payment procedure
Procedure for estimating the value of Power Works done shall be as stated in
Table: 8
Table 8: Power
Stage for Payment
% of
weightage
(a) 33/11KV Sub stations and Ring Main Units.
27
(b ) Cables
20
(c) Lighting
15
(d) Rerouting of Existing transmission lines
(e) Substation Civil Works
(f) Cable Trench work
35
Payment procedure
Power
Page 290
EPC Agreement
10.0
Procedure for estimating the value of Power Works done shall be as stated in
Table: 9
Table 9: Fire Fighting
% of
weightage
Stage for Payment
Fire fighting
a) Laying of the pipelines (DI K9) with specials
including earthwork for cutting, filling, disposal
of the surplus earth and also provision for
moorum bedding
71
b) All types of valves including valve chambers

and Thrust blocks.
23
c) Pump house, pumps and electrification

including other Miscellaneous Works.
d)PLC and SCADA software and hardware
11.0
Payment procedure
Procedure for estimating the value of Submission and approval of Data,

Drawings and analysis of Surveys & Investigations and Designs, Drawings and
reports Works done shall be as stated in Table: 10.
Table 10: Data, Drawings and analysis of surveys & investigations and Designs,
Drawings and Reports
Stage of Payment
Payment Procedure
Percentage
weightage
% Payment on
Complete
Submission
Submission and approval of Data,
Drawings and analysis of Surveys &
Investigations
and Designs,
and reports.
Data,
DrawingsDrawings
and analysis
of Surveys &
10%
Investigations
Designs, Drawings and reports of Potable
water supply network including Rising
Mains and property connections
Designs, Drawings and reports of Recycled
water supply network including Rising
Mains and property connections
Designs, Drawings and reports of Elevated
Service Reservoirs for recycled and potable
water supply
Designs, Drawings and reports of Domestic
sewage collection network including
pumping
mains
and
property
connections
% Payment on
Approval by
Engineer
6%
4%
5%
3%
2%
5%
3%
2%
5%
3%
2%
5%
3%
2%
Page 291
EPC Agreement
Designs, Drawings and reports of Industrial

effluent collection network including
pumping
mains
and
property
connections
Designs,
Drawings and reports of Storm
water drainage network including
bridges, Structures and area grading
Designs, Drawings and reports of
Utility/Services ducts for optical fibre cable
network, power supply network and
other netWorks
including
structures
Designs,
Drawings
and reports
of roads
and road structures
5%
3%
2%
10%
6%
4%
10%
6%
4%
15%
9%
6%
Designs, Drawings and reports of Project

facilities
10%
6%
4%
Designs, Drawings and reports

of miscellaneous Works
5%
3%
2%
As built Drawings
10%
6%
4%
3-D model of all Project components
5%
3%
2%
12.0
Procedure for payment for Maintenance
12.1
The cost for Maintenance shall be as stated in Clause 14.1.1
12.2
Payment for Maintenance shall be made in quarterly instalments in accordance with

the provisions of Clause 19.7
Page 292
EPC Agreement
Schedule I - Drawings
(See Clauses 10.2.4)
Contents
1.0 - Drawings......................................................................................................................293
2.0 - Additional Drawings....................................................................................................293
Appendix I-I - List of Drawings............................................................................................294
Page 293
1.0
EPC Agreement
Drawings
In compliance of the obligations set forth in Clause 10.2 of this Agreement, the
Contractor shall furnish to the Employers Engineer, free of cost, all Drawings listed in
Appendix I-I of this Schedule-I.
2.0
Additional Drawings
If the Employers Engineer determines that for discharging its duties and functions under
this Agreement, it requires any Drawings other than those listed in Appendix I- I, it may
by notice require the Contractor to prepare and furnish such Drawings forthwith.
Upon receiving a requisition to this effect, the Contractor shall promptly prepare and
furnish such Drawings to the Employers Engineer, as if such Drawings formed part of
Appendix I-I of this Schedule-I.
Page 294
EPC Agreement
Appendix I-I
(Schedule - I)
LIST OF DRAWINGS
All the Drawings that the Contractor is required to furnish under Clause 10.2 for the
Construction of Roads, Water Supply, Recycled Water, Firefighting Sewerage, Storm Water
Drains & Power systems are given in table below;
Table 1: List of Drawings
S.no
1
Description
Road Works
i
Drawings of horizontal alignment, vertical profile and cross sections
ii
Drawings for all Bridges
ii
Drawings of cross drainage Works
iii
Drawings of major junctions & minor junctions
Drawings of road furniture items including traffic signage, markings, safety barriers,
iv
etc.
i
ii
iii
iv
v
Network Drawings
Layout of water supply network with valves
Layout plan for recycled water
Schematic plan for Shendra Phase-I water supply scheme
Site plan of water supply Shendra Phase-I
Layout plan of fire fighting network
i
ii
iii
iv
v
vi
vii
viii
Standard Drawings
Masonry chambers
MDPE house service connection
Thrust blocks
Trench Excavation details
Underground reservoir - potable
Underground reservoir -recycled
Over head tank- potable
Over head tank- Recycled
Domestic and Industrial sewer

i
RCC Man hole and Drop hole
ii
House connection chambers
iii Pipe bedding details
iv Typical section of sewer trench
v
GA property connections chamber for sewers
vi Sewage pumping stations
vii Industrial network Drawing
viii Residential network Drawing
Storm water drainage network

i
Storm water drainage layout plan
ii
Details of Storm water drainage network
iii
Primary Drainage network
iv
Collection chamber
Kerb inlet details
v
Page 295
vi
vii
viii
6
EPC Agreement
Rain water harvesting units

RCC storm water channels
Outfall structures
Power network
i
Substation location and cable routing Drawing
ii
Substation wise plan identification
iii
Cable trench sections
iv
Sections showing cable trench
Page 296
EPC Agreement
Schedule J - Project Completion Schedule

(See Clauses 10.3.2)
Contents
1.0 Project Completion Schedule.......................................................................................297
2.0 Project Milestone-I.....................................................................................................297
3.0 Project Milestone-II....................................................................................................297
4.0 Project Milestone-III...................................................................................................297
5.0 Project Milestone-IV...................................................................................................297
6.0 Schedule Completion Date..........................................................................................298
7.0 Extension of Time.......................................................................................................298
Page 297
1.0
EPC Agreement
Project Completion Schedule

During Construction period, the Contractor shall comply with the requirements set forth
in this Schedule-J for each of the Project Milestones and the Scheduled Completion
Date. Within 15 (fifteen) days of the date of each Project Milestone, the Contractor shall
notify the Employer of such compliance along with necessary particulars thereof.
2.0
Project Milestone-I
2.1
Project Milestone-I shall occur on the date falling on the 180th (One hundred and
Eightieth) day from the Appointed Date (the Project Milestone-I).
2.2
Prior to the occurrence of Project Milestone-I, the Contractor shall complete all the
designs for the entire Project work and shall have commenced Construction of the Project
components (roads and utilities / services) and submitted to the Employer duly and
validly prepared Stage Payment Statements for an amount not less than 10% (ten per
cent) of the Contract Price.
3.0
Project Milestone-II
3.1
Project Milestone-II shall occur on the date falling on the 36 5 t h . (Three hundred and
sixty fifth) day from the Appointed Date (the Project Milestone-II).
3.2
Prior to the occurrence of Project Milestone-II, the Contractor shall have continued
with Construction of the Project components (roads and utilities/services) and submitted
to the Employer duly and validly prepared Stage Payment Statements for an amount not
less than 20% (Twenty per cent) of the Contract Price.
4.0
Project Milestone-III
4.1
Project Milestone-III shall occur on the date falling on the 545th (Five hundred and
forty fifth) day from the Appointed Date (the Project Milestone-III).
4.2
Prior to the occurrence of Project Milestone-III, the Contractor shall have continued
less than 50% (Fifty per cent) of the Contract Price.
5.0
Project Milestone-IV
5.1
Project Milestone-IV shall occur on the date falling on the 730t h ( Seven hundred
and thirtieth) day from the Appointed Date (the Project Milestone-IV).
5.2
Prior to the occurrence of Project Milestone-IV, the Contractor shall have continued
less than 75% (Seventy Five per cent) of the Contract Price.
Page 298
EPC Agreement
6.0
Scheduled Completion Date
6.1
The Scheduled Completion Date shall occur on the 930t h (Nine hundred and
thirtieth) day from the Appointed Date.
6.2
On or before the Scheduled Completion Date, the Contractor shall have completed
Construction in accordance with this Agreement.
7.0
Extension of Time
7.1
Upon extension of any or all of the aforesaid Project Milestones or the Scheduled
Completion Date, as the case may be, under and in accordance with the provisions of
this Agreement, the Project Completion Schedule shall be deemed to have been
amended accordingly.
Page 299
EPC Agreement
Schedule K - Tests on Completion

(See Clause 12.1.2)
Contents
1.0 Schedule for Tests........................................................................................................300
2.0 Tests............................................................................................................................300
3.0 Agency for Conducting Tests.......................................................................................301
4.0 Completion Certificate.................................................................................................301
Page 300
EPC Agreement
1.0
Schedule for Tests
1.1
The Contractor shall, no later than 30 (thirty) days prior to the likely completion of
Construction, notify the Employers Engineer and the Employer of its intent to subject
the Project components (roads and utilities / services) to Tests, and no later than 10 (ten)
days prior to the actual date of Tests, furnish to the Employers Engineer and the
Employer detailed inventory and particulars of all Works and equipment forming part of
Works.
1.2
The Contractor shall notify the Employers Engineer of its readiness to subject the
Project components (roads and utilities / services) to Tests at any time after 10 (ten) days
from the date of such notice, and upon receipt of such notice, the Employers Engineer
shall, in consultation with the Contractor, determine the date and time for each Test and
notify the same to the Employer who may designate its representative to witness the
Tests. The Employers Engineer shall thereupon conduct the Tests itself or cause any of
the Tests to be conducted in accordance with Article 12 and this Schedule-K.
2.0
Tests
2.1
Visual and physical test: The Employers Engineer shall conduct a visual and physical
check of Construction to determine that all Works and equipment forming part thereof
conform to the provisions of this Agreement.
2.2
Riding quality test: Riding quality of each lane of the carriageway shall be checked
with the help of a calibrated bump integrator and the maximum permissible roughness for
purposes of this Test shall be 1800 (Eighteen Hundred) mm for each kilometer.
2.3
Tests for bridges: All major and minor bridges shall be subjected to the rebound
hammer and ultrasonic pulse velocity Tests, to be conducted in accordance with the
procedure described in Special Report No. 17: 1996 of the IRC Highway Research
Board on Non-destructive Testing Techniques, at two spots in every span, to be
chosen at random by the Employers Engineer. Bridges with a span of 15 (fifteen) meters
or more shall also be subjected to load testing.
2.4
Water Tightness test: All hydraulic structures, such as sewer lines network, industrial
network, joints, manholes etc. or any other liquid containers shall have to be tested for
water tightness. The water tightness test shall be conducted as specified in IS: 41271967.
2.5
Water Tightness test for Manhole: The entire height of the manhole shall be tested for
water tightness as per CPHEEO Manual, by closing both the incoming and outgoing ends
of the sewer and filling the manhole with water and the drop in water level not more than
50 mm per 24 hours shall be permitted.
2.6
Hydraulic Test: Fill the pipeline with water after it has been laid; bleed off any
trapped air. Subject the lowest element in the system to a test pressure that is 1.5 times the
design pressure, and check for any leakage. When, in the opinion of the engineer, local
conditions require that the trenches be backfilled immediately after the pipe has been
laid, apply the pressure test after backfilling has been completed but not sooner than a
time which will allow sufficient curing of any concrete that may have been used.
Typical minimum concrete curing times are 36 hours for early strengths and 7 days for
normal strengths.
Page 301
EPC Agreement
2.7
Water Tightness test for ESR: The contractor shall be fully responsible for the water
tightness of the tank, the tank shall be taken as water tight of the depression in water
level after filling the tank of full supply level not more than 12.20 mm in 24 Hrs. and no
leakages are observed.
2.8
Other Tests: The Employers Engineer may require the Contractor to carry out or
cause to be carried additional Tests, in accordance with Good Industry Practice, for
determining the compliance of the Project components (roads and utilities / services)
with Standards and Specifications.
2.9
Environmental audit: The Employers Engineer shall carry out a check to determine
conformity of the Project components (roads and utilities / services) with the
environmental requirements set forth in Applicable Laws and Applicable Permits.
2.10
Safety Audit: The Employers Engineer shall carry out, or cause to be carried out, a
safety audit to determine conformity of the Project components (roads and
utilities/services) with the safety requirements and Good Industry Practice.
2.11
Visual and physical test for Street lighting covering pole, luminaire, power supply,
grounding, communication between luminaire to control panel and central control
system.
2.12
Installation testing including lighting performance verification.
2.13
All of the electrical equipment covered by this report shall be tested in accordance
with all relevant design and installation standards and codes of practices. Routine
and Type test reports shall be required as minimum. The contractor shall notify the
engineer, in writing, when each Section of work is complete and whole of the work
is completed. Each Section of the work and whole of the work shall be tested in
accordance with all relevant design and installation standards and codes of
practices.
3.0
Agency for Conducting Tests
3.1
All Tests set forth in this Schedule-K shall be conducted by the Employers Engineer or
such other agency or person as it may specify in consultation with the Employer.
4.0
4.1
Upon successful completion of Tests, the Employers Engineer shall issue the
Completion Certificate in accordance with the provisions of Article 12.
Page 302
EPC Agreement
Schedule L - Provisional Certificate and Completion Certificate

Contents
Provisional Certificate..........................................................................................................303
Completion Certificate..........................................................................................................304
Page 303
EPC Agreement
(See Clause 12.2)
1. I, .. (Name of the Employers Engineer), acting as Employers Engineer,
under and in accordance with the Agreement dated .. (the Agreement), for
Design and build the infrastructure Works for roads, Drains, Culverts, water supply, sewerage,
power systems, for phase-I in Shendra-Bidkin industrial area, Aurangabad, Maharashtra
through Engineering, Procurement & Construction
(EPC)
Basis
Contract
through. (Name of Contractor), hereby certify that the Tests in accordance
with Article 12 of the Agreement have been undertaken to determine compliance of the
Project.............................. with the provisions of the Agreement.
2. Construction Works that are incomplete on account of Time Extension have been
specified in the Punch List appended hereto, and the Contractor has agreed and accepted that
it shall complete all such Works in the time and manner set forth in the Agreement. In
addition, certain minor Works are incomplete and these are not likely to cause Material
inconvenience to the users of the Project .............................. or other their safety. The
contractor has agreed and accepted that as a condition of this Provisional Certificate, it shall
complete such minor Works within 30 (thirty) days hereof. These minor Works have also
been specified in the aforesaid Punch List.
3. In view of the foregoing, I am satisfied that that Project ............................................. can be
safely and reliably placed in service of the users thereof, and in terms of the
Agreement, the Project .............................. is hereby provisionally declared fit for entry into
operation on this the day of .20 ..
ACCEPTED, SIGNED, SEALED
AND DELIVERED
CONTRACTOR by
Employers Engineer by:
(Signature)
(Signature)
Page 304
EPC Agreement
(See Clause 12.4)
1. I, .. (Name o f the Employers Engineer), acting as Employers Engineer, under
and in accordance with the Agreement dated .. (the Agreement), for Design
and Build the Infrastructure Works for roads, Drains, Culverts, water supply, sewerage, power
systems, for Phase-I in Shendra-Bidkin Industrial area, Aurangabad, Maharashtra through
Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) Basis through . (Name
of Contractor), hereby certify that the Tests in accordance with Article 12 of the Agreement
have been successfully undertaken to determine compliance of the Project
............................................. with the provisions of the Agreement, and I am satisfied that the
Project ............................................. can be safely and reliably placed in service of the Users
thereof.
2. It is certified that, in terms of the aforesaid Agreement, all Works forming part of Project
Works have been completed, and the Project Works is hereby declared fit for entry into
operation on this the ..day of ..20 ..

Employers Engineer by:
(Signature)
(Name)
(Designation)
(Address)
Page 305
EPC Agreement
Schedule M - Payment Reduction for Non-Compliance

(See Clauses 14.6., 15.2 and 19.7)
Contents
1.0 - Payment reduction for non-compliance with the Maintenance Requirements.................306
2.0 - Percentage reductions in lump sum payments................................................................306
Page 306
EPC Agreement
1.0 Payment reduction for non-compliance with the Maintenance Requirements

1.1
Monthly lump sum payments for Maintenance shall be reduced in the case of noncompliance with the Maintenance Requirements set forth in Schedule-E.
1.2
Any deduction made on account of non-compliance with the Maintenance

Requirements shall not be paid even after compliance subsequently. The deduction shall
continue to be made every month until compliance is done.
1.3
The Employers Engineer shall calculate the amount of payment reduction on the
basis of weightage in percentage assigned to non-conforming items as given in Paragraph
2.
2.0
Percentage reductions in lump sum payments
2.1
The following percentages shall govern the payment reduction:

Table: 1
Percentage reductions for Road Works, Bridge Works, Other Road Works
S. No.
1
Item/Defect/Deficiency
Percentage
71%
(a)
(a) + (b) + (c) (of the applicable monthly Maintenance amount)

Road Works (Carriageway/Pavement, Road, Embankment,
Cuttings, Shoulders etc.)
(i)
Potholes, cracks, other surface defects
20%
(ii)
Repairs of Edges, Rutting
5%
(iii)
Edge drop, inadequate cross fall, undulations, settlement, potholes,

ponding, obstructions
10%
(iv)
Deficient slopes, rain cuts, disturbed pitching, vegetation growth,

pruning of trees
10%
(b)
Bridge Works (Bridges and Culverts)
10%
(i)
De-silting, cleaning, vegetation growth, damaged pitching, flooring,

parapets, wearing course, footpaths, any damage to foundations
(ii)
(iii)
(c)
Any Defects in superstructures, bearings and sub-structures

Painting, repairs/replacement kerbs, railings, parapets,
guideposts/crash barriers
45%
5%
3%
2%
45%
(ii)
Other Road Works (Road Furniture, Miscellaneous Items)

Cleaning, painting, replacement of road signs, delineators, road
markings, 200 m/km/5th km stones
Removal of dead animals, broken down/accidental vehicles, fallen
trees, road blockades or malfunctioning of mobile crane
(iii)
Maintenance of Multi-purpose corridors, drainage and protective Works
10%
(iv)
Street lighting system
10%
(i)
(v)
Defects in Other Project Facilities
10%
5%
10%
Page 307
EPC Agreement
Table: 2
Percentage reductions for Storm Water Drain Works, Potable water supply network
& elevated service reservoirs Works, Recycled water supply network & elevated
service reservoirs Works, Domestic sewage collection network Works and
Industrial effluent collection network Works.
S. No.
Percentage
Storm Water Drain Works (of the applicable monthly

Maintenance amount)
20%
(i)
De-silting, Manhole cleaning, overflows in surrounding areas
50%
(ii)
De-silting at outfall, outfall Maintenance & hygiene conditions
50%
Potable water supply network & elevated service reservoirs

Works (of the applicable monthly Maintenance amount)
Rising and distribution network repairs, valve and flow meters
repairs and calibrations, refilling of trenches
Elevated service reservoirs leakages, valves & flow meters repairs
and calibrations
Recycled water supply network & elevated service reservoirs
Works (of the applicable monthly Maintenance amount)
Rising and distribution network repairs, valve and flow meters
repairs and calibrations, refilling of trenches
Elevated service reservoirs leakages, valves & flow meters repairs
and calibrations
Domestic sewage collection network Works (of the applicable
monthly Maintenance amount)
(i)
De-silting, overflows in surrounding areas, man holes damages.
Industrial effluent collection network Works (of the applicable

monthly Maintenance amount)
(i)
De-silting, overflows in surrounding areas, man holes damages.
2
(i)
(ii)
3
(i)
(ii)
2.2
Item
2%
75%
25%
3%
75%
25%
2%
100%
2%
100%
The amount to be deducted from monthly lump-sum payment for non-compliance of

particular item mentioned in Table-1 &2 shall be calculated on a pro-rata basis for each of
the above items as under
R = P/100 * M *L1/L
Where
P=
Percentage of particular item/non- compliance/Defect/deficiency for deduction.

For example in Road Works, if pot hole is not repaired within 24 hours in one
kilometer, the percentage of non-compliance item P is 71%x20%=14.2%
M= Monthly lump-sum payment for Maintenance in accordance with the Contract

Agreement.
L1= Non-complying length of the particular Item
Page 308
EPC Agreement
L=
Total length of the particular Item,
R=
Reduction (the amount to be deducted for noncompliance for a particular

item/Defect/deficiency
The total amount of reduction shall be arrived at by summation of reductions for such
items/Defects/deficiency or noncompliance.
For any Defect in a part of one kilometer, the non-conforming length shall be taken as
one kilometer.
Page 309
EPC Agreement
Schedule N - Selection of Employers Engineer

(See Clause 18.1.1)
Contents
1 - Selection of Employers Engineer...............................................................................310
2 - Terms of Reference..........................................................................................................310
3 - Appointment of Government entity as Employers Engineer......................................310
Annex-I - Terms of Reference for Employers Engineer.......................................................311
Page 310
1.
EPC Agreement
Selection of Employers Engineer
1.1
The provisions of the Model Request for Proposal for Selection of Technical
Consultants, issued by the Ministry of Finance in May 2009, or any substitute thereof
shall apply for selection of an experienced firm to discharge the functions and duties of
an Employers Engineer.
1.2
In the event of Termination of the Technical Consultants appointed in accordance with

the provisions of Paragraph 1.1, the Employer shall appoint another firm of Technical
Consultants forthwith and may engage a Government-owned entity in accordance with
the provisions of Paragraph 3 of this Schedule-N.
2.
Terms of Reference
The Terms of Reference for the Employers Engineer (the TOR) shall substantially
conform with Annex 1 to this Schedule N.
3.
Appointment of Government entity as Employers Engineer

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Schedule, the Employer may
in its discretion appoint a Government-owned entity as the Employers Engineer;
provided that such entity shall be a body corporate having as one of its primary
functions the provision of consulting, advisory and supervisory services for engineering
Projects; provided further that a Government-owned entity which is owned or controlled
by the Employer shall not be eligible for appointment as Employers Engineer.
Page 311
EPC Agreement
Annex I
(Schedule - N)
Terms of Reference for Employers Engineer
1.0 Scope
1.1
These Terms of Reference (the TOR) for the Employers Engineer are being specified
pursuant to the EPC Agreement dated........... (the Agreement), which has been entered
into between the .Name of Employer (the Employer ) and .......... (the
Contractor) for Design and Build the Infrastructure Works for Roads, Drains, Culverts,
Water Supply, Sewerage, Power Systems for Phase-I in Shendra-Bidkin industrial area,
Aurangabad, Maharashtra on Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) Basis,
and a copy of which is annexed hereto and marked as Annex-A to form part of this
TOR.
1.2
The TOR shall apply to design, Construction and Maintenance of the Project Roads
and Services
2.0 Definitions and interpretation

2.1
The words and expressions beginning with or in capital letters and not defined herein but
defined in the Agreement shall have, unless repugnant to the context, the meaning
respectively assigned to them in the Agreement.
2.2
References to Articles, Clauses and Schedules in this TOR shall, except where the context
otherwise requires, be deemed to be references to the Articles, Clauses and Schedules of
the Agreement, and references to Paragraphs shall be deemed to be references to
Paragraphs of this TOR.
2.3
The rules of interpretation stated in Clauses 1.2, 1.3 and 1.4 of the Agreement shall
apply, mutatis mutandis, to this TOR.
3.0 General
3.1
The Employers Engineer shall discharge its duties in a fair, impartial and
efficient manner, consistent with the highest standards of professional integrity and
Good Industry Practice.
3.2
The Employers Engineer shall perform the duties and exercise the authority in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, but subject to obtaining prior
written approval of the Employer /PMNC before determining:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
3.3
any Time extension;

any additional cost to be paid by the Employer to the Contractor;
the Termination Payment; or
any other matter which is not specified in (a), (b) or (c) above and which creates
an obligation or liability on either Party for a sum exceeding Rs.5,000,000 (Rs.
fifty lakh).
The Employers Engineer shall submit regular periodic reports, at least once every
month, to the Employer /PMNC in respect of its duties and functions under this
Page 312
EPC Agreement
Agreement. Such reports shall be submitted by the Employers Engineer within 10 (ten)
days of the beginning of every month.
3.4
The Employers Engineer shall inform the Contractor of any delegation of its duties
and responsibilities to its suitably qualified and experienced personnel provided,
however, that it shall not delegate the authority to refer any matter for the Employers
prior approval in accordance with the provisions of Clause 18.2.
3.5
The Employers Engineer shall aid and advise the Employer on any proposal for
Change of Scope under Article 13.
3.6
In the event of any disAgreement between the Parties regarding the meaning, scope
and nature of Good Industry Practice, as set forth in any provision of the Agreement, the
Employers Engineer shall specify such meaning, scope and nature by issuing a
reasoned written statement relying on good industry practice and authentic
literature.
4 .0 Construction Period
4.1
During the Construction Period, the Employers Engineer shall review the Reports,
Designs and Drawings furnished by the Contractor along with supporting data, including
the geo-technical and hydrological investigations, characteristics of Materials from
borrow areas and quarry sites, topographical surveys, and the recommendations of the
Safety Consultant in accordance with the provisions of Clause 10.1.6. The Employers
Engineer shall complete such review and send its observations to the Employer / PMNC
and the Contractor within 15 (fifteen) days of receipt of such Reports, Designs and
Drawings; provided, however that in case of a Structure, the aforesaid period of 15
(fifteen) days may be extended up to 30 (thirty) days. In particular, such comments shall
specify the conformity or otherwise of such Drawings with the Scope of the Project and
Specifications and Standards.
4.2
The Employers Engineer shall review any revised Reports, Designs and Drawings sent
to it by the Contractor and furnish its comments within 10 (ten) days of receiving such
Reports, Designs and Drawings.
4.3
The Employers Engineer shall review the (a) Quality Assurance Plan (b) Health, Safety
and Environmental Management Plan submitted by the Contractor and shall convey its
comments to the Contractor within a period of 21 (twenty-one) days stating the
modifications, if any, required thereto. The Employers Engineer shall ensure the
Contractors Project Management requirements, BIM and CAD requirements
regularly on a monthly basis to the Employer/ PMNC.
4.4
The Employers Engineer shall complete the review of the methodology proposed to be
adopted by the Contractor for executing the Works, and convey its comments to the
Contractor within a period of 10 (ten) days from the date of receipt of the proposed
methodology from the Contractor.
4.5
Deleted.
Page 313
EPC Agreement
4.6
The Employers Engineer shall review the monthly progress report furnished by the
Contractor and send its comments thereon to the Employer / PMNC and the Contractor
within 7 (seven) days of receipt of such report.
4.7
The Employers Engineer shall inspect the Construction Works and the Project Roads
and shall submit a monthly Inspection Report bringing out the results of inspections and
the remedial action taken by the Contractor in respect of Defects or deficiencies. In
particular, the Employers Engineer shall include in its Inspection Report, the compliance
of the recommendations made by the Safety Consultant.
4.8
The Employers Engineer shall conduct the pre-Construction review of manufacturer's

test reports and standard samples of manufactured Materials, and such other Materials as
the Employers Engineer may require.
4.9
For determining that the Works conform to Specifications and Standards, the Employers
Engineer shall require the Contractor to carry out, or cause to be carried out, Tests at such
time and frequency and in such manner as specified in the Agreement and in accordance with
Good Industry Practice for quality assurance. For purposes of this Paragraph 4.9, the Tests
specified in the relevant Codes or any modification/substitution thereof and standards for
shall be deemed to be Tests conforming to Good Industry Practice for quality assurance.
4.10
The Employers Engineer shall test check at least 20 (twenty) percent of the quantity
or number of Tests prescribed for each category or type of test for quality control by the
Contractor.
4.11
The timing of Tests referred to in Paragraph 4.9, and the criteria for acceptance/
rejection of their results shall be determined by the Employers Engineer in accordance
with the Quality Control Manuals and/or the relevant Codes and Standards. The Tests
shall be undertaken on a random sample basis and shall be in addition to, and
independent of, the Tests that may be carried out by the Contractor for its own quality
assurance in accordance with Good Industry Practice.
4.12
In the event that results of any Tests conducted under Clause 11.10 establish any
Defects or deficiencies in the Works, the Employers Engineer shall require the
Contractor to carry out remedial measures.
4.13
The Employers Engineer may instruct the Contractor to execute any work which is
urgently required for the safety of the Project Works, whether because of an accident,
unforeseeable event or otherwise; provided that incase of any work required on account
of a Force Majeure Event, the provisions of Clause 21.6 shall apply.
4.14
In the event that the Contractor fails to achieve any of the Project Milestones, the
Employers Engineer shall undertake a review of the progress of Construction and
identify potential delays, if any. If the Employers Engineer shall determine that
completion of the Project Works is not feasible within the time specified in the
Agreement, it shall require the Contractor to indicate within 15 (fifteen) days the steps
proposed to be taken to expedite progress, and the period within which the Project
Completion Date shall be achieved. Upon receipt of a report from the Contractor, the
Employers Engineer shall review the same and send its comments to the Employer /
PMNC and the Contractor forthwith.
Page 314
EPC Agreement
4.15
The Employers Engineer shall obtain from the Contractor two copies of all the
Contractors quality control records and documents before the Completion Certificate is
issued pursuant to Clause 12.4.
4.16
Employers Engineer may recommend to the Employer / PMNC Suspension of the

whole or part of the Works if the work threatens the safety of the Users and pedestrians.
After the Contractor has carried out remedial measure, the Employers Engineer shall
inspect such remedial measures forthwith and make a report to the Employer
recommending whether or not the Suspension hereunder may be revoked.
4.17
In the event that the Contractor carries out any remedial measures to secure the safety of
suspended Works and Users, and requires the Employers Engineer to inspect such
Works, the Employers Engineer shall inspect the suspended Works within 3 (three) days
of receiving such notice, and make a report to the Employer / PMNC forthwith,
recommending whether or not such Suspension may be revoked by the Employer .
4.18
The Employers Engineer shall carry out, or cause to be carried out, all the Tests
specified in Schedule-K and issue a Completion Certificate or Provisional Certificate, as
the case may be. For carrying out its functions under this Paragraph 4.18 and all matters
incidental thereto, the Employers Engineer shall act under and in accordance with the
provisions of Article 12 and Schedule-K.
5.0 Maintenance Period

5.1
The Employers Engineer shall aid and advise the Contractor in the preparation of its
monthly Maintenance Programme and for this purpose carry out a joint monthly
inspection with the Contractor.
5.2
The Employers Engineer shall undertake regular inspections, at least once every month,
to evaluate compliance with the Maintenance Requirements and submit a
Maintenance Inspection Report to the Employer / PMNC and the Contractor.
5.3
The Employers Engineer shall specify the Tests, if any, that the Contractor shall carry
out, or cause to be carried out, for the purpose of determining that the Project Works is
in conformity with the Maintenance Requirements. It shall monitor and review the
results of such Tests and the remedial measures, if any, taken by the Contractor in
this behalf.
5.4
In respect of any Defect or deficiency referred to in Paragraph 3 of Schedule-E, the

Employers Engineer shall, in conformity with Good Industry Practice, specify the
permissible limit of deviation or deterioration with reference to the Specifications and
Standards and shall also specify the time limit for repair or rectification of any
deviation or deterioration beyond the permissible limit.
5.5
The Employers Engineer shall examine the request of the Contractor for closure of any
lane(s)/utilities lines of the Project Roads and/or Services for undertaking
Maintenance/repair thereof, and shall grant permission with such modifications, as it may
deem necessary, within 5 (five) days of receiving a request from the Contractor. Upon
expiry of the permitted period of closure, the Employers Engineer shall monitor the
reopening of such lane(s), and in case of delay, determine the Damages payable by the
Contractor to the Employer under Clause 14.5.
Page 315
EPC Agreement
6.0 Determination of costs and time

6.1
The Employers Engineer shall determine the costs, and/or their reasonableness, that are
required to be determined by it under the Agreement.
6.2
The Employers Engineer shall determine the period of Time Extension that is required
to be determined by it under the Agreement.
6.3
The Employers Engineer shall consult each Party in every case of determination in
accordance with the provisions of Clause 18.5.
7.0 Payments
7.1
The Employers Engineer shall withhold payments for the affected Works for which the
Contractor fails to revise and resubmit the Drawings to the Employers Engineer in
accordance with the provisions of Clause 10.2.4 (d).
7.2
Employers Engineer shall (a)
within 10 (ten) days of receipt of the Stage Payment Statement from the Contractor
pursuant to Clause 19.4, determine the amount due to the Contractor and
recommend the release of 90 (ninety) percent of the amount so determined as part
payment, pending issue of the Interim Payment Certificate; and
(b)
within 15 (fifteen) days of the receipt of the Stage Payment Statement referred to
in Clause 19.4, deliver to the Employer / PMNC and the Contractor an Interim
Payment Certificate certifying the amount due and payable to the Contractor, after
adjustments in accordance with the provisions of Clause19.10.
7.3
The Employers Engineer shall, within 15 (fifteen) days of receipt of the Monthly
Maintenance Statement from the Contractor pursuant to Clause19.6, verify the
Contractors monthly statement and certify the amount to be paid to the Contractor in
accordance with the provisions of the Agreement.
7.4
The Employers Engineer shall certify final payment within 30 (thirty) days of the receipt
of the final payment statement of Maintenance in accordance with the provisions of
Clause 19.16.
8.0 Other duties and functions

The Employers Engineer shall perform all other duties and functions as specified in the
Agreement.
9. 0 Miscellaneous
9.1
A copy of all communications, comments, instructions, Drawings or Documents sent by

the Employers Engineer to the Contractor pursuant to this TOR, and a copy of all the test
results with comments of the Employers Engineer thereon, shall be furnished by the
Employers Engineer to the Employer /PMNC forthwith.
Page 316
EPC Agreement
9.2
The Employers Engineer shall retain at least one copy each of all Drawings and
Documents received by it, including 'as-built' Drawings, and keep them in its safe
custody.
9.3
Within 90 (ninety) days of the Project Completion Date, the Employers Engineer shall
obtain a complete set of as-built Drawings, in 2 (two) hard copies and in micro film
form or in such other medium as may be acceptable to the Employer , reflecting the
Project ............................................. as actually designed, engineered and constructed,
including an as-built survey illustrating the layout of the Project Works and setback lines,
if any, of the buildings and Structures forming part of Project Facilities; and shall hand
them over to the Employer against receipt thereof.
9.4
The Employers Engineer, if called upon by the Employer /PMNC or the Contractor or
both, shall mediate and assist the Parties in arriving at an amicable settlement of any
Dispute between the Parties.
9.5
The Employers Engineer shall inform the Employer /PMNC and the Contractor of any
event of Contractor's Default within one week of its occurrence.
9.6
The Employers Engineer, if called upon by the Employer/ PMNC, shall attend the
meetings on Project reviews, discussions to be held at Employer/ PMNC office with
required reports and presentations.
Page 317
EPC Agreement
Schedule O - Forms of Payment Statements

(See Clauses 19.4.1, 19.6.1, and 19.8.1)
Contents
1 - Stage Payment Statement for Works................................................................................318
2 - Monthly Maintenance Payment Statement.......................................................................318
3 - Contractors claim for Damages......................................................................................318
Page 318
1.
EPC Agreement

The Stage Payment Statement for Works shall state:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
The estimated amount for the Works executed in accordance with Clause 19.3.1
subsequent to the last claim;
Amounts reflecting adjustments in price for the aforesaid claim;
The estimated amount of each Change of Scope Order executed subsequent to
the last claim;
Amounts reflecting adjustment in price, if any, for (c) above in accordance with
the provisions of Clause 13.2.3 (a);
Total of (a), (b), (c) and (d) above;
Deductions:
(i) Any amount to be deducted in accordance with the provisions of the
Agreement except Taxes;
(ii) Any amount towards deduction of Taxes; and
(iii) Total of (i) and (ii) above.
Net claim: (e) (f) (iii);
The amounts received by the Contractor up to the last claim:
(i)
For the Works executed (excluding Change of Scope orders);
(ii)
(ii)
(iii)
2.
For Change of Scope Orders, and

Any deductions
Taxes deducted
Monthly Maintenance Payment Statement

The monthly Statement for Maintenance Payment shall state:
(a) the monthly payment admissible in accordance with the provisions of the
Agreement;
(b) the deductions for Maintenance work not done;
(c) net payment for Maintenance due, (a) minus (b);
(d) amounts reflecting adjustments in price under Clause 19.12; and
(e) amount towards deduction of Taxes
3.
Contractors claim for Damages
Note: The Contractor shall submit its claims in a form acceptable to the Employer / PMNC.
Page 319
EPC Agreement
Schedule P - Insurance
(See Clause 20.1)
Contents
1 - Insurance during Construction Period...............................................................................320
2 - Insurance for Contractors Defects Liability.....................................................................320
3 - Insurance against injury to persons and damage to property..............................................320
4 - Insurance to be in joint names...........................................................................................320
Page 320
EPC Agreement
1.
Insurance during Construction Period
1.1.
The Contractor shall effect and maintain at its own cost, from the Appointed Date till
the date of issue of the last Completion Certificate, the following insurances for any
loss or damage occurring on account of Non Political Event of Force Majeure,
malicious act, accidental damage, explosion, fire and terrorism:
(a) insurance of Works, Plant and Materials and an additional sum of [15 (fifteen)]
per cent of such replacement cost to cover any additional costs of and incidental to
the rectification of loss or damage including professional fees and the cost of
demolishing and removing any part of the Works and of removing debris of
whatsoever nature; and
(b) Insurance for the Contractors equipment and Documents brought onto the Site by
the Contractor, for a sum sufficient to provide for their replacement at the Site.
1.2
The insurance under paragraph 1.1 (a) and (b) above shall cover the Employer and the
Contractor against all loss or damage from whatsoever cause arising under paragraph
1.1 other than risks which are not insurable at commercial terms.
2.
Insurance for Contractors Defects Liability

The Contractor shall effect and maintain Insurance Cover for the Works from the date
of issue of the Completion Certificate until the end of the Defects Liability Period for
any loss or damage for which the Contractor is liable and arises from a cause
occurring prior to the issue of Completion Certificate. The Contractor shall also
maintain other insurances for maximum sums as may be required under the
Applicable Laws and in accordance with Good Industry Practice.
3.
Insurance against injury to persons and damage to property
3.1
The Contractor shall insure against each Partys liability for any loss, damage, death
or bodily injury which may occur to any physical property (except things insured
under Paragraph l and 2 of this Schedule or to any person (except persons insured
under Clause 20.9), which may arise out of the Contractors performance of this
Agreement and occurring before the issue of the Performance Certificate. This
insurance shall be for a limit per occurrence of not less than the amount stated below
with no limit on the number of occurrences.
The Insurance Cover shall be not less than: Rs. 20 Lakhs.
3.2
The insurance shall be extended to cover liability for all loss and damage to the
Employers property arising out of the Contractors performance of this Agreement
excluding:
(a) the Employers right to have the Construction Works executed on, over, under, in
or through any land, and to occupy this land for the Works; and
(b) Damage which is and unavoidable result of the Contractors obligations to execute
the Works.
4.
Insurance to be in joint names

The insurance under paragraphs 1 to 3 above shall be in the joint names of the
Contractor and the Employer .
Page 321
EPC Agreement
Schedule Q - BIM and CAD Requirements

(See Clause 3.1.7 K)
Contents
1 - Objective........................................................................................................................322
2 - General...........................................................................................................................322
3 BIM Modelling...............................................................................................................329
4 Recommended Software Requirement............................................................................330
Annex - I - CAD Guideline..................................................................................................331
Appendix - A - AutoCAD Layer Definitions........................................................................356
Appendix - B - Useful Tables for AutoCAD........................................................................381
Appendix - C - Drawing Type and Drawing Number Series.................................................384
Page 322
EPC Agreement
1. OBJECTIVE
The Employer mandates the use of advanced computer based dynamic 3D-model
driven approach for the detailed planning, design, engineering, Construction and
operation of the DMIC nodes to allow simulation, visualization and engineering
analysis of all transportation, utility, building, civil Works and geospatial
infrastructures.
This includes an aggregate dynamic 3D Building Information Model (BIM) for the
city infrastructure systems with 3D building models. 3D civil infrastructures, 3D
models for rail, roads and underground and above ground utilities systems
participating.
3D infrastructure modelling tools shall be used to develop and produce Project
models and simulations (e.g. in case of natural calamity etc.) as required for
submittals.
The 3D infrastructure Information Models are to be used throughout the design,
Construction and operational life-cycle of the asset, including but not limited to for
system collision detections, Materials quantification, Construction sequencing and
carbon impact analysis.
3D infrastructure models use shall be maximized for Project reviews, decision
support, design analysis, and quality assurance during all phases of this program.
2. GENERAL
2.1. Purpose
2.1.1.
2.1.2.
2.1.3.
The purpose of the 3D Building Information Modelling (BIM) requirements

describes the use of computer aided design (CAD), geographical
information (GIS) and building information modelling (BIM) for the work
under the Contract.
These requirements shall be used as a reference for the Design & Build
Contractor to develop specific Work Package BIM Execution Plan (BEP) that
shall detail the specific CAD/GIS/BIM software used within the Work Package
to control the specific BIM and CAD process. The outputs from this process
will be Drawings and 3D models as PDFs that will be input to the Project
Management Information System.
BEPs establish the methodology for managing the production, distribution and
quality of the design information generated by CAD, GIS and BIM systems,
using a disciplined process for collaboration and a specified file and model
naming policy.
BIM Project Execution Plan Overview Information: Document the reason for creating
the Project Execution Plan.
Page 323
EPC Agreement
Project Information: The Plan should include critical Project information such as
Project numbers, Project location, Project description, and critical schedule dates for
future reference.
Key Project Contacts: As part of the reference information, A BIM Plan should include
contact information for key Project personnel.
Project Goals / BIM Objectives: This Section should document the strategic value and
specific uses for BIM on the Project as defined by the Project team in the initial step of
the planning procedure.
Organizational Roles and Staffing: One of the primary tasks is to define the
coordinator(s) of the BIM planning and execution process throughout the various stages
of the Project. This is particularly important when identifying the organization(s) who
will initiate the development of the BIM Plan, as well as the required staff to
successfully implement the plan.
BIM Process Design: This Section should clearly illustrate the execution process
through the use of process maps which are developed in the second step of the planning
procedure.
BIM Information Exchanges: The model elements and level of detail required to
implement each BIM use should be clearly defined in the information exchanges
requirements.
BIM and Facility Data Requirements: The owners requirements for BIM must be
documented and understood.
Collaboration Procedures: The team should develop their electronic and collaboration
activity procedures. This includes the definition of model management procedures (e.g.,
file structures, and file permissions) as well as typical meeting schedules and agendas.
Model Quality Control Procedures: A procedure for ensuring that the Project
participants meet the defined requirements should be developed and monitored
throughout the Project.
Technology Infrastructure Needs: The hardware, software and network infrastructure
required to execute the plan should be defined.
Model Structure: The team should discuss and document items such as model structure,
file naming structure, coordinate system, and modeling standards.
Project Deliverables: The team should document deliverables required by the owner.
Delivery Strategy / Contracts: This Section should define the delivery strategy which
will be used on the Project.
2.2. Scope
2.2.1. This BIM requirement document outlines the roles and responsibilities that are
necessary for a successful collaborative 3D Building Information Modelling (BIM)
approach.
2.2.2. The Project Management Information System (PMIS) and Common Data
Environment (CDE) will be mandated for the structure and the controlled sharing of
Page 324
EPC Agreement
the building information with known provenance and status in a multi-disciplinary

environment.
2.3. BIM Uses
2.3.1. BIM uses that have been established as required thus far are:
BIM Uses
Existing Conditions
Modelling
Site Analysis
Design Authoring
Design Visualization
Interference Detection
Description/Comments
This will require the gathering of existing conditions information
from a range of sources, and validating the quality, accuracy and
reliability of that information for use on the Project. The physical
extent of what is needed to be modelled is to be determined, based
on location, physical/spatial/visual relationship and potential
impact on the Project. Areas or elements identified as posing risk
to the Project should be communicated clearly to inform future
risk mitigation efforts. In the absence of anything better, a default
standard will be used to achieve this.
The Site context should be understood thoroughly and
acknowledged within the design, accounting for factors that may
impact on siting/position of proposed Construction Works, such as
interfaces with existing structure or services, vistas, nearby land
use, hydraulic analysis, geo tech and topographic conditions, Site
access/egress issues, traffic flows, other infrastructure and so on.
A process in which software is used to develop a Building
Information Model based on criteria important to the
communication of the building's design. Two types of software
applications are core to the BIM-based design process: design
authoring tools and audit and analysis tools. Authoring tools are
used to create models while audit and analysis tools draw from or
enhance the richness of information in a model. Most audit and
analysis tools can be used for Design Reviews and Engineering
Analysis BIM Uses. Design authoring tools are required in the
first instance, and employ a powerful database of properties,
quantities, means and methods, costs and schedules.
The BIM can be used to generate rendered images, animated flythroughs and read-only versions of the model as requested by the
Client (with due notice) to support effective communication of the
design intent of the building. This is critical for stakeholder
engagement at a number of levels and Project stages.
General coordination will take place during early design via visual
inspection and design coordination Workshops. In particular,
coordination efforts will be applied to key pinch points, such as
cores,
risers,
plenum
spaces,
and
Plant
areas.
Aggregation/intensity of interferences detected will further inform
priority zones and element types. Late in the design process, and
particularly for preConstruction planning (during early
Construction stage), interference severity criteria will be defined
and interference rules configured that will support element-level
coordination. Good interference rule definitions will be key to
Page 325
Design Review
Planning of
Construction
Scheduling and
Sequencing
Record Modelling
EPC Agreement
avoiding false positives and ensuring efforts are spent on

eliminating real issues.
A process in which stakeholders interrogate and interact with a 3D
model to validate various design criteria. These may include
evaluating the ability to meet the program, previewing spatial or
visual relationships in a virtual environment, layout, sightlines,
lighting, security, ergonomics, acoustics, textures and colors, etc.
This BIM use can be achieved with the BIM software, a computer
and display, and someone to drive the model.
This focuses on planning or staging and sequencing of major
Works, predominantly for stakeholder communication and buy-in,
in order demonstrate that the design is buildable. The contractor
shall adhere to Employers preferred systems on the Construction
methodology to be employed, and would be responsible for
modelling and communicating this as part of their work.
Typically this is something that engineers are able to provide (as
part of validating design approach), though for actual Works by
the contractor, the contractor will be responsible.
This entails updating the Project federated model to represent an
as-built record of the as-constructed Works. The basis for the
model updates is currently sketches and other records provided by
the contractor to the design team during Construction. The precise
level and method of field verification that is to occur is yet to be
determined.
2.4. Definitions
2.4.1. The following terms are specific to the BIM requirements:
3D Building Information Modelling and Management (BIM): The managed

approach to the collection and exploitation of information across the life cycle of a built
environment asset. At its heart are computer generated 3D and 2D models containing all
graphical and tabular information about the design, Construction and operation of the
asset.
BIM Execution Plan (BEP): The BIM Execution Plan (BEP) is to be submitted to
address the issues raised in the EIR and then with more detail post- contract award to
explain the contractors methodology for delivering the Project using BIM.
BS1192: Collaborative production of architectural, engineering and Construction
information. Code of practice.
Project Management Information System (PMIS): A Common data environment
(CDE) a single source of engineering information for the Project. It is used to
collect, manage and disseminate all relevant approved Project documents.
ECM (Engineering Content Management): Set of hardware/software and processes
that control the engineering content of CAD models and Drawings together with their
versions within the constraints of the PMIS.
Geospatial System: Name or description of the system of spatial referencing by
coordinates used for geographical information.
Page 326
EPC Agreement
COBIE: Construction-Operations Building Information Exchange a standard

spreadsheet data format that controls the transition of as built data into operations and
Maintenance.
Uniclass: Unified classifications for the Construction industry.
Workspace: A predefined folder structure containing configuration and content
relevant to the specific application.
Master Document Index (MDI): A list of agreed model file and Drawing deliverables
produced by the Contractor against agreed milestones.
2D/3D Model: A design model with entities having two/three-dimensional properties
which are coordinated to the agreed geospatial reference system.
Model composite: A model file containing multiple references of 2D/3D models
coordinated using a common geospatial reference system to form a complete model
representation of the information.
Model extraction: A 2D model file containing elements generated from an external 3D
model, usually in the form of sections, elevations and plans. Can contain graphical or
non-graphical content.
Model files (MD2/MD3): Native CAD files that can be in the form of a 2D or 3D
model.
Model rendition (MDR): Output from a model file, model renditions provide static
snap-shots in a form that enables the information to be viewed, printed and marked up.
Output file: A generated rendition of graphical or non-graphical information (a plan,
section, elevation, schedule, table or other view of a Project).
Model view: The view within CAD files which contains entities or reference files using
realworld coordinates
Originator: The author of models, Drawing and documents.
Production Drawing: An immutable electronic plot (PDF) produced from a Drawing
definition, having received all necessary reviews prior to issue.
Zone: A manageable spatial 2D or 3D subdivision of a model allowing more than one
person to work on the model, floor plan or staircase etc. at a time. Each zone is a
reference file and when all references are viewed in a model composite the full model
shall be represented.
Status: Defines the fitness of information in a model, Drawing or document
WIP: Work In Progress: each individual company or disciplines own work. This is
information that has not been issued or shared with other Parties. Refer to BS1192.
Shared: Information that has been reviewed and is available to other Parties. Refer to
BS1192.
Published: Documents and other data outputted from Shared information. Typically
this shall include contract Drawings, reports and specifications but can also include
information for data exchange between BIM software, such as LandXML, IFC files.
Refer to BS1192.
Component: An individual building element that can be reused. Examples include
doors, stair cores, furniture or internal room layouts, facade panels, etc. Components are
typically inserted and moved/rotated into the required position.
Page 327
EPC Agreement
Assembly: A composition or collection of components and/or modelled elements

arranged to define part or all of a building model, structure or site. An Assembly
typically contains information that can be referenced without repositioning.
Container: An optional parent repository which can be used to compile assemblies
and components for specific purposes including export and publication. A Container
can exist for each individual profession/discipline or for multiple disciplines, for
buildings or for a complete Project.
Layer/Level: Attribute given to entities within CAD files that enables their visibility to
be controlled. Further values may be assigned to the attribute to control whether it can
be edited or deleted.
IFC: Industry Foundation Class is a neutral and open specification file format. The data
model facilitates interoperability between object based software platforms.
LandXML: LandXML is a specialized XML data file format containing civil
engineering and survey measurement data commonly used in the Land Development
and Transportation Industries.
2.5. Responsibility
The Design and Build Contractor shall provide: A structured BIM approach to the
production of all required design and as built data and information for these Works under
the Contract, modelled on BS1192 Collaborative production of architectural, engineering
and Construction information; Code of practice;
Evidence that an all discipline integration, coordination and resolution process has taken
place in a collaborative 3D object orientated CDE, the outputs of which meet or better
the Employers Requirements;
A uniform and interoperable software/hardware platform across the entire Work
Package, in that any software used shall be consistent with the principles of the sharing
of multi-disciplinary object data in a CDE; That data shall include geometry and object
attributes; Compatibility between software and hardware platforms, including processes
for any interfaces with other Work Packages, as to ensure seamless integration at all
areas of overlap;
An Engineering Content Management System (ECM) which shall be configured to the
CDE workflows consistent with those set out in BS1192 and integrate with Employers
PMIS
Access to the (ECM) for the Engineer;
Structured data sets:
Detailed Design Stage 1
Detailed Design Stage 2
As-Built Drawings
The data sets shall include all plot composition files and associated references, all
models and associated references, all associated object and attribute data in mandated
format; All renditions of the above (PDFs) all as listed in the Master Document Index
(MDI);
Page 328
EPC Agreement
A copy of the database from the ECM system and its files store;
All data in a structured (Level/Layer/Filename) format consistent with UK
AEC Uniclass.
All As-Built data in a structured (format) consistent with the Construction
Operations Building Information Exchange (COBie) format;
Suitability trained personnel with the appropriate capabilities to execute the specific
roles and responsibilities as outlined this BIM requirements, CAD and GIS manuals
contained herein;
2.5.1. The Engineers BIM Manager:
Defines the Program BIM requirement;

Ensures the BIM process serves the engineering and business requirement during
the design and build phase of the Works;
Ensures that data schema declared for the program serves the engineering
requirements of the design and build phase of the Works;
Ensures industry best practice is utilized for the BIM implementation and to facilitate
the transition of design and as built data into operational data and information for SIA.
Ensures seamless integration with other adjoining/other relevant contract work
packages
2.5.2. The Contractors BIM Manager:
Produces a general BIM implementation plan for their specific Works package, together
with the Contractors Design Coordination Manager, containing:
Statements on how the work packages shall be zoned, the level of BIM resolution
required in what zones, the number of specific discipline models that will be
included what level of detail each of these models shall achieve for each stage for the
design and build workflow.
Statements on the level of program integration and Construction sequencing with the
BIM model.
Statements on how the interface with other Works packages shall be achieved and
managed.
Ensures the Contractors BIM systems are providing the tools, process is centred
on the delivery of structured, coordinated and accurate information.
Ensure that all CAD. GIS. BIM data is compatible consistent and accurate and all BIM
processes are compliant with BS 1192.
Ensures the Contractors BIM processes serves the engineering and business requirement
of managing multi-discipline collaborative workflows, CAD QA, Clash resolution,
program linkage and Construction sequencing.
Coordinates the Project needs for IT solutions.
Coordinates the agreed Project BEPs and updates to the BEPS.
Ensures compliance with those standards and methods.
Shall be responsible for resolution of all interdisciplinary/other contract work packages
and interface resolution.
Page 329
EPC Agreement
Provides the focal point for all file and document management issues in the Project
Ensures that all information is compliant with standards and that each model or file has
been signed off fit for purpose.
2.5.3. The Contractors Lead Designer:
Manages the design, including information development and approvals.

Confirms the design deliverables of the design team, establishes the zone strategy
and ownership.
Signs and approves the Documentation for detail design coordination on and prior to
passing to shared. Ref BS 1192 workflow.
2.5.4. The Contractors CAD Manager:
Ensure that all CAD models and Drawings are delivered to the SIA use agreed IT
solutions, and are according to the agreed Project requirements.
Ensure that all object attribute data is structured and is compliant with the Project SMPs
Ref BS1192. This role should be responsible to the Contractors BIM Manager.
Completion of a table of names assigned to the roles described above and submit it to
the client as a reference document.
Ensure that all Drawing production shall be in line with CAD Guidelines given in
Annexure I of this Schedule Q.
2.6. The Engineering Content Management (ECM) System

2.6.1. The Contractor shall produce ECM system information sufficiently detailed to
produce traditional Drawings or documents as views of multi-authored data.
2.6.2. The Contractor shall develop and utilize a suitable ECM system that allows for a
suitable permissions matrix, workflow, referencing, version control, process and
information hierarchy that is consistent with the principles of the CDE for all
models and Drawings.
2.6.3. The Contractor shall provide access to the ECM system for the Engineer.
3. BIM MODELLING
3.1. Design Authoring Requirements
3.1.1. Model Accuracy and Tolerances: Models will include all appropriate dimensioning as
needed for design intent and assessment. See Level of Detail (LoD) and included
model elements.
3.1.2. Modelling Units: The following units shall be used for developing modelling
content. The relevant scale factors and adjustments shall be incorporated when
federating models with dissimilar units:
Page 330
EPC Agreement
4. Recommended Software Requirement:

Software
Function
Version*
Autodesk Civil 3D
2014
Bentley MX Road/ In Roads
SELECT Series 3
Bentley Rail Track
SELECT series 2
Autodesk Revit
AECOsim Building Designer
Autodesk Navis Works
Manage
2014
SELECT Series 3
Bentley Navigator
SELECT Series 5
Autodesk Infra Works
2014
Bentley Micro Station
SELECT Series 3
Water Network
Modeling
Bentley Water GEMS
SELECT Series 3
Sewer Network
Modeling
Bentley Sewer GEMS
SELECT Series 4
Storm Network
Modeling
Bentley Storm CAD
SELECT Series 3
Structural Analysis
STAAD Pro
SELECT Series 5
Drafting
AutoCAD
2014
Bentley Micro Station
SELECT Series 3
ArcMap
10
x 3D Infrastructure
Modeling
x 3D Rail Infrastructure
Modeling
x 3D BIM modeling for
Buildings
x Project Review and
coordination
5D Schedule
Simulation
x 3D BIM and GIS
integration/
coordinati on
GIS
2014
Publishing
Publish read only single
i-model Plug-ins
file containing
- For Revit
graphical and non- For Adobe (Reader)
graphical attribute
information for multi
discipline BIM models
Latest
3D/2D Models,
Drawings and Maps
Latest
Autodesk DWG True View
Operating
System
Windows 7
(64 Bit
Recommend
ed)
Page 331
EPC Agreement
Annex I
(Schedule - Q)
CAD Guideline
OVERVIEW
1.1 Purpose
Programme Manager for New Cities (CH2MHill) has initiated to manage a program
that will assist in standardizing the use of CAD across all departments. The primary
goal is to create an environment for seamless integration/collaboration between all
disciplines & business lines of all consultants/contractors regarding the use of CAD
for production of any Drawing. The document will achieve this through setting out the
Guideline for Drawing data production. This will then enable Drawing data to be
incorporated into the Aurangabad Industrial Township limited (AITL) GIS.
1.2 Application
This CAD standard shall be applied to all disciplines in all offices and design houses
working in this Project. The scope of this document is to provide guidelines and
procedures for adopting AutoCAD layering standards in preparing design and as-built
Drawings for automated transference to DMICDC GIS. This Guideline will address
the following:
i. Layer assignments,
ii. Standard symbols
iii. Layers and layer names,
iv. Attributes to each feature,
v. Templates,
vi. Colour usage associated with line widths for all Highways and Utility
Drawings.
The Guideline are to be applied for all Drawings from Concept through to As Built
handover stage.
Filing and Storage of Drawings
2.1 Filing and Storage of Drawings

In order that the Project information is readily accessible it is essential that all Drawing
data is filed and stored in a consistent and logical manner.
2.2 Electronic Copies

All electronic Drawing and sketch files associated with a particular Project shall be
filed within the Project folder.
Page 332
EPC Agreement
2.3 Folder Structure

The standard folder structure for CAD data is as shown in Figure 1 below, it adopts
the Code of Practice BS1192:2007 on Common Data Environment for collaborative
working.
Figure 1:
2.4 Folder Name: Project Number and Title

This can be under the main office or discipline folder, or, if the number of files would
render lists unwieldy, then further sub-folder are permissible. Folder names are not to
include any symbols.
2.5 Sub Folder Name: CAD

Contains Drawings and digital information organised as shown in Figure
1.
In a multi-disciplinary office the main sub-folders defined below may be sub-divided
as necessary into the relevant disciplines:
2.5.1 Sub Folder Name: WIP (Work in Progress)
Contains the current working Project Drawings and sketches. This is where all files
currently in the iterative process of design have not yet been approved to be shared.
This folder shall contain further sub-folders which can be amended to suit Project
requirements.
2.5.2 Sub Folder Name: Shared
Contains verified, checked and approved CAD data for use by others for reference.
This folder will hold the Project specific Drawings such as title frames, references,
images, etc.
This folder shall contain further sub-folders which can be amended to suit Project
requirements
2.5.3 Sub Folder Name: Published
Contains all final published sheet files, figures or sketches. This folder must contain
the last issued Models/Xrefs. Data filed in this area shall never be deleted or
overwritten, but will remain until archived.
Page 333
EPC Agreement
2.5.4 Sub Folder Name: Archive

Contains all previous issues and superseded data. This folder is to allow retrieval of
previously issued Drawings at certain stages of design decisions. This folder will
provide an audit trail of Documentation and changes through the life of the Project.
2.5.5 Sub Folder Name: Received
Contains read only copies of design data which have been received from Third Party
sources or Stakeholders and will contain further sub-folders to identify the source and
date of receipt.
The Received folder can be directly under the main Project folder structure, under
CAD or wherever the PMNCs find it suitable. The vital concern is that a folder must
be dedicated for incoming issues, where a full archive of all received information is
stored with an audit trail that is related to the sending company and the date
received and the current copy is easily identifiable throughout the Project.
2.6
Collaborative Working
Figure: 2 Application of code of practice BS 1192:2007 on Common Data Environment
(CDE)
i.
Within WIP folder each discipline can create a folder structure to suit its
needs.
ii.
Common resource files such as title sheets, mapping, surveys, imagery and
other shared CAD data must be available to all disciplines in the Shared area.
iii.
Once data has been checked, verified and approved, it must be copied to the
Shared area and other disciplines notified.
iv.
When models are revised or updated; other disciplines referencing the model
will be affected, so effective communication between disciplines is essential.
Page 334
EPC Agreement
2.7
v.
When data files have been authorised and verified for issue, it is copied to the
Published area, to maintain a local copy within the design organizations
server.
vi.
The previous version of the data in the Published area shall be moved to the
Archive area as a historical record and to maintain an audit trail.
Hard Copies
The print containing the original stamped, checked and approved signatures becomes
the hard-copy 'master plot' for the Drawing. See Section 3.3.13.
2.7.1 Drawings
The Project Implementation Plan (PIP) will define the area where the hard-copies for
Projects are to be filed.
The electronic version of the master plot of the Drawing shall be known as the
reference master. The reference master, if required, shall be utilised for the electronic
issue of the file.
Superseded master plots shall be retained and endorsed "superseded".
2.7.2 Check Prints

All completed and signed check prints shall be filed within the Drawing office by the
drafting checker in an area in accordance with the Project Implementation Plan (PIP).
All check prints are to be retained at least for the term of the Project unless otherwise
agreed with the PMNC. No check prints are to be disposed of without the consent of
the Project Manager.
DRAWING DEVELOPMENT
3.1
Drawing Numbering System

The Drawing numbers are to be entered into the Drawing register during creation of
the Drawings so as to eliminate duplicate Drawing numbers being assigned. The
Drawing number shall be unique for each Drawing and will normally be in the form:
Table 1
Originator code
Example
See
Reference
CH2MHILL
3.1.1
Project
Name
Discipline /
Drawing
Type code
SBIA
SWD
3.1.2
3.1.3
Document
code
DWG
3.1.4
Drawing
Number
1001
Sheet No
001
3.1.5
Fields will be separated by a hyphen ( - )
Page 335
EPC Agreement
3.1.1 Originator Code

A three letter code to identify who prepared the Drawing. Refer to Appendix C.
3.1.2 Project Name

Refer to Appendix C
3.1.3 Drawing Type/ Discipline code

Two letter code to assist in identifying a discipline or type of Drawing (i.e. HW
for Highways, ST for Structures, SK for Sketch, etc.). Refer to Appendix C.
3.1.4 Document Code

Two letter code to assist in identifying type of document. Refer to Appendix C.
3.1.5
Drawing Number Code

Four digits sequential number for a specific Drawing type series. Refer to Appendix C.
Subsequent issue of a Drawing shall have the revision coding incremented by the next
sequential number or letter.
Note #3: Working Drawings shall not have the Drawing status and revision in the file name.
3.2
Model File (Xref) Naming

Model Files shall be named in accordance with the convention described below
Table 3
Model type
Identifier
Example
D2
See
Reference
3.2.1
Originator
code
CH2MHILL -
3.1.2
Project
Name
SBIA
3.1.3
Discipline
code
Short Description
HW
Proposed _Centre_
line
3.1.4
3.2.5
Example CH2MHILL SBIA-HW - Proposed_Centre_Line
3.2.1 Model Identifier Code

This code identifies the model file if it is in 2D or 3D Drawing as defined below:
Table 4
Description
Model Type Identifier
2D Model
D2
3D Model
D3
Page 336
EPC Agreement
3.2.2 Originator Code

A three letter code to identify the PMNC who prepared the Drawing. Refer to
Appendix C.
3.2.3 Project Name

Refer to Appendix C
3.2.4 Drawing Type/ Discipline code

Two letter code to assist in identifying a discipline or type of Drawing (i.e. HW
for Highways, ST for Structures, SK for Sketch, etc.). Refer to Appendix C.
3.2.5 Short Description Field

A short description of the model/X ref file. An underscore is to be used in place of any
spaces in the description field.
Working models shall not have the Drawing status and revision in the file name.
3.3
Drawing Title Blocks and Signatures

A standard Drawing arrangement (Drawing border and title block) shall be adopted
for all Drawings and shall be consistent across all Drawings within the Project. Title
block entries shall be concise and informative to indicate fully the content of the
Drawing.
3.3.1 Drawing Title

i)
The top line shall identify the specific area or Section within the contract, i.e.
HIGHWAYS, or it may be left blank where no such area or Section exists.
ii)
The second third and fourth lines shall identify the content or purpose of the
Drawing, i.e. TRAFFIC SIGNS AND ROAD MARKINGS
iii) Where several Drawings depict similar detail and no other qualifications are
available for distinguishing between them, the distinction shall be made by
labelling each Drawing consecutively with sheet numbers, such as SHEET
1
OF 10, SHEET 2 OF 10, etc.
Figure 3
3.3.2 Drawing Status

The issue DRAWING STATUS box shown below (Figure 4) shall be
completed to describe the current status of the Drawing. Refer to Table 5 for the list
of Drawing status/stages:
Figure 4
Page 337
EPC Agreement
Page 338
EPC Agreement
Table 5
Drawing Status
Concept Design
Preliminary Design
Detailed Design
Tender
Contract
As Built
3.3.3 Project Name Field

For Project Name refer to Baseline Assessment Report on detailed list of Projects.
Figure 5
3.3.4 Project Code Field

For PMNC-specific Project codes refer to Baseline Assessment Report on detailed list
of prioritized Projects.
Figure 6
3.3.5 Drawing Creation Date Field

The Drawing creation date shall be in the whole word format for Month and Year as
highlighted below (Figure 7):
Figure 7
Page 339
EPC Agreement
3.3.6 Revision History Table

A concise description of each approved and issued revision shall be entered into the
revision description column. The revision columns indicate the history and
development of the Drawing; therefore, the description shall be as informative as is
practical.
Drawings that are issued under specific Submissions or Milestones sets shall have
clear, consistent revision description that states the purpose of the submission. e.g.
ISSUED FOR APPROVAL, etc.
Figure 8
The date shown in the revision history table shall be in the format DDMMMYY as
highlighted in Figure 9 below
Figure 9
The months shall be abbreviated as shown in table 6 below:

Table 6
Abbreviation
Month
Abbreviation
Month
JAN
January
JUL
July
FEB
February
AUG
August
MAR
March
SEP
September
APR
April
OCT
October
MAY
May
NOV
November
JUN
June
DEC
December
Page 340
EPC Agreement
The date of completion of the revision and the initials of the person effecting the
revision shall be stated.
The earliest revision descriptions shall be deleted when there is no space to include
the current revision within the revision column.
3.3.7 Drawing Number Field

Drawing number field shall be completed as highlighted box below:
Figure 10
Refer to Section 3.1 for Drawing numbering convention.
3.3.8 Revision Field Box

Revision field box shall be completed as highlighted below: Refer to 3.10.3
Figure 11
Page 341
EPC Agreement
3.3.9 Name Fields

The Drawn, Designed, Checked and Approved field boxes on the title block, as
highlighted below, shall include the first name initial and the full last name of the
person who performed or is responsible for the major portion of the work.
Figure 12
3.3.10 Drawing Scale Field

For completing the Drawing scale field box in the title frame, refer to Section 3.6. A
scale bar for presenting the scale of the Drawing should be used in the Drawing
layout.
Figure 13
Page 342
EPC Agreement
3.3.11 Signatures
The revision history table shall contain the current issue revision number, date of
issue, Drafter/Author, Checker, Approver signatures or initials and description of
current revision.
Table 7
TITLE BLOCK
CAD
HARD COPY
PDF COPY
DRAWN BY
See 3.3.12
See 3.3.13
See 3.3.14
CHECKED BY
See 3.3.12
See 3.3.13
See 3.3.14
APPROVER BY
See 3.3.12
See 3.3.13
See 3.3.14
3.3.12 CAD Files

When issued, Drawing files shall bear the typed CAD initials of the author, checker
and approver on the revision history box.
Figure 14
3.3.13 Hard Copy

The original hard copy set to be submitted to PMNC shall be signed by hand and
stamped. This set will become the control set for reference. The Drawing shall bear
hand signature of the Drawing Approver beside his/her name in the Approved field
box on the title frame as shown in Figure 15. Each Drawing shall be stamped with the
issuing companys official stamp.
Page 343
EPC Agreement
Figure 15:Signed hard copy by Approver
Original hand-signed copy is required for all Final Drawings submitted for: Concept
design, Preliminary design, Detailed design, Tender set, Contract set, GFC Drawings
(during Construction) and As Built.
Subsequent hard copies of the submitted original do not have to be hand signed.
Scanned copies of the hand signed Drawing are permitted as long as the clarity of the
Drawing is not compromised. Alternatively, copies may be printed directly from
CAD. It is acceptable for these not to contain a copy of the hand signature, but to bear
typed initials instead.
3.3.14 PDF Copy

When Issued, PDF copy can be generated electronically from the cad file bearing the
typed initials of the author, checker and approver.
3.4
Units
All general Drawing work (e.g. Xrefs) are to be in model space and be produced in
meters to three decimal places.
Drawing borders to be in paper space and in
millimeters.
e.g.
54.000
78.720
0.325
Dimensions in meters and using whole numbers, can be expressed using the m
(meter) suffix as in the following
45.000m
The position of the decimal point shall be the same as a full stop and no space shall be
left between the number and its units, to ensure clarity, as in the following example:
5.800m
Page 344
EPC Agreement
All other non-linear measurements, e.g. areas and volumes, shall be followed by the
unit symbol. The most common non-linear measurements are as follows
Square meter -
m2
Cubic meter
m3
All detail Drawing work (e.g. standard details) is to be in model space and be
produced in millimeters in whole numbers (i.e. no decimal places).
e.g.
10000
787
Dimensions in millimeters using whole numbers, can be expressed using the mm
(millimeter) suffix as in the following
250mm
Chainages shall be in meters and written as shown
0+100 (Chainages in whole numbers can be written without the decimal
accuracy)
15+255.345
Chainages are plan measurements taken along a setting out line, and provide a
horizontal distance not taking into account slope lengths.
3.5
Drawing Sizes
Drawing sizes shall conform to the International Standards Organisation (ISO).
Sizes (in mm) are as follows: A0 1189 x 841
A1 841 x 594
A2 594 x 420
A3 420 x 297
A4 297 x 210
In general, all Drawings shall be produced at the preferred A1 original size. The use of
A0 size Drawings shall be avoided wherever
possible.
Each group or set of Drawings shall use only one Drawing size unless situations
make this impractical.
3.6
Scales
Scales used on Drawings shall be selected as indicated in the table below. Only
standard metric scales shall be used. In all cases, the selected scale shall be large
enough to permit easy and clear interpretation of the information depicted.
Specific scale requirements of particular Drawings such as layouts will be as stated as
per RFP.
Page 345
EPC Agreement
Table 8
Permitted scales
1:1
1:2
1:10
1:100
1:1000
1:10,000
1:20
1:200
1:2000
1:20,000
1:25
1:250
1:2500
1:25,000
1:5
2:1
1:50
1:500
1:5000
1:50,000
5:1
10:1
20:1
50:1
In exceptional cases where for functional reasons the recommended scale cannot be
applied, intermediate scales may be chosen, provided that the required scale is of a
whole number, such as 1:125, 1:150, etc.
The following scale notes shall be considered:
i.
Number of scales on any one Drawing shall be kept to a minimum.
ii.
CAD entities shall be drawn at full scale (1 Drawing unit = 1 Measurement

unit). Final plotted scale shall be established during composition of the Drawing
layout for plotting.
iii.
Originators using AutoCAD shall employ the PAPER SPACE/MODEL SPACE

facility to establish Drawing layout and scales. All Drawing entities shall
reside in MODEL SPACE with the exception of view ports, general notes,
revision clouding and its labels, title block and border.
iv.
Where different scales exist, each scale shall be specified under the title of the
area of the Drawing to which it applies and noted in the Title Block field
as shown below:
Figure 16
v.
Where a single scale is used on a Drawing, it shall be specified within the title
block only. (See the object area and shall be large enough to below). The scales
selected shall depend on the object area and shall be large enough to permit easy
and clear interpretation of information and ensure clarity of prints on the
original as well as reduced copies i.e. A3 versions of A1 Drawings.
Figure 17
vi.
Where different scales are used for horizontal and vertical dimensions, such as
in profiles, each scale shall be clearly indicated on the Drawing as shown
below:
Figure 18
Page 346
vii.
EPC Agreement
When the Drawing is not drawn to any scale, NTS (Not to Scale) shall be
placed in the title block as shown below:
Figure 19
Scale bars shall be shown on all Drawings containing

plans.
3.7
Key Plan
Where layout plans are produced on a number of Drawings to cover the extent or
Section of the Project, a Key Plan shall be included on each sheet, clearly indicating
the Section of the Works under consideration. A dedicated box in the title frame is
provided for the Key Plan as shown below.
Figure 20
3.8
Drawing Notes
Notes are to be numbered and positioned appropriately and shall include the following
notes:
3.9
i.
All Dimensions are in meters unless otherwise stated. (Only on Drawings

drawn in meters)
ii.
All levels are in meters (Only on Drawings where this note is applicable)
iii.
All dimensions are in millimeters unless otherwise stated. (Only on Drawings

drawn in millimeters)
General Notes
Where notes are extensive and apply on several Drawings, a General Notes
Drawing shall be provided which consolidates all notes. Deviation from these notes
on a particular Drawing may be permitted, provided this amendment is shown in
the
Notes section of the Drawing.
Where a General Notes Drawing is used, the first note on each applicable Drawing
shall contain the following statement: 1. FOR GENERAL NOTES, REFER TO DRAWING NO. XXX
Page 347
EPC Agreement
3.10 Drawing Revision

3.10.1 Revision Clouds and Triangles
Each area where changes/revisions made since the last issue / submission shall be
ringed with a cloud and marked with an equilateral triangle containing the current
revision letter.
Revision clouds and its triangle label shall be placed on the paper space.
Arc length of cloud shall be 15 as a general rule to maintain consistency.
Revision clouds shall be 1.0mm thick (gray or colour 252) and triangles shall be
placed on layer REV.
Clouding and revision triangles denoting the previous revision shall be removed from
the CAD file.
Figure 21
3.10.2 Revision Description

The date and description of the revision / issue shall be given in the revision history
table on the title frame.
3.10.3 Drawing Revision Code
This code identifies the Drawing revision and shall be as defined in Table 11 below.
Subsequent issue of a Drawing shall have the revision coding incremented by the next
sequential number or letter.
Table 9
Revision / Issue Code
R01,R02,R03.etc.
Note:
As Drawings move from one stage to another all historical revision history under that stage is to
be removed from the revision history on the title block.
Page 348
3.11
EPC Agreement
Drawing Register and Transmittal Record

The issue of Drawings shall be recorded on the Drawing register and a transmittal
provided by Drawing originators containing like information. The Drawing
register shall be a concise and continuous record of Drawing revisions and issue
history.
The current revision indicator shall be recorded for each issue.
3.12
Checking and Approval of Drawings

During Drawing production a system of continuous checking shall be employed by the
PMNC to confirm that all CAD information fully complies with the conditions set out
in this document.
It is imperative that all Drawings are subjected to a Quality Assurance and
Quality
Control (QA/QC) check and are duly signed and authorised prior to issue.
Any Drawing leaving the Drawing office shall have been properly checked for
presentation, clarity, accuracy, technical correctness and compliance with the relevant
CAD Standard. Refer to the flow chart overleaf in Figure 22 for an overview of the
checking procedure.
Page 349
EPC Agreement
Figure 22: Flow diagram showing overview of CAD Drawing checking procedure
INITIAL DRAFTING
RAISE CHECK PRINT
AMEND DRAWING
NO ACTION REQUIRED
RAISE CHECK PRINT
DRAFTING CHECK PRINT

ACTION REQUIRED
ENGINEERING CHECKING
ACTION REQUIRED
SIGN & FILE CHECK PRINT
RETURN TO DRAWING ORIGINATOR
PRODUCE FINAL PRINT & HAND SIGNED

SIGNATURES OF CHECKERS & APPROVERS
CREAT PDF
(WHEN REQUIRED) ETRANSMIT CAD FILE
RECORD DRAWING ISSUE IN REGISTER

& COMPLETE TRANSMITAL
ISSUE
Page 350
EPC Agreement
3.12.1 Self Check

After preparation, the Drawing shall be checked by the Drawing originator and any
required amendment to the Drawing is to be carried out prior to handing over the
check print for checking.
3.12.2 Drafting Check

Generally the Drafting Check must precede the Engineering Check.
The Drafting Check will normally be carried out by a person designated by the CAD
Office representative/Manager.
The Drafting Check shall verify adherence to the Project Brief in conjunction with
any applicable supplied criteria. The checker shall also make an assessment with
respect to presentation, standard of workmanship and adherence to the CAD Standard
Manual.
The Drafting Check shall, where deemed necessary, include an electronic check of the
CAD File to ensure compliance with applicable standards and/or client requirements.
The check print shall be clearly marked by the checker with any required
modifications.
Upon completion of the Drafting Check the checker shall then sign, date and highlight
the required action to be taken.
Any amendment to the Drawing requirements may, if required, be carried out prior to
the Engineering Check and a new print raised, duly stamped and signed.
3.12.3 Engineering Check

The Engineering check will normally be carried out by a competent and relevant
experienced Senior Engineer within the PMNCs organization.
The Engineering check shall verify adherence to the design calculations, design
standards and associated Construction issues.
Upon completion of the Engineering Check, the checker shall then sign, date and
highlight the required action to be taken.
3.12.4 Further Drawing amendments

Upon completion of the Drafting Check and Engineering Check the completed check
print shall be returned to the originator of the Drawing for amendment of the Drawing.
Where required, further check prints shall be raised and the checks repeated.
3.12.5 Approval
Upon completion of the checking process, a clean print of the Drawing shall be
submitted to the relevant checkers for signature and to the designated authority for
Page 351
EPC Agreement
approval. This then becomes the controlled Drawing for reference. The checkers and
approvers initials together with the relevant dates shall be entered in the appropriate
areas of the CAD file.
4.1
Drawing set up
i. All AutoCAD Drawings should be produced & saved in AutoCAD version not
lowers than 2009.
ii. Pre-defined Project Drawing templates will be used for setting the layers of
identifiable Drawings (e.g. drainage, roads).
iii. Units in AutoCAD shall be set to meters for Infrastructure layouts and profiles
and millimeters for detail Drawings such as standard details.
iv. The CAD files provided will be in the current version of AutoCAD file format
used on the Project.
v. Fonts and line types are to be followed as provided in this manual.
vi. Files shall be purged before issue only.
vii. Drawing features/entities must be in model space. Title frames must be in paper
space.
viii. The colour and line type of each entity is drawn on BYLAYER.
ix. All polygons shall be closed polylines.
x. Do not place entities on layer 0. This layer is for the creation of blocks only.
4.2
Line Work
4.2.1 Line Types

The following guidelines shall apply to the use of line types:
i.
LINETYPE to be set BYLAYER. (Deviation: Standard AutoCAD Blocks)
ii.
All layers shall have their entities set to BYLAYER
iii.
All colours of AutoCAD objects to be BYLAYER. (Deviation: Standard

AutoCAD Blocks)
iv.
The plotted appearance of line types shall be consistent across all Drawings.
v.
Modification of AutoCAD default source file is not permitted.
vi.
Lines on a Drawing that cannot be represented by those in the default

AutoCAD source file may be loaded from the approved Custom line types
provided.
Page 352
EPC Agreement
4.2.2 Line Weights

Table 10
Colour No.
Display
Screen Color
Plotted Line
Weight
(mm)
Plotted Colour
RED
0.18
Yellow
0.25
3
4
5
6
7
Green
0.35
Cyan
Blue
Magenta
White
0.50
0.70
0.35
0.25
SBIA_COL_
A1.CTB
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
8
9
10
11-79 & 81-249
80
Dark Grey
Light Grey
Object Colour
Object Colour
Object Colour
0.20
0.15
0.6
0.35
0.6
Object Colour
Object Colour
Object Colour
Object Colour
Object Colour
250-255 (Greys)
Object Colour
0.15
Object Colour
4.3
Text
4.3.1
General
SBIA_BW
_A1.CTB
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
Object
Colour
i.
The AutoCAD Styles shall have a default height setting = 0.
ii.
Sloping, italic, and elaborate fonts are not permitted.
iii.
The objective shall be to make all lettering highly legible so that information can
be communicated with the minimal possibility of error in reading.
Lettering sizes shall be chosen such that it shall remain legible when Drawings
are reduced to A3 size.
iv.
Lettering shall be consistent, both in size and placement. Lettering sizes for
specific applications, such as notes or titles, shall not vary within the same
Drawing.
v.
Lettering shall be uniform, clear, sharp and distinct. The mixing of lettering
styles, sloping, italic, and elaborate fonts shall not be permitted.
vi.
All text shall be regularly spaced, upright and uppercase and not be
underlined. Deviation: Titles under plans, details etc. are to be underlined.
vii.
All text shall be left justified. Deviation: Titles shall be centre justified and
underlined.
viii.
Specific notations shall be carefully placed so they relate to the portion of the
Drawing or detail to which they apply.
Page 353
EPC Agreement
ix.
The placing of notes through Drawing lines is to be avoided.
x.
Leader arrows relating to specific text or annotation shall be placed in model

space with the detail it is referencing on the same layer as the text to which it
relates.
4.3.2 Fonts
Permitted text fonts are as shown below:
Table 11
AutoCAD Style Name
AutoCAD Font File
CAD Usage
ISOCP
ISOCP.SHX
Technical/Engineering Drawings
ARIAL
ARIAL.TTF
Presentation Drawings
4.3.3 Text Assignments

The table below indicates approved texts with their appropriate colour/application
assignments:
Table 12
Plotted Text
Height (mm)
Width Factor
Plotted Line
weight
1.8
0.18
2.5
0.25
3.5
0.35
5.0
0.5
7.0
0.7
i.
Usage
General text, Dimensions, Notes used on A3 &
A4 only where Drawing is not plotted at a
reduced scale.
General text annotations, Dimensions, Notes
Special Notes
For more prominent notes or labels requiring
special emphasis.
Normal Titles, Drawing Numbers, Section titles,
Detail Titles
Major Titles
The preferred text height for general text and notes is 2.5mm.
ii. The text height adopted for a Project shall be consistent across all Drawings
unless situations make this impractical.
4.4 Dimensioning
Automated dimensioning commands within CAD software programs shall be used for
creation and editing of dimensions, as shown in table 16 below.
The editing of dimension values via basic text editing commands is not permitted.
Dimensions shall be associative and placed on their own unique layer.
Table 13
Dimension Text
Height
Extension
Line Offset
Extension Line
Extension
2.5mm
Dimexo = 2
Dimexe = 2
Stack Offset
Dimdli = 6.25
Arrow Size
Centre Mark
Dimasz = 2.5
Dimcen = 1
Page 354
EPC Agreement
4.5 Standard Symbols and Blocks

In order to promote consistency, standard symbols shall be utilized. All blocks are to
be inserted into the Drawing on its appropriate Drawing layer. Where a symbol
required is not available from the blocks provided with this manual, symbols
compliant to International standards shall be used. These new blocks shall be
submitted to PMNC to update the list of standard symbols library for the programme.
All symbols shall be consistent within a Drawing or set of Drawings.
All blocks that need to be created as new blocks shall have all their elements saved on
layer 0.
All symbols used within a Drawing must be defined using a legend.
4.6 Hatching
Wherever possible, all hatching created shall be associative and placed on its own
unique layer. Exploding of hatches must be avoided.
4.7 Colours
In AutoCAD, entity colour shall be assigned By Layer. Deviation can be on
standard blocks, i.e. are Road signs blocks where specific standard colours are
assigned for each.
4.8 Layering
CAD Layering shall be in accordance with PMNC AutoCAD Layering Standards as
included in Appendix A of this document.
Additional layers may be required and the naming of such layers must be in the same
format in accordance with PMNC AutoCAD Layering Standards as shown in Section
4.8.1.
4.8.1Layer Name Layout

Where new layers are to be created the AutoCAD layer naming convention is as
follows:
1
2
3
RD_EX_CNRL
Where:
1
=
2
=
3
=
Department Designator
Status / Section Designator
Feature / Entity Designator
Department Designator (Field 1)

This code identifies the PMNC Department (i.e. B = Building Affairs, D = Drainage
Affairs and RD = Roads Affairs.)
Page 355
EPC Agreement
Status / Section Designator (Field 2)

This code identifies the main classification of the type of element within a discipline.
For example
EX_SEW describes as existing sewer.
Feature / Entity Designator (Field 3)
This code further identifies the entity description feature name. For example ABD
describes as the abandoned sewerage network.
4.8.2 List of PMNC Standard Layers

See Appendix A.
4.9 Models/Reference Files (Drefs)

i.
Where CAD data is to be shared between Drawings the use of reference files is
to be adopted.
ii.
All reference files are to be inserted in model space with the UCS set to world.
All files are to be inserted at 0,0,0.
iii.
Unused reference files shall be detached upon completion of

Drawings.
iv.
The number of reference files on a Project shall be kept to a minimum.
v.
The preferred method of attaching Drefs shall be Overlay option.
vi.
Reference files shall be inserted on unique layer that does not conflict with the
general content of the Drawing. (i.e. layer Z_DREF in AutoCAD).
vii. Reference files shall be CLIPPED within the Active Drawing sheet file to
ensure that only the design data relevant to the Drawing is displayed.
viii. Reference files issued externally or shared between departments shall indicate
revised areas with a revision cloud and triangle. A revision history shall be
maintained within the reference file. In AutoCAD, the revision history log shall
be placed in paper space, see Figure 29 below.
ix.
For Model File Naming refer to Section 3.2
4.10 Plotting
The following standard colour source files shall be used:
Table 14
Colour
Black and White
Page 356
EPC Agreement
Aarvee-SBIA--COL_A1.CTB
Aarvee-SBIA-BW_A1.CTB
This standard colour source file shall be flexible and can be adjusted to suit users
need during plotting. When Drawing files are required, CTB file used for the plotting
of the Drawing must also be submitted.
4.10.1 Date and File location update

These are field entities contained within the Drawing border and are used to print the
date and time of print, file location, file name, etc.
Figure 23
4.11 Data Submission Standards

All Drawing files must conform to the AutoCAD layering standards set forth in this
document.
4.11.1 Submission
Refer to Programme Management Information System (PMIS) and Document.
Management
Drawing.
procedures
on
submission
of
4.11.2 File Format

Digital submittals shall be in PDF format & CAD format. DWG files must be in ZIP
format when submitted in soft copy in CD. Also refer to Document Management
Procedures for submission of document.
Page 357
EPC Agreement
Appendix A AUTOCAD LAYERS DEFINITIONS
Page 358
EPC Agreement
Page 359
EPC Agreement
A.1
General Layers
CORE LAYERS NON DISCIPLINE
Layer Name
Screen
Colour
Line type
Plotted
Line
weight
Description
Z_18TEXT
red
Continuous
0.18
TEXT AT RESPECTIVE HEIGHT
Z_25TEXT
white
Continuous
0.25
Z_35TEXT
green
Continuous
0.35
Z_50TEXT
cyan
Continuous
0.50
Z_70TEXT
blue
Continuous
0.70
Z_DIMS
red
Continuous
0.18
ALL DIMENSIONS
Z_DWG_GRID
251
Continuous
0.15
DESIGN ROAD FEATURE : GRID
Z_DWG_SHT
white
Continuous
0.25
DRAWING SHEET & TITLE BLOCK
Z_NORTH
green
Continuous
0.35
NORTH POINT
Z_REV
yellow
Continuous
0.25
REVISION CLOUD SAND TRIANGLE
Z_SECMK
green
Continuous
0.35
SECTION AND DETAIL MARKS
Z_XREF
white
Continuous
0.25
EXTERNAL REFERENCE (XREF)
GIS LAYERS
Layer Name
Screen
Colour
Line type
Plotted Line Description

weight
GIS_ACQ_BDRY
20
ACAD_ISO13W10
0
0.25
LAND AQUISITION BOUNDARY
GIS_CADASTRAL
red
Continuous
0.18
CADASTRAL PLOT
Page 360
EPC Agreement
GIS LAYERS
Layer Name
Screen
Colour
Line type
Plotted Line Description

weight
GIS_CNTRS
Continuous
0.15
CONTOURS
GIS_CNTRS_TEXT
red
Continuous
0.18
CONTOURS TEXT
GIS_CSTL
90
Continuous
0.35
COASTLINE
GIS_FLOWLINE
Continuous
0.20
FLOWLINES
GIS_PPLN
252
Continuous
0.15
POLICY PLAN
GIS_RD01
121
Continuous
0.35
MAJOR ROAD
GIS_RD02
151
Continuous
0.35
MINOR ROAD
GIS_RD03
181
Continuous
0.35
STREETS
GIS_ROW_BDRY
170
PHANTOM2
0.35
PROPOSED RIGHT
BOUNDARY
GIS_ZONE
13
Continuous
0.35
ZONE
A.2
Drainage layers
A.2.1
Surface Ground Water
OF
WAY
PROPOSED SURFACE GROUND WATER (SGW)

Layer Name
Screen
Colour
Line type
Plotted
Line
weight
D_PR_SGW
80
SGW_PR
0.6
PROPOSED SURFACE GROUND WATER

LINES
D_PR_SGW_ATT
white
0.25
PROPOSED
SGW
ATTRIBUTES
Diameter, Length, Material etc.)
Continuous
Description
Page 361
(ID,
EPC Agreement
PROPOSED SURFACE GROUND WATER (SGW)

Layer Name
Screen
Colour
Line type
Plotted
Line
weight
Description
D_PR_SGW_DCH
90
Continuous
0.35
PROPOSED SGW DISCHARGE CHAMBER
D_PR_SGW_DT
yellow
Continuous
0.25
PROPOSED SGW DRAIN TRENCH
D_PR_SGW_FCH
90
Continuous
0.35
PROPOSED SGW FLUSHING CHAMBER
D_PR_SGW_FLOW
white
Continuous
0.25
ROPOSED SGW FLOW ARROW
D_PR_SGW_FMC
90
Continuous
0.35
PROPOSED SGW FLOWMETER CHAMBER
D_PR_SGW_GC
90
Continuous
0.35
PROPOSED SGW GULLY CONNECTION
D_PR_SGW_GL
90
Continuous
0.35
PROPOSED SGW GULLY
D_PR_SGW_ICH
90
Continuous
0.35
PROPOSED SGW INSPECTION CHAMBER
D_PR_SGW_ITCH
90
Continuous
0.35
PROPOSED SGW INTAKE CHAMBER
D_PR_SGW_MH
90
Continuous
0.35
PROPOSED SGW MANHOLE
D_PR_SGW_MH_ATT
white
D_PR_SGW_OFCH
90
Continuous
0.35
PROPOSED SGW OUTFALL CHAMBER
D_PR_SGW_PS
90
Continuous
0.35
PROPOSED SGW PUMP STATION
D_PR_SGW_RM
90
RM_PR
0.35
PROPOSED SGW RISING MAIN
D_PR_SGW_VALV
90
Continuous
0.35
PROPOSED SGW VALVE
D_PR_SGW_VC
90
Continuous
0.35
PROPOSED SGW VALVE CHAMBER
D_PR_SGW_WCH
90
Continuous
0.35
PROPOSED SGW WASHOUT CHAMBER
Continuous
0.25
PROPOSED SGW MANHOLE ATTRIBUTES

(ID, Depth, Cov. Lvl, Inv. Lvl, etc )
Page 362
EPC Agreement
EXISTING SURFACE GROUND WATER (SGW)

Layer Name
Screen
Colour
Line type
Plotted
Line
weight
Description
D_EX_SGW
96
SGW_EX
0.35
EXISTING
LINES
D_EX_SGW_ATT
white
Continuous
0.25
EXISTING SGW ATTRIBUTES (ID, Diameter,

Length, Material etc)
D_EX_SGW_DCH
96
Continuous
0.35
EXISTING SGW DISCHARGE CHAMBER
D_EX_SGW_DT
yellow
Continuous
0.25
EXISTING SGW DRAIN TRENCH
D_EX_SGW_FCH
96
Continuous
0.35
EXISTING SGW FLUSHING CHAMBER
D_EX_SGW_FLOW
white
Continuous
0.25
ROPOSED SGW FLOW ARROW
D_EX_SGW_FMC
96
Continuous
0.35
EXISTING SGW FLOWMETER CHAMBER
D_EX_SGW_GC
96
HIDDEN2
0.35
EXISTING SGW GULLY CONNECTION
D_EX_SGW_GL
96
Continuous
0.35
EXISTING SGW GULLY
D_EX_SGW_ICH
96
Continuous
0.35
EXISTING SGW INSPECTION CHAMBER
D_EX_SGW_ITCH
96
Continuous
0.35
EXISTING SGW INTAKE CHAMBER
D_EX_SGW_MH
96
Continuous
0.35
EXISTING SGW MANHOLE
D_EX_SGW_MH_ATT
96
Continuous
0.35
EXISTING SGW MANHOLE ATTRIBUTES

(ID, Depth, Cov. Lvl, Inv. Lvl, etc )
D_EX_SGW_OFCH
96
DASHED2
0.25
EXISTING SGW OUTFALL CHAMBER
D_EX_SGW_PS
96
Continuous
0.35
EXISTING SGW PUMP STATION
D_EX_SGW_RM
96
RM_EX
0.35
EXISTING SGW RISING MAIN
D_EX_SGW_VALV
96
Continuous
0.35
EXISTING SGW VALVE
SURFACE
GROUND
Page 363
WATER
EPC Agreement
EXISTING SURFACE GROUND WATER (SGW)

Layer Name
Screen
Colour
Line type
Plotted
Line
weight
Description
D_EX_SGW_VC
96
Continuous
0.25
EXISTING SGW VALVE CHAMBER
D_EX_SGW_WCH
96
Continuous
0.25
EXISTING SGW WASHOUT CHAMBER
A.2.2
Domestic Sewage Water

PROPOSED DOMESTIC SEWAGE LINE
Layer Name
Screen
Colour
Line type
Plotted Line
weight
Description
SEW_DE_PSWR
242
SEW_PR
0.35
DESIGN SEWER FEATURE:PROPOSED

SEWER LINES
SEW_DE_MH
242
Continuous
0.25
DESIGN SEWER FEATURE: MANHOLE
242
Continuous
0.25
DESIGN SEWER FEATURE: SEWAGE

PUMPING STATION
242
Continuous
0.25
DESIGN
SHAFT
Continuous
0.25
DESIGN SEWER FEATURE: SEWER

CONNECTION
Continuous
0.25
DESIGN SEWER FEATURE: MANHOLE

FRAME & COVER
Continuous
0.25

TREATMENT PLANT
Continuous
0.25

PUMPING MAIN
SEW_DE_SWPS
SEW_DE_VSHFT
SEW_DE_SCONN
SEW_DE_MHFC
SEW_DE_STP
SEW_DE_PM
242
242
242
242
SEWER
FEATURE:
Page 364
VENT
EPC Agreement
A.2.3
Industrial Effluent Design Layers

PROPOSED INDUSTRIAL EFFLUENT
Layer Name
Screen
Colour
Line type
Plotted
Line weight
white
Continuous
0.35
INEFF_DE_VSHFT
white
Continuous
0.25
INEFF_DE_IEPS
white
Continuous
0.25
INEFF_DE_SINLET
white
Continuous
0.25
INEFF_DE_TERTIARY
TREATMETN PLANT
white
Continuous
0.25
INEFF_DE_PINEF
A.2.4
Description
DESIGN
INDUSTRIAL
EFFLUENT
FEATURE:PROPOSED
INDUSTRIAL
EFFLUENT
DESIGN
INDUSTRIAL
EFFLUENT
FEATURE: VENT SHAFT
DESIGN
INDUSTRIAL
EFFLUENT
FEATURE:INDUSTRIAL
EFFLUENT
PUMPING STATION
DESIGN
INDUSTRIAL
EFFLUENT
FEATURE: SECTONDARY TREATMENT
PLANT INLET S
DESIGN
INDUSTRIAL
EFFLUENT
FEATURE: TERTIARY TREATMENT
PLANT
Potable Water
PROPOSED POTABLE WATER LINE
Layer Name
Screen
Colour
Line type
Plotted
weight
PW_DE_PWTM
Blue
Continuous
0.35
PW_DE_PWDIST
Blue
Continuous
0.25
PW_DE_PWPS
Blue
Continuous
PW_DE_VCH
Blue
Continuous
PW_DE_FH
Blue
Continuous
PW_DE_POTRES
Blue
Continuous
PW_DE_PWM
Blue
Continuous
PW_DE_PWFIT
Blue
Continuous
Line
Description
DESIGN POTABLE WATER FEATURE:
POTABLE
WATER
TRANSMISSION
MAIN
POTABLE WATER DISTRIBUTION
0.25

POTABLE WATER PUMPING STATION
0.25

VALVE CHAMBER
0.25

FIRE HYDRANT
0.25

POTABLE WATER RESERVOIR
0.25

POTABLE WATER METER
0.25

POTABLE WATER FITTINGS
Page 365
EPC Agreement
A.2.5
Recycled Water
PROPOSED RECYCLED WATER
Layer Name
Screen
Colour
Line type
Plotted
Line
weight
Description
RW_DE_RWPM
Green
Continuous
0.35
DESIGN
RECYCLED
WATER
FEATURE: RECYCLED WATER PUMPING
MAIN
RW_DE_RWDIST
Green
Continuous
0.025
DESIGN
RECYCLED
FEATURE:
RECYCLED
DISTRIBUTION
RW_DE_RWPS
Green
Continuous
RW_DE_RWRES
Green
Continuous
RW_DE_RWVCH
Green
Continuous
RW_DE_RWFIT
Green
Continuous
A.3
WATER
WATER
0.025
DESIGN
RECYCLED
WATER
FEATURE: RECYCLED WATER PUMPING
STATION
0.025
DESIGN
FEATURE:
RESERVOIR
0.025
DESIGN
FEATURE:
CHAMBER
0.025
DESIGN
RECYCLED
WATER
FEATURE: RECYCLED WATER FITTINGS
RECYCLED
RECYCLED
WATER
WATER
RECYCLED
WATER
RECYCLED WATER VALVE
ROAD LAYERS
A.3.1 Road Design Layers

PROPOSED ROAD
Layer Name
Screen
Colour
Line type
Plotted
Line
weight
Description
RD_DE_AFNCE
22
FENCELINE1
0.35
DESIGN ROAD FEATURE: ANIMAL FENCE
RD_DE_BICYL
green
Continuous
0.35
BICYCLE LANE
Page 366
EPC Agreement
PROPOSED ROAD
Layer Name
Screen
Colour
Line type
Plotted
Line
weight
Description
RD_DE_BRDG
yellow
Continuous
0.25
DESIGN ROAD
FLYOVER
RD_DE_CHNL
red
HIDDEN2
0.18
DESIGN ROAD FEATURE: CHANNEL
RD_DE_CILND
green
Continuous
0.35
DESIGN
ROAD
FEATURE:
ENTRAL/ROUNDABOUT ISLAND
RD_DE_CLMN
red
Continuous
0.18
DESIGN ROAD FEATURE: COLUMN
RD_DE_CLVT
white
Continuous
0.25
DESIGN ROAD FEATURE : CULVERT
RD_DE_CNRL
red
CENTER2
0.18
DESIGN ROAD FEATURE: CENTERLINE
RD_DE_CSLPE
magenta
Continuous
0.35
DESIGN ROAD FEATURE:

SLOPE PROTECTION
CONCRETE
RD_DE_ECWAY
cyan
Continuous
0.5

CARRIAGEWAY
EDGE OF
RD_DE_FNCE
green
FENCELINE2
0.35
DESIGN ROAD FEATURE: FENCE
RD_DE_FTPH
11
Continuous
0.35
DESIGN ROAD FEATURE: FOOTPATH
RD_DE_GRAIL
white
Continuous
0.25
DESIGN ROAD FEATURE: GUARD RAIL
RD_DE_ILND
green
HIDDEN2
0.35
DESIGN ROAD FEATURE: ISLAND
RD_DE_JILND
green
Continuous
0.35

ISLAND
RD_DE_KBDD
green
HIDDEN2
0.35
DESIGN ROAD FEATURE : DROPPED KERB
RD_DE_KBED
white
Continuous
0.25
DESIGN ROAD FEATURE: EDGE KERB
RD_DE_KBFL
yellow
DASHED2
0.25
DESIGN ROAD FEATURE: FLUSH KERB
RD_DE_KBRD
cyan
Continuous
0.5
DESIGN ROAD FEATURE: RAISED KERB
FEATURE:
BRIDGE
JUNCTION
Page 367
EPC Agreement
PROPOSED ROAD
Layer Name
Screen
Colour
Line type
Plotted
Line
weight
RD_DE_LOW
blue
DASHDOT2
0.7
LIMIT OF WORKS
RD_DE_EMBK
yellow
Continuous
0.25
DESIGN ROAD FEATURE: EMBANKMENT
green
Continuous
0.35
DESIGN ROAD FEATURE: MEDIAN
RD_DE_MEDIAN
Description
RD_DE_OTHR
red
Continuous
0.18
DESIGN
ROAD
INFORMATION
RD_DE_PBAY
green
Continuous
0.35
DESIGN ROAD FEATURE: PARKING BAY
RD_DE_PDCR
Continuous
0.2
DESIGN ROAD FEATURE: PEDESTRIAN

CROSSING
Continuous
0.35
DESIGN ROAD FEATURE: PEDESTRIAN

RAMP
RD_DE_PRAMP
green
DATA
OTHER
RD_DE_PRKG
white
Continuous
0.25
DESIGN ROAD FEATURE: PARKING
RD_DE_PTS
yellow
Continuous
0.25
DESIGN ROAD DATA : IPS, CURVE POINTS

ETC
RD_DE_PVMT
Continuous
0.2
DESIGN ROAD FEATURE: PAVEMENT

(BITUMINOUS, CONCRETE ETC.)
RD_DE_RAILWAY
white
TRACKS
0.25
DESIGN ROAD FEATURE: RAILWAY
RD_DE_RAMP
yellow
Continuous
0.25
DESIGN ROAD FEATURE: RAMP
RD_DE_RLVL
white
Continuous
0.25
DESIGN ROAD FEATURE: ROAD LEVEL
RD_DE_RNDA
white
Continuous
0.25
DESIGN ROAD FEATURE: ROUND ABOUT
RD_DE_RSTL
white
Continuous
0.25
DESIGN ROAD FEATURE: ROAD SPEED

TABLE
RD_DE_SHLDR
green
Continuous
0.35
DESIGN ROAD FEATURE: SHOULDER
RD_DE_SPTR
20
Continuous
0.35
DESIGN ROAD FEATURE: ROAD

SEPARATOR
Page 368
EPC Agreement
PROPOSED ROAD
Layer Name
Screen
Colour
Line type
Plotted
Line
weight
Description
RD_DE_UPSS
yellow
Continuous
0.25
DESIGN ROAD FEATURE: UNDERPASS

TUNNEL
RD_DE_URAREA
40
DASHED2
0.35
DESIGN
ROAD
RESERVE AREA
FEATURE:
UTILITY
RD_DE_VBAR
magenta
Continuous
0.35
DESIGN ROAD
BARRIER
FEATURE:
VEHICLE
RD_DE_VERGE
yellow
Continuous
0.25
DESIGN ROAD FEATURE: VERGE
EXISTING ROAD
Layer Name
Screen
Colour
Line type
Plotted
Line
weight
Description
FENCELINE1
0.35
EXISTING ROAD FEATURE:

FENCE
Continuous
0.35
BICYCLE LANE
Continuous
0.25
EXISTING
FLYOVER
red
HIDDEN2
0.18
EXISTING ROAD FEATURE: CHANNEL
RD_EX_CILND
green
Continuous
0.35
EXISTING
ROAD
FEATURE:
ENTRAL/ROUNDABOUT ISLAND
RD_EX_CLMN
red
0.18
EXISTING
COLUMN
RD_EX_CLVT
white
Continuous
0.25
EXISTING ROAD FEATURE : CULVERT
RD_EX_CNRL
red
CENTER2
0.18
EXISTING ROAD FEATURE: CENTERLINE
RD_EX_AFNCE
22
RD_EX_BICYL
green
RD_EX_BRDG
yellow
RD_EX_CHNL
Continuous
ROAD
ANIMAL
FEATURE:
ROAD
BRIDGE
FEATURE:
Page 369
EPC Agreement
EXISTING ROAD
Layer Name
Screen
Colour
Line type
Plotted
Line
weight
RD_EX_CSLPE
magenta
Continuous
0.35

SLOPE PROTECTION
CONCRETE
RD_EX_ECWAY
cyan
Continuous
0.5

CARRIAGEWAY
EDGE OF
RD_EX_FNCE
green
FENCELINE2
0.35
EXISTING ROAD FEATURE: FENCE
RD_EX_FTPH
11
Continuous
0.35
EXISTING ROAD FEATURE: FOOTPATH
RD_EX_GRAIL
white
Continuous
0.25
EXISTING ROAD FEATURE: GUARD RAIL
RD_EX_ILND
green
HIDDEN2
0.35
EXISTING ROAD FEATURE: ISLAND
RD_EX_JILND
green
Continuous
0.35

ISLAND
RD_EX_KBDD
green
HIDDEN2
0.35
EXISTING ROAD FEATURE : DROPPED

KERB
RD_EX_KBED
white
Continuous
0.25
EXISTING ROAD FEATURE: EDGE KERB
RD_EX_KBFL
yellow
DASHED2
0.25
EXISTING ROAD FEATURE: FLUSH KERB
RD_EX_KBRD
cyan
Continuous
0.5
EXISTING ROAD FEATURE: RAISED KERB
RD_EX_LOW
blue
DASHDOT2
0.7
LIMIT OF WORKS
RD_EX_EMBK
yellow
Continuous
0.25
EXISTING
EMBANKMENT
green
Continuous
0.35
EXISTING ROAD FEATURE: MEDIAN
RD_EX_MEDIAN
Description
JUNCTION
ROAD
FEATURE:
RD_EX_OTHR
red
Continuous
0.18
EXISTING
ROAD
INFORMATION
RD_EX_PBAY
green
Continuous
0.35
EXISTING ROAD FEATURE: PARKING BAY
RD_EX_PDCR
Continuous
0.2
EXISTING ROAD FEATURE: PEDESTRIAN

CROSSING
DATA
Page 370
OTHER
EPC Agreement
EXISTING ROAD
Layer Name
Screen
Colour
Line type
Plotted
Line
weight
green
Continuous
0.35
EXISTING ROAD FEATURE: PEDESTRIAN

RAMP
RD_EX_PRAMP
Description
RD_EX_PRKG
white
Continuous
0.25
EXISTING ROAD FEATURE: PARKING
RD_EX_PTS
yellow
Continuous
0.25
EXISTING ROAD DATA : IPS, CURVE

POINTS ETC
RD_EX_PVMT
Continuous
0.2
EXISTING ROAD FEATURE: PAVEMENT

(BITUMINOUS, CONCRETE ETC.)
RD_EX_RAILWAY
white
TRACKS
0.25
EXISTING ROAD FEATURE: RAILWAY
RD_EX_RAMP
yellow
Continuous
0.25
EXISTING ROAD FEATURE: RAMP
RD_EX_RLVL
white
Continuous
0.25
EXISTING ROAD FEATURE: ROAD LEVEL
RD_EX_RNDA
white
Continuous
0.25
EXISTING
ABOUT
RD_EX_RSTL
white
Continuous
0.25
EXISTING ROAD FEATURE: ROAD SPEED

TABLE
RD_EX_SHLDR
green
Continuous
0.35
EXISTING ROAD FEATURE: SHOULDER
RD_EX_SPTR
20
Continuous
0.35
EXISTING
ROAD
SEPARATOR
RD_EX_UPSS
yellow
Continuous
0.25
EXISTING ROAD FEATURE: UNDERPASS

TUNNEL
RD_EX_URAREA
40
DASHED2
0.35
EXISTING ROAD
RESERVE AREA
FEATURE:
UTILITY
RD_EX_VBAR
magenta
Continuous
0.35
EXISTING
BARRIER
FEATURE:
VEHICLE
RD_EX_VERGE
yellow
Continuous
0.25
EXISTING ROAD FEATURE: VERGE
ROAD
ROAD
FEATURE:
ROUND
FEATURE:
Page 371
ROAD
EPC Agreement
A.3.2 Traffic and Safety

TRAFFIC & SAFETY - DESIGN
Layer Name
Screen
Colour
Line type
Plotted
Line
weight
RD_DE_TS_BARL
green
Continuous
0.35
RD_DE_TS_CTRL-BOX
red
Continuous 0.18
TRAFFIC: CONTROL BOX OR SERVICE

BOX
RD_DE_TS_DET-LOOP
Continuous 0.2
TRAFFIC : DETECTOR LOOP
RD_DE_TS_DUCT
30
Continuous 0.35
TRAFFIC : DUCT
RD_DE_TS_HMPL
Continuous
TRAFFIC : SPEED HUMP
RD_DE_TS_INCH
12
Continuous 0.35
TRAFFIC : INSPECTION CHAMBER
RD_DE_TS_MNHL
yellow
Continuous
0.25
TRAFFIC : MANHOLE
RD_DE_TS_OHLL
white
Continuous
0.25
TRAFFIC : OVERHEAD CABLE/LINE
RD_DE_TS_OTHR
yellow
Continuous
0.25
TRAFFIC : OTHER
RD_DE_TS_PBDG
31
Continuous
0.35
TRAFFIC : PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE
RD_DE_TS_PGR
40
Continuous
0.35
TRAFFIC : PEDESTRIAN GUARDRAIL
RD_DE_TS_PUP
13
Continuous
0.35
TRAFFIC : PEDESTRIAN UNDERPASS
RD_DE_TS_RDSN
yellow
Continuous
0.25
TRAFFIC: ROAD DIRECTIONAL SIGNS

(EX: DIRECTIONS, LIMITS ETC.)
RD_DE_TS_SIGN
white
Continuous
0.25
TRAFFIC: SIGNS (EX: WARNINGS, SPEED

LIMITS ETC.)
RD_DE_TS_SIGN-POST
white
Continuous
0.25
TRAFFIC : SIGN POST
RD_DE_TS_SIGNAL
white
Continuous
0.25
TRAFFIC SIGNAL
0.2
Description
TRAFFIC:
BOLLARDS
BARRIERS,
RAILS
Page 372
&
EPC Agreement
RD_DE_TS_SIGNALPOST
white
Continuous
0.25
TRAFFIC SIGNAL POST/POLE
RD_DE_TS_STNM
green
Continuous
0.35
TRAFFIC : STREET NAME POST/SIGN
RD_DE_TS_STUDS
Continuous
0.2
TRAFFIC : STUDS
RD_DE_TS_TEXT
white
Continuous
0.25
TRAFFIC
:
/DESCRIPTIVE TEXT
RD_DE_TS_TPP
Continuous
0.2
TRAFFIC : POLICE PLATFORM
RD_DE_TS_UGLL
yellow
Continuous
0.25
TRAFFIC : UNDERGROUND CABLE/LINE
ANNOTATIONS
TRAFFIC & SAFETY - EXISTING

Layer Name
Screen
Colour
Line type
Plotted
Line
weight
Description
RD_DE_TS_BARL
green
Continuous
0.35
TRAFFIC:
BOLLARDS
RD_EX_TS_CTRL-BOX
red
Continuous
0.18
TRAFFIC: CONTROL BOX OR SERVICE

BOX
RD_EX_TS_DET-LOOP
Continuous
0.2
TRAFFIC : DETECTOR LOOP
RD_EX_TS_DUCT
30
Continuous
0.35
TRAFFIC : DUCT
RD_EX_TS_HMPL
Continuous
0.2
TRAFFIC : SPEED HUMP
RD_EX_TS_INCH
12
Continuous
0.35
TRAFFIC : INSPECTION CHAMBER
RD_EX_TS_MNHL
yellow
Continuous
0.25
TRAFFIC : MANHOLE
RD_EX_TS_OHLL
white
Continuous
0.25
TRAFFIC : OVERHEAD CABLE/LINE
RD_EX_TS_OTHR
yellow
Continuous
0.25
TRAFFIC : OTHER
RD_EX_TS_PBDG
31
Continuous
0.35
TRAFFIC : PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE
RD_EX_TS_PGR
40
Continuous
0.35
TRAFFIC : PEDESTRIAN GUARDRAIL
BARRIERS,
RAILS
Page 373
&
EPC Agreement
TRAFFIC & SAFETY - EXISTING

Layer Name
Screen
Colour
Line type
Plotted
Line
weight
Description
RD_EX_TS_PUP
13
Continuous
0.35
TRAFFIC : PEDESTRIAN UNDERPASS
RD_EX_TS_RDSN
yellow
Continuous
0.25
TRAFFIC : ROAD DIRECTIONAL SIGNS

(EX: DIRECTIONS, LIMITS ETC.)
RD_EX_TS_SIGN
white
Continuous
0.25
RAFFIC : SIGNS (EX: WARNINGS, SPEED

LIMITS ETC.)
RD_EX_TS_SIGN-POST
white
Continuous
0.25
TRAFFIC : SIGN POST
RD_EX_TS_SIGNAL
white
Continuous
0.25
TRAFFIC SIGNAL
RD_EX_TS_SIGNALPOST
white
Continuous
0.25
TRAFFIC SIGNAL POST/POLE
RD_EX_TS_STNM
green
Continuous
0.35
TRAFFIC : STREET NAME POST/SIGN
RD_EX_TS_STUDS
Continuous
0.2
TRAFFIC : STUDS
RD_EX_TS_TEXT
white
Continuous
0.25
TRAFFIC : ANNOTATIONS /DESCRIPTIVE

TEXT
RD_EX_TS_TPP
Continuous
0.2
TRAFFIC : POLICE PLATFORM
RD_EX_TS_UGLL
yellow
Continuous
0.25
TRAFFIC : UNDERGROUND CABLE/LINE
A.3.3 Street Lighting Layers

STREET LIGHTING - PROPOSED
Layer Name
Screen
Colour
Line type
Plotted
Line
weight
RD_DE_ST_CBLE
cyan
Continuous
0.5
Description
STREET LIGHTING CABLE
Page 374
EPC Agreement
STREET LIGHTING - PROPOSED

Layer Name
Screen
Colour
Line type
Plotted
Line
weight
Description
RD_DE_ST_DUCT
20
Continuous
0.35
STREET LIGHTING DUCT
RD_DE_ST_FDPL
magenta
Continuous
0.35
STREET LIGHTING FEEDER PILLAR
RD_DE_ST_POLE
yellow
Continuous
0.25
STREET LIGHTING POLE
RD_DE_ST_SUBSTN
cyan
Continuous
0.5
STREET LIGHTING SUBSTATION
RD_DE_ST_TEXT
white
Continuous
0.25
STREET LIGHTING ANNOTATION/TEXT
STREET LIGHTING - EXISTING

Layer Name
Screen
Colour
Line type
Plotted
Line
weight
Description
RD_EX_ST_CBLE
cyan
DASHED2
0.5
STREET LIGHTING CABLE
RD_EX_ST_DUCT
20
HIDDEN2
0.35
STREET LIGHTING DUCT
RD_EX_ST_FDPL
magenta
Continuous
0.35
STREET LIGHTING FEEDER PILLAR
RD_EX_ST_POLE
Continuous
0.25
STREET LIGHTING POLE
RD_EX_ST_SUBSTN
cyan
Continuous
0.5
STREET LIGHTING SUBSTATION
RD_EX_ST_TEXT
white
Continuous
0.25
STREET LIGHTING ANNOTATION/TEXT
Page 375
EPC Agreement
A.3.4 Road Furniture Layers

ROAD FURNITURE LAYERS
Layer Name
Screen
Colour
RD_F_BNCH
yellow
RD_F_LGHT
white
RD_F_OTHR
Line type
Continuous
Plotted
Line
weight
Description
0.25
ROAD/STREET FURNITURE:
BENCH/SEAT
Continuous
0.25
ROAD/STREET FURNITURE: LIGHTING
white
Continuous
0.25
ROAD/STREET FURNITURE: OTHERS
RD_F_POLE
yellow
Continuous
0.25
ROAD/STREET FURNITURE: POLE
RD_F_TEXT
white
0.25
ROAD/STREET FURNITURE:
ANNOTATION/TEXT
Continuous
A.3.5 Roads Common Layers

(ROADS) - COMMON LAYERS
Layer Name
Screen
Colour
Line type
Plotted
Line
weight
Description
RD_C_25DASH
white
DASHED2
0.25
HIDDEN DETAILS
RD_C_25HID
white
HIDDEN2
0.25
HIDDEN DETAILS
RD_C_50OUT
cyan
Continuous
0.5
ALL CONCRETE OUTLINES IN SECTION
RD_C_50REBARS
cyan
Continuous
0.5
REINFORCEMENTDETAILS
RD_C_CHAIN_TEXT
white
Continuous
0.25
CHAINAGE TEXT
RD_C_CHAIN_TICK
yellow
Continuous
0.25
CHAINAGE TICK MARK
RD_C_CONT_MAJR
Continuous
0.2
MAJOR CONTOUR
Page 376
EPC Agreement
(ROADS) - COMMON LAYERS

Layer Name
Screen
Colour
Line type
Plotted
Line
weight
RD_C_CONT_MINR
Continuous
0.15
MINOR CONTOUR
RD_C_COORD_GRID
252
Continuous
0.15
COORDINATE GRID
RD_C_CTRLINE
red
CENTER2
0.18
CENTRE LINE
RD_C_HATCH
red
Continuous
0.18
HATCH
RD_C_MATCH_LINE
blue
PHANTOM
0.7
SHEET CONTINUATION MATCH LINE
RD_C_PROF
cyan
DASHED2
0.5
PROFILES
RD_C_PROF-LINE
green
Continuous
0.35
PROFILE LINES
RD_C_PROF_GRID_MAJ
R
0.2
PROFILE GRIDLINE @ MAJOR STATIONS
RD_C_PROF_GRID_MIN
OR
0.15
PROFILE GRIDLINE @ MINOR STATIONS
RD_C_SPT_HGT
yellow
Continuous
0.25
SURVEY ROAD FEATURE : SPOT HEIGHT

MARKER && TEXT
RD_C_SPT_NUM
yellow
Continuous
0.25
SURVEY ROAD FEATURE : SURVEY

POINT NUMBER
RD_C_TABLE
white
Continuous
0.25
TABLES
RD_C_TEXT
white
Continuous
0.25
COMMON TEXT
Continuous
Continuous
Description
Page 377
EPC Agreement
A.3.6 Structures Common Layers

STRUCTURES
Layer Name
Screen
Colour
Line type
Plotted
Line
weight
Description
BR_ABT
RED
Continuous
0.3
ABUTMENT
BR_BEARING
GREEN
Continuous
0.25
BEARING
BR_BH
11
Continuous
0.10
HATCH
BR_BR
160
Continuous
0.6
BOUNDARY
BR_CB
Continuous
0.25
CRASH BARRIER
BR_CEN
WHITE
Center
0.18
CENTER LINE
BR_DIM
MAGENTA
Continuous
0.18
DIMENSION
BR_DS
200
Continuous
0.18
DRAINAGE SPOUT
BR_GEN
YELLOW
Continuous
0.30
STRUCTURE
BR_HIDDEN
HIDDEN
0.15
DOTTED / HIDDEN LINES
BR_MAIN
RED
Continuous
0.35
HEADING TEXT
BR_MARK
CYAN
Continuous
0.15
HAUNCH LINES
BR_PIER
RED
Continuous
0.25
PIER
BR_REINF
BLUE
Continuous
0.35
REINFORCEMENT
BR_TEXT
GREEN
Continuous
0.3
TEXT IN NOTES & DIMENSIONS
BR_TITLE
WHITE
Continuous
0.35
TITLE BLOCK
Page 378
EPC Agreement
A.4
UTILITIES LAYERS
A.4.1 Electricity
(ELECTRICITY)
Layer Name
Screen
Colour
Line type
Plotted
Line
weight
Description
SVE_11KV
240
ACAD_ISO04W
100
0.35
SERVICES FIXTURES (ELECTRICITY) :

11KV
SVE_132K
240
ACAD_ISO04W
100
0.35

132KV
SVE_66KV
240
ACAD_ISO04W
100
0.35

66KV
SVE_ABDL
13
Continuous
0.35

ABANDONED LINE
SVE_DUCT
10
Continuous
0.35

ELECTRICITY DUCT
SVE_ERTH_PIT
Continuous
0.2

EARTH PIT
SVE_FT_TEE
30
Continuous
0.35

ELECTRICAL FITTING TEE
SVE_LOWV
220
Continuous
0.35

LOW VOLTAGE
SVE_MEDV
150
Continuous
0.35

MEDIUM VOLTAGE
SVE_MHLL
white
Continuous
0.25

UTILITY/MANHOLE
SVE_MNHL
white
Continuous
0.25

MANHOLE
SVE_MRKR
white
Continuous
0.25

MARKER
Page 379
EPC Agreement
Screen
Colour
ELECTRICITY
Line type
Plotted
Line
weight
SVE_OHLL
white
Continuous
0.25

OVERHEAD LINE
SVE_OTHR
white
Continuous
0.25

OTHER
SVE_POLE
white
Continuous
0.25

POST/POLE
SVE_PYLN
white
Continuous
0.25

PYLON
SVE_SBOX
white
Continuous
0.25

SERVICE BOX
SVE_SJNT
green
Continuous
0.35

ELECTRICAL STRAIGHT JOINT
SVE_SSTL
yellow
Continuous
0.25

SUBSTATION
SVE_TEXT
white
Continuous
0.25
SERVICES FIXTURES
ANNOTATION / TEXT
SVE_TRANSF
cyan
Continuous
0.5

TRANSFORMER
SVE_UGLL
white
Continuous
0.25

UNDERGROUND LINE
Layer Name
Description
(ELECTRICITY):
Page 380
EPC Agreement
A.4.2 Water
WATER
Layer Name
Screen
Colour
Line type
Plotted
Line
weight
Continuous
0.35
SERVICES FIXTURES (WATER) : ABANDONED

WATER LINE
Description
SVW_ABDL
13
SVW_BNDL
130
Continuous
0.35
SERVICES FIXTURES (WATER) : BUND
200
Continuous
0.35
SERVICES FIXTURES (WATER) : CHLORINATION

POINT
200
Continuous
0.35
SERVICES FIXTURES
PROTECTION
130
Continuous
0.35
SERVICES FIXTURES (WATER) : DRINKING
SVW_CLR_PT
SVW_CPRT
SVW_DRKL
(WATER)
CASING
WATER
Layer Name
Screen
Colour
Line type
Plotted
Line
weight
Description
AREA
SVW_DUCT
30
Continuous
0.35
SERVICES FIXTURES (WATER) : DUCT
150
Continuous
0.35
SERVICES
ADAPTER
SVW_FT_BEND
150
Continuous
0.35
SERVICES FIXTURES (WATER) : FITTING BEND
SVW_FT_ENDCA
P
150
Continuous
0.35
SERVICES
ENDCAP
FIXTURES
(WATER)
FITTING
150
Continuous
0.35
SERVICES
REDUCER
FIXTURES
(WATER)
FITTING
150
Continuous
0.35
SERVICES FIXTURES (WATER) : FITTING TEE
SVW_FT_ADPTR
SVW_FT_RDCR
SVW_FT_TEE
FIXTURES
(WATER)
Page 381
FITTING
EPC Agreement
200
Continuous
0.35
SERVICES
CHANNEL
SVW_GPIPE
200
Continuous
0.35
SERVICES FIXTURES (WATER) : GRAVITY PIPE
SVW_HYDR
200
Continuous
0.35
SERVICES FIXTURES (WATER) : HYDRANT
SVW_METER
200
Continuous
0.35
SERVICES FIXTURES (WATER) : METER
SVW_MNHL
170
Continuous
0.35
SERVICES FIXTURES (WATER) : MANHOLE
SVW_MRKR
130
Continuous
0.35
SERVICES FIXTURES (WATER) : MARKER
170
Continuous
0.35
SERVICES FIXTURES (WATER) : WATER PIPE

LINE
SVW_PUMP
200
Continuous
0.35
SERVICES FIXTURES (WATER) : PUMP
SVW_SCSR
200
Continuous
0.35
SERVICES FIXTURES (WATER) : SCADA SENSOR
SVW_SPIPE
200
Continuous
0.35
SERVICES FIXTURES (WATER) : SERVICE PIPE
SVW_GCHNL
SVW_PIPE
FIXTURES
(WATER)
GRAVITY
WATER
Screen
Colour
Line type
Plotted
Line
weight
SVW_STRG_PT
200
Continuous
0.35
SERVICES FIXTURES (WATER) : STORAGE POINT
SVW_TANK
230
Continuous
0.35
SERVICES FIXTURES (WATER) : TANK
SVW_TANK_FIL
_PT
200
Continuous
0.35
SERVICES FIXTURES
FILLING POINT
white
Continuous
0.25
SERVICES FIXTURES (WATER) : ANNOTATION /

TEXT
Layer Name
SVW_TEXT
160
SVW_VALV
SVW_WELL
SVW_WFAC
Continuous
0.35
Description
(WATER)
TANKER
SERVICES FIXTURES (WATER) : WATER SLUICE

VALVE, AIR VALVE, FLOW CONTROL VALVE,
SERVICE VALVE, SYSTEM VALVEVALVE
200
Continuous
0.35
SERVICES FIXTURES (WATER) : WELL
200
Continuous
0.35
SERVICES
FACILITY
FIXTURES
(WATER)
Page 382
WATER
EPC Agreement
SVW_WMAIN
SVW_WSCON
170
DASHDOT2
0.35
SERVICES FIXTURES (WATER) : WATER MAIN
200
Continuous
0.35
SERVICES FIXTURES
SERVICE CONENCTION
(WATER)
WATER
A.4.3 Commercial
COMMERCIAL
Layer
Name
Screen
Colour
Line type
Plotted
Line
weight
Description
SVC_TEXT
white
Continuous
0.25
SERVICE FIXTURES (COMMERCIAL) : ANNOTATION

/ TEXT
SVC_SBDL
white
Continuous
0.25
SERVICE FIXTURES (COMMERCIAL) : SIGNBOARD
COMMERCIAL
Layer
Name
Screen
Colour
Line type
SVC_POLE
white
Continuous
SVC_OTHR
white
Continuous
SVC_BBDL
30
Continuous
SVC_BANK
white
Continuous
Plotted
Line
weight
Description
0.25
SERVICE FIXTURES (COMMERCIAL) : POST / POLE
0.25
SERVICE FIXTURES (COMMERCIAL) :

FEATURES
0.25
SERVICE FIXTURES (COMMERCIAL) : BILLBOARD
0.25
SERVICE FIXTURES (COMMERCIAL) : ATM AND

SIMILAR FEATURES
Page 383
OTHER
EPC Agreement
Appendix B USEFUL TABLES FOR AUTOCAD
Page 384
EPC Agreement
Appendix B - Useful Tables for AutoCAD

Table 1 - Model Space Zoom XP Factors (Meters)
Scale of Drawing
1 : 1000
1 : 1250
1 : 2500
1 : 5000
1 : 10000
1 : 25000
1 : 50000
1 : 500
Zoom XP Scale
1
1 : 200
1 : 100
1 : 50
1 : 20
1 : 10
1:5
1:2
1:1
5
10
20
50
100
200
500
1000
0.8
0.4
0.2
0.1
0.04
0.02
2
Table 2 Model Space Zoom XP Factors (Millimeters)

Scale of Drawing
1 : 500
Zoom XP Scale
0.002
1 : 200
1 : 100
1 : 50
1 : 20
1 : 10
1:5
1:2
1:1
0.005
0.01
0.02
0.05
0.1
0.2
0.5
1
Table 3 - Text Heights for use in Model Space (Meters)

Scale of
Drawing
Factor
(Multiply)
1 : 1000
1 : 1250
1 : 2500
1 : 5000
1 : 10000
1 : 25000
1.00
1.25
2.50
5
10
25
Text Height
0.25 Pen
2.5
3.125
6.25
12.5
25
62.5
0.35 Pen
3.5
4.375
8.75
17.5
35
87.5
0.5 Pen
5
6.25
12.5
25
50
125
Page 385
EPC Agreement
Scale of
Drawing
Factor
(Multiply)
1 : 50000
1 : 500
1 : 200
1 : 100
1 : 50
1 : 20
1 : 10
1:5
1:2
1:1
50
0.5
0.2
0.1
0.05
0.02
0.01
0.005
0.002
0.001
Text Height
0.25 Pen
125
1.25
0.5
0.25
0.125
0.05
0.025
0.0125
0.005
0.0025
0.35 Pen
175
1.75
0.7
0.35
0.175
0.07
0.035
0.0175
0.007
0.0035
0.5 Pen
250
2.5
1
0.5
0.25
0.1
0.05
0.025
0.01
0.005
Table 4 - Text Heights for use in Model Space (Millimeters)
Scale of
Drawing
Factor
(Multiply)
1 : 500
1 : 200
1 : 100
1 : 50
1 : 20
1 : 10
1:5
1:2
1:1
500
200
100
50
20
10
5
2
1
Text Height
0.25 Pen
500
200
100
50
20
10
5
2
1
0.35 Pen
1250
500
250
125
50
25
12.5
5
2.5
0.5 Pen
1750
700
350
175
70
35
17.5
7
3.5
Page 386
EPC Agreement
Appendix C DRAWING TYPE AND DRAWING

NUMBER SERIES
Page 387
EPC Agreement
Appendix C - Project Number

PHASE 1
Project Codes
Shendra-Bidkin Industrial Area
SBIA
Appendix C Originator Code

Originator Code
CH2MHILL
DMICDC
AITL
MIDC
AARVEE
Design Consultant Name

CH2MHill
Delhi Mumbai Industrial Corridor Development Corporation

Limited
Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation
Aarvee Associates
Appendix C Drawing Type Code

Document Code
DWG
DL
Description
DRAWING
DRAWING LIST
Appendix C Drawing Type and Drawing Number Series

Discipline/ Drawing
Type
SK Sketch Drawings
Title Series
Drawing No.
General Layouts and miscellaneous Drawings

Geotechnical
Highways
Site Clearance
Traffic
Street Lighting
Fencing
Grading
Structures
Utility Services Corridors
Surface Water
0000 - 0249
0250 - 0499
0500 - 0999
1000 -1499
1500 - 1999
2000 - 2499
2500 - 2999
3000 - 3999
4000 - 4999
5000 - 5499
5500 - 5999
Page 388
Discipline/ Drawing
Type
GE - General
Title Series
Drawing No.
Foul Sewer
Treated Sewerage Effluent
Potable Water
Fire Water
Electricity
6000 - 6499
6500 - 6999
7000 - 7499
7500 - 7999
8000 - 8499
Drawing Lists
0001 - 0999
--0001 - 0999
General Notes, Abbreviations & Legends, Location

Plan, General Key Plan, etc.
GT - Geotechnical
Standard & Miscellaneous Details
HW - Highways
SC Site Clearance
0001 - 0999

Site Clearance Layout & Key plan
0001 - 0999

Traffic Flow
Bus Route
Traffic Signal
Traffic Management Plan
Traffic Diversion Plan
SL - Street Lighting
---7000 - 7999

Plan, General Key Plan, District, Zone & Municipality
Boundaries, Road Corridor etc..
Cross Sections (Detailed and Typical), Pavement Types
Proposed Road Layout & Key Plan
Setting Out Plan (Horizontal Alignment Plan)
Road Profiles
Junction Layout Plan and Levels
Swept Path Analysis For Junctions
Detail Road Signs & Markings
TR - Traffic/ Transport
EPC Agreement

Street Lighting Typical Cross Sections
1000 - 1999
2000 - 2999
3000 - 3999
4000 - 4999
5000 - 5999
6000 - 6999
7000 - 7999
8000 - 8999
2000 - 2999
--7000 - 7999
--0001 - 0999
1000 - 1999
2000 - 2999
3000 - 3999
4000 - 4999
5000 - 5999
--7000 - 7999
--0001 - 0999
Page 389
Discipline/ Drawing
Type
FE - Fencing
GR - Grading
Title Series
2000 - 2999
3000 - 3999
7000 - 7999

plan, General Key Plan, etc.
Fencing Layout & Keyplan
0001 - 0999
7000 - 7999
--0001 - 0999

Existing Grading and Topographic Survey Layout Plan
& Keyplan
Proposed Grading Layout & Keyplan

GAD of Structures
UC - Utility Services
Corridor

Utility Cross Sections
Combined Utilities Plan Layout
Potable Water Network Plan
Proposed Potable Water Layout & Keplan
Longitudinal Sections (Profiles)
PW - Potable Water
GAD of MBR and Pump Houses, SLD for the

pumping arrangement from MBR, GAD of ESRs
SCADA system for Potable water distribution

network
RW - Recycle Water
Drawing No.
Street Lighting Layout & Keyplan

Electrical Work For Road Lighting and Traffic Signs
ST - Structures
EPC Agreement

Recycle Water Network Plan
Proposed TSE Layout & Keyplan
2000 - 2999
1000 - 1999
2000 - 2999
--7000 - 7999
--0001 - 0999
1000 - 1999
--7000 - 7999
--0001 - 0999
1000 - 1999
2000 - 2999
--7000 - 7999
--0001 - 0999
2000 - 2999
3000 - 3999
4000 - 4999
--7000 - 7999
8000 - 8999
0001 - 0999
1000 - 1999
2000 - 2999
Page 390
Discipline/ Drawing
Type
Title Series
FS - Foul Sewer/
Sewerage

Sewer Collection Network
Sewer Layout & Keyplan
Standard & Miscellaneous Detail
IE- Industrial Effluent

Industrial Effluent Network Plan
Proposed Industrial Effluent Layout & Keplan
SW - Surface Water

Surface Water Network Plan
Proposed Surface Water Layout & Keyplan
EPC Agreement
Drawing No.
3000 - 3999
--7000 - 7999
---0001 - 0999
1000 - 1999
2000 - 2999
3000 - 3999
--7000 - 7999
0001 - 0999
1000 - 1999
2000 - 2999
3000 - 3999
--7000 - 7999
---0001 - 0999
1000 - 1999
2000 - 2999
3000 - 3999
--7000 - 7999
---
Page 391
Discipline/ Drawing
Type
EL - Electricity
Title Series
Plan, General Key Plan, Cluster layout, zoning etc.
Sub-station & network Layout, Single line diagram,
General Arrangement etc.
Extra High Voltage Electricity Supply Layout &
Keyplan
High Voltage Electricity Supply Layout & Keyplan
Medium Voltage Electricity Supply Layout & Keyplan
Low Voltage Electricity Supply Layout & Keyplan
EN - Environmental

Existing Site Features
Sensitive Receptors
Surveys & Investigations
Monitoring Locations
EPC Agreement
Drawing No.
0001 - 0999
1000 - 1999
2000 - 2999
3000 - 3999
4000 - 4999
5000 - 5999
--7000 - 7999
--0001 - 0999
1000 - 1999
2000 - 2999
3000 - 3999
4000 - 4999
--7000 - 7999
---
Page 392
EPC Agreement
Schedule R - Guideline for Health, Safety and Environment Plan

(See Clause 3.1.7 (l))
The Contractor shall provide a General and Administrative HSE Procedures that will engage
the welfare of labor, staff and others abiding by the rules and regulations and provide for
records to the Employer's Engineer.
The Contractor shall prepare specific HSE plans based on the specific Construction
procedures to be adopted specifically for this Project to address complexity, safety and
welfare of labor/staff/equipment as per the details given below.
Page 393
EPC Agreement
Contents
1.
HSE Standards ........................................................................................................... 392
2.
Legislation ................................................................................................................. 392
3.
HSE Management System .......................................................................................... 392
4.
HSE Risk Management .............................................................................................. 392
5.
Hazard identification and control................................................................................ 392
6.
Environmental Management....................................................................................... 392
7.
HSE PERSONNEL .................................................................................................... 392
8.
Competence and Training .......................................................................................... 392
9.
HSE Orientation Training .......................................................................................... 393
10. ID card & Booklet ...................................................................................................... 393

11. Intervention ................................................................................................................ 393
12. Medical fitness to work .............................................................................................. 393
13. HSE Communications and Meetings .......................................................................... 393
14. HSE Performance Reporting ...................................................................................... 394
15. Target and Objective setting ....................................................................................... 394
16. HSE Incident Management......................................................................................... 394
17. Emergency Preparedness and Response ..................................................................... 394
18. HSE Audits, Reviews and Inspections ........................................................................ 395
19. HSE Records.............................................................................................................. 395
20. Sub-Contractor Management ...................................................................................... 395
21. Project HSE plan ........................................................................................................ 395
22. Substance abuse ......................................................................................................... 395
Page 394
EPC Agreement
1.
HSE Standards
The contractor shall ensure that all personnel engaged (including sub-contractors) with the
Project shall be conversant with and at all times comply with the HSE standards for the
Project. The HSE standards shall include the relevant India HSE legislation, relevant IS
(Bureau of Indian Standards) & Project HSE documents.
2.
Legislation
The contractor shall ensure that as a minimum they will comply with all HSE requirements
imposed by India HSE legislation.
3.
HSE Management System

The contractor shall ensure that they will have an HSE policy and an HSE Management
system that is documented, visibly endorsed by the companys top management and
implemented & maintained at the Project.
The scope of the contractors HSE Management system shall cover all areas of work on the
Project and shall include any work to be performed by the contractor personnel or any of
their sub-contractor, interfaces with the PMNC & Client.
4.
HSE Risk Management

The contractor shall ensure that they employ best practice methods and meet all legal
requirements in identifying, assessing and controlling HSE hazards. They shall document
these methods and the outcomes.
5.
Hazard identification and control

The contractor shall identify hazards and their control measures through a formal hazard
identification process. The contractor shall also ensure that they have a written safe work
procedure for all the Works to be undertaken on the Project. Any Works that do not have a
written work procedure shall have a detailed method statement & job safety analysis
(JSA)/risk assessment in place.
The contractor shall submit written summaries of upcoming work (Two week look ahead)
tasks and associated risk control measures to the PMNC to discuss the risks of upcoming
work tasks and the planned mitigation measures in the weekly progress/HSE meetings.
6.
Environmental Management
The contractor shall specify in their HSE plan measures applied to avoid harm to the
environment.
7.
HSE PERSONNEL
The contractor shall ensure that adequate HSE personnel are appointed on the Project. No
HSE personnel on the Project shall be appointed without prior written permission from
PMNC. The Contractor shall ensure that all HSE personnel meet the requirements as
dictated by the Project HSE standards.
8.
Competence and Training

The contractor shall ensure that that all personnel are competent, capable and qualified to a
level that allows them to work without creating unnecessary risk for themselves and others.
All personnel shall have and maintain the necessary HSE competencies to perform work on
the Project to the required HSE standards.
The contractor shall ensure that all supervisory personnel have formal training in
supervisory activities and specialist HSE training to conduct their duties.
Page 395
EPC Agreement
The contractor shall ensure that a Project HSE training matrix is produced. The training
matrix shall include the various positions on the Project and detail the HSE training that is
required for each position.
9.
HSE Orientation Training

The Contractor shall ensure that all personnel working at the Project receive an induction
HSE training explaining the nature of the work, the hazards that may be encountered during
the Site work and the particular hazards attached to their own function within the operation
on the first day of work on the Project. The training shall cover the contents as detailed
within the Project HSE standards.
The contractor shall ensure that any new personnel are informed in an equal manner.
10. ID card & Booklet

The contractor shall ensure that all personnel working on the Project (including subcontractors) be issued with a photo identity card duly signed by the authorized
representative of the contractor before they are engaged for any work.
The contractor shall also issue a personal HSE handbook in a language known to the
workers, which provides information on HSE and emergency procedures that all working
personnel are required to know and need to follow. Contractor shall ensure that this is
distributed and its content introduced to all personnel working at the site.
11. Intervention
The contractor shall have implemented a system that assures competence (including HSE)
of personnel. For those roles where no suitable recognized competence standards exist, the
contractor shall provide, upon the PMNCs request, information on the selection criteria
and/or method used to provide assurance of individual competence.
The contractor shall establish and agree with the PMNC a key list of personnel undertaking
taking HSE critical roles. The list shall identify these key individuals by name and by (key)
role. For every role on this list, the contractor shall define minimum requirements for HSE
competences and qualifications relevant to the work.
The contractor shall minimize turn-over of HSE personnel, where possible, to ensure
established competence levels and to minimize role discontinuity. The contractor shall
obtain the PMNCs written approval prior to replacing any personnel on the list.
The contractor shall have implemented a system that records the training of personnel. The
contractor shall keep training records up-to-date and shall furnish information about the
system and/or records of training upon request by PMNC.
12. Medical fitness to work
The contractor shall ensure that all personnel engaged on the Project are medically fit for
the job to be undertaken. Where required, the contractor shall be able to demonstrate that
personnel, selected for key positions are evaluated for their fitness to work on the Project.
13. HSE Communications and Meetings
The contractor shall ensure efficient and effective HSE communication and consultation
with all personnel involved on the Project. This includes but is not limited to toolbox
meetings prior to the start of work, regular Worksite HSE meetings with all Parties
involved (including subcontractors).
The contractor shall participate in any HSE meetings as organized by the PMNC.
Page 396
EPC Agreement
14. HSE Performance Reporting

The contractor shall submit on a monthly basis an HSE performance report to the PMNC.
This report shall contain as a minimum the following data, as related to the Project:
A list, including a brief description, of all incidents (including near misses and potential
incidents);
Number of Fatalities (FAT);
Number of Lost Workday Cases (LWC);
Number of Restricted Workday Cases (RWC);
Number of Medical Treatment Cases (MTC);
Number of First Aid Cases (FAC);
Number of Environmental Non-conformances;
Number of Environmental Spills;
Leading performance indicators as agreed with the PMNC.
Additional Project specific HSE performance data, as to be agreed with the PMNC.
The format & content for the HSE performance report shall be agreed with the PMNC prior
to the commencement of the Project.
15. Target and Objective setting
The contractors HSE goal shall be "Target Zero" to reflect the Projects commitment to an
accident free workplace. The contractors targets and objectives shall be focused on
leading indicators and pro-active efforts to reduce the likelihood and severity of incidents.
16. HSE Incident Management
The contractor shall report any HSE incident and/or accident, related to contractor activities
or personnel, to the PMNC & National or Local authorities as required by relevant
legislation.
The contractor shall also notify the PMNC immediately of any HSE incident, including
near misses and significant potential incidents, arising from the contractors or subcontractors activities associated with the Project, related to:
Harm to contractor and or Sub Contractor personnel or Third Party;
Harm to the environment,
Damage to, or loss of, contractor or sub-contractor /Third party assets;
Harm to Client/PMNC/Contractor reputation.
The contractor shall fully investigate any incidents on the Project and cooperate with the
PMNC and participate as necessary in any investigation of HSE incidents as required by
the Project HSE standards.
17. Emergency Preparedness and Response
The contractor shall maintain a documented, robust fit-for-purpose Emergency Response
Plan for the Project. The contractor shall also provide fit-for-purpose survival equipment,
first-aid equipment, life-saving equipment, fire-fighting equipment and oil/chemical spill
equipment. The contractor shall ensure that involved personnel are trained and competent
in its use.
The contractor shall develop and maintain a Programme of training and exercises to ensure
competency of all individuals and teams involved in the emergency response teams in
accordance with the Project HSE standards.
Page 397
EPC Agreement
18. HSE Audits, Reviews and Inspections

The contractor shall perform audits, reviews and inspections on the Project as required by
Project HSE standards. During these audits, reviews and inspections, the contractor shall
verify that they have fulfilled any and all legal obligations, including conditions and
stipulations in all relevant licenses, consents and permits and that the work on the Project is
performed in accordance.
The contractor shall develop a detailed HSE inspection & audit schedule for the Project and
submit copies of the reports to the PMNC.
19. HSE Records
The contractor shall retain all relevant HSE records resulting from work on the Project in
line with relevant legislation & Project HSE standards.
20. Sub-Contractor Management
The contractor shall ensure that all sub-contractors comply with all the HSE standards
relevant to the Project (including these conditions).
The contractor shall be accountable for the sub-contractors HSE performance.
21. Project HSE plan
The contractor shall prepare and submit to the PMNC a Project HSE plan which covers all
work under the Project. This Project HSE plan shall be reviewed by the contractor at
regular intervals of not less than 6 months.
22. Substance abuse
The contractor shall ensure that that all personnel working on the Project do not at any time
partake of, be under the influence of drugs, alcohol, sedatives or other similar intoxicating
substances, other than for bona fide medical reasons.
Any personnel found contravening with the above will be removed from the Project with
immediate effect and handed over to the authorities.
Page 398
EPC Agreement
Contractor HSE Plan Template

Contents
Section 1 - Project Details
Section 2 - Information and Training for People on Site
Section 3 - Contractor Management Selection of Plant
Section 4 - Emergency Procedures
Section 5 - Arrangements for Controlling Significant Site Risks
Section 6 - Environmental Management
Page 399
Template for Contractor HSE Plan

This plan is provided as a guidance template for the Contractor to include in their HSE plan.
The sections mentioned in this HSE plan template will be the minimum standards that the
Contractors HSE plan will be assessed against.
Section
No
Titles of sections
Details of what is required in each section
Contractor must ensure that these sections are included in their Construction HSE plan.
The details in the sections are provided as guidance.
Section 1 - Project Details
Contractor to provide contact information for Key Contractor
personnel. Contact information to include Name, Mobile number,
email id. Key personnel include:
1.1
Project Specific
Details
Contractor Project Director

Contractor Project manager
Contractor Construction manager
Contractor HSE Manager
Contractor General Foremen.
1.2
Details of other
Consultants
Details as above of any consultants that the contractor may

employ on the Project.
Contractor to detail the Site security arrangements that will be in
place on the Project. Suggestions as below:
Site entrance control points
Identity card system
1.3
Project Security
Vehicle barrier types

Visitors to Site procedures
Delivery vehicle procedures
Vehicle parking restrictions
Need for 24hr cover etc
1.4
Welfare
Arrangements
Contractor to detail what arrangements will be made on Site to

ensure that appropriate welfare facilities are provided and
maintained according to the size of the workforce and nature of
the work.
As a minimum, an assessment must be carried out to determine
specific welfare requirements and arrangements throughout the
Project, from day one to the last day persons are on site.
Consideration must be given to any requirements for male /
Page 400
female changing, showers or disabled facilities, etc. Details to be

included:
What type and size of facilities are required,
When they will be operational,
State what the initial set up is and what the subsequent set
up will be
Where they are located. Produce clear layout Drawing
Who provides and maintains each facility.
Expected standards and monitoring requirements.
1.5
Project
Organization
Chart
Contractor to include a detailed organization chart with names,

designations & contact numbers for the Project.
Contractor to detail how they plan to communicate HSE with the
different Parties on the Project. For example what kinds of HSE
meetings will be held on the Project, how often, who will attend
etc. Suggestions HSE Communication include:
1.6
Arrangements for
communication
Regular team meeting.

Early morning meetings with key personnel.
Formal correspondence (e.g. Appointment Letters).
Management Walks
Tool box talks
Trainings
1.7
Project Goals
Contractor to detail what are the Project HSE goals.
1.8
HSE Compliance
monitoring
Contractor to detail how HSE compliance monitoring will be

conducted, who will conduct, how often this will be conducted.
1.9
Senior
Management HSE
monitoring
Contractor to detail how Senior management on the Project will

be involved in HSE monitoring, How often will they be involved,
what is the process.
Section 2 - Information and Training for People on Site

Contractor to detail the methods by which they will check that
people on Site have been satisfactorily inducted & trained.
Suggestions include:2.1
Inductions &
Trainings
Arrangements for delivery i.e. who does the induction?

Who does the training?
Arrangements by which management are informed of new
starters;
Page 401
Arrangements for recording of inductions/trainings?

Any passes, or other identification issued after induction
Arrangements for re-induction or safety updating as the
contract enters a new phase or persons are transferred to a
different section.
What are the training arrangements for the Project?
2.2
Site Safety Rules
Contractor to detail what Site safety rules will be developed or is

available for the Project.
Section 3 - Contractor Management
Contractor to detail how they will select sub-contractors on the
Project.
3.1
Selection of
Contractors
How will they ensure that only competent HSE

contractors are on site
How do they plan to communicate HSE issues with the
sub-contractors
How do they plan to coordinate the Works with the subcontractors
Contractor to detail how they will ensure that only safe Plant &
equipment is bought to the Project.
3.2
Selection of Plant
How will they check the Plant & equipment

How often
Who will check
Section 4 - Emergency Procedures
Contractor to detail what are the first aid arrangements that will
be made on site. For example:
Locations of first aid boxes
4.1
First Aid
Names of First aid personnel and their locations

Location of First Aid room
Numbers of First Aiders required
Location of accident book
4.2
Fire and
Emergency
Procedures
Contractor to detail what are the fire safety arrangements that will
be available on site. For example:
Fire points How many, where will they be located
What kind of extinguishers will be available
Page 402
What kind of training will be available

What will the emergency actions be for the Project
Contractor to detail what are the accident & incident reporting
procedures for the Project. For example:
4.3
Accident &
Incident reporting
How will accidents be reported?

To whom?
Who will coordinate?
How will they be recorded?
Section 5 - Arrangements for Controlling Significant Site Risks
5.1
Production of
Method
Statements
Contractor to detail how method statements will be checked for

HSE hazards & risks?
Contractor to detail how risk assessments will be produced?
Who will produce these?
5.2
Risk Assessments
How will they be reviewed?

Methods of communicating to the workforce on the
content of the risk assessments?
How will sub-contractor risk assessments be checked for
the above?
Section 6 - Environmental Management
6.1
Environmental
Management
Strategy
The contractor to detail how they plan to manage the

environmental aspects of the Project. Suggestions include:
Environmental management plan.
Project specific Environmental processes
Environmental aspects & impact register
6.2
Waste
Management
Planning
Contractor to detail how they plan to manage waste

(Construction, hazardous & non-hazardous). Suggestion include:
How will waste be collected on site?
How do they plan to dispose the waste?
Who will dispose it, where?
6.3
Environmental
Emergency plans
Contractor to detail what are the environmental emergency plans

for the Project. Suggestion include:
Page 403
Who will initiate action?

Who will report? To whom?
What are the foreseen emergencies?
Page 404
EPC Agreement
Schedule S - Project Management Requirements

(See Clause 3.1.7 (m))
Project Management requirements..403
Annexure I- Staging and Phasing Plan...........................................................................405
Page 405
EPC Agreement
Project Management Requirements:

The Contractor shall perform all the Project Management activities necessary for proper
planning, management and control of the work. Below are the Project management
requirements which Contractors needs to comply at different stage of the Projects:
1. Participate in the Project kick-off Workshop with Project stakeholders designated by
Employer/ PMNC. The kick-off Workshop shall accomplish the following objectives:
Common understanding of the Project goals and objectives

Define respective roles and responsibilities and
Agree on the methods of communication and reporting throughout the
Project duration.
2. Participate in monthly Project status review meetings and present the Project progress
update in the meeting. The frequency of Project status review meetings may change based
on actual requirements.
3. Schedule: The Contractor shall submit a Level 3 schedule that covers the full scope of
Contractors work within 30 calendar days of date of appointment. This will be reviewed
within 15 calendar days by Employer/PMNC. The Contractor shall incorporate the
comments and resubmit the schedule no later than 15 calendar days after receiving the
comments from Employer/ PMNC. Upon approval the level 3 schedule will become the
baseline schedule for all the future monitoring and tracking.
The Contractor should keep to the following guidelines
i)
Develop and incorporate a detailed Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) for

all Project schedules that are submitted.
ii)
All schedules shall be created, maintained and submitted to Employer /PMNC in

the latest version of Oracle Primavera P6 or equivalent in an electronic format.
iii)
All schedules shall follow the Critical Path Method (CPM) of scheduling and
shall have meaningful and realistic logical ties and relationships between
activities.
iv)
The use of negative lags is not permitted in the baseline and all other versions of
the schedule.
v)
The schedule must contain all the long lead procurement items identified.
vi)
Shall exercise reasonableness while assigning constraints in schedule and

milestones
vii)
Upon approval, the copy of the Baseline schedule will become the first
Current Schedule.
viii)
The Current schedule shall be actively updated and maintained by the Contractor
every month.
Page 406
EPC Agreement
ix)
The updated Primavera P6 or equivalent schedule file should be submitted every

month along with Monthly progress report in electronic format. A pdf copy of
the updated schedule with all activities also needs to be submitted
x)
A schedule narrative document shall accompany the updated electronic

schedule describing the work performed in the reporting period.
xi)
The contractor should also submit a level 4 schedule within 60 calendar days
from approval of baseline level 3 schedules.
xii)
In the level 4 schedule activity durations should be reasonable (typically no

more than 15 days duration except for Project management tasks, procurement
activities for long lead items or any other activity that obviously needs to
be of longer duration).
4. Cash Flow: Prepare Project cash flow at the start of the Project. Prepare monthly
statements to show the actual versus plan spending; update the cost periodically
5. Lessons Learned Database: The Contractor shall develop and actively maintain a
lessons learned database on a monthly basis (to be included in the monthly Project
report) and submit it to Employer/ PMNC at the end of the Project during closeout.
6. Risk Register: Maintain an active risk register addressing the risks and mitigation measures
(could be in excel format) that lists the Project risks related to their Scope of Work.
7. Inter-Project Links: Identify potential inter-Project links, inter-dependencies or conflicts/
interference to work or work areas and narrate them in the monthly progress report.
8. Monthly Progress Report: Prepare and submit a monthly progress report (standard
format and template will be provided by Employer /PMNC at a later date). Items 3 to 7
mentioned above shall be the minimum information that will need to be included in the
monthly progress report.
9. For better collaboration, Contractor shall use the Programme and Document Management
system that will be provided by Employer/PMNC at a later date and pay for the cost of
procuring licenses to use the system.
Monthly payments are subject to timely submission of monthly progress report and the
monthly updated electronic schedule file in the required and acceptable format.
Page 407
EPC Agreement
Annexure-I: Staging and Phasing Plan

(Schedule-S)
Note: The Phasing shown is indicative only. EPC contractor to develop Phasing
considering optimization of available Site access and prevailing Site conditions in
coordination with the Stake holders.
Page 408
EPC Agreement
Schedule T - Aerial Photography

(See Clause 11.18)
1.
Aerial photography
1.1.
Aerial images need to be taken maintaining a GSD (Ground Sample Distance) GSD
of ~3cm to ~5cm per pixel or better. Necessary pre-marking or post marking of
ground control points are required for precise geo-referencing of the images. It is
required that each GCP (Ground Control Point) is clearly identifiable in the aerial
image after processing.
1.2.
1.3.
Followings are the steps for image processing:
Identification and marking of GCP on the Site before processing the aerial
imageries. Minimum number of GCP should not be less than 20-25 for any
village settlement.
Perform aerial photography at an approximate photo scale of 1:500, using

high resolution daylight camera (16MP or more) with geo-tagging (RTK GPS),
high precision, and photogrammetric aerial camera.
Pre-processing of acquired images with on board GPS data in the UAV

(Unmanned aerial vehicles)/INS (inertial navigation system)/IMU (inertial
measurement unit) system, base station GPS and GCP (ground control points).
Existing fine resolution DEM data can be use or create the new DEM using
break lines and mass points is used along with camera the same data can be used
for undertaking ortho rectification of image data.
Ensure uniform pixel resolution across RGB and panchromatic bands if all
the bands are used in the data acquisition.
Identification of GCP locations earlier associated with the aerial imageries

and performs geo reference images overlapping 60% forward and 30% side.
Perform precisely geo-referencing of image with 20-25 GCP in a village and 712 GCP outside village parcels.
Hardcopy of the ortho images are to be used for field verification of land
parcel and for further correction process as and when required by the client
within the contract period.
Record Visible and identifiable features like but not limited to Buildings,
other structures, including fence, building corners of the enclosed stack flare
station, former power Plant building, fence lines, tanks, major pieces of
stationary equipment, utility poles and visible utilities (manholes, etc.),
stockpiles, edge of roads, trails, paved areas, and gravel areas, grade
breaks/tops and bottoms of slopes and other major Site features.
Flight Frequency
Aerial photography (as described above) shall be perform every Six month or
as directed by the client.
Page 409
EPC Agreement
1.4.
Imagery Acquisition:
COMPONENTS
DESCRIPTION
Coverage Area
Phase-I Area - approximately 10 Sq Km.
Pixel Size
~3cm to ~5cm, 24-bit true colour
Flight Height
Not more than 4000 ft. (Shall be consider as per the Site
conditions*)
Accuracy
National Map Accuracy Standard (NMAS) suitable scale 1 :

500 mapping.
Camera
High resolution camera (16MP or more)
Photographic
Conditions
Ground must be free of fog, snow, haze, dust, and smoke
Image Quality
Clear and sharp in detail
Less than 5% cloud cover and/or shadow shall not

appear in any of the image.
No warped bridges, underpasses, or roads
No image smear or stretched area on images
No inconsistencies in tone and density between

adjacent image tiles
Must be radio metrically & geometrically corrected to

enable adjacent image tiles to be displayed
simultaneously without obvious distinctions between
them.
Seasonal and temporal differences should not show
differences across image join lines.
Overlapping
*
1.5.
The solar angle must be 30-degrees or more above the

horizon at the time of exposure.
60% forward and 30% side
Height should be considered appropriately (for best result) as per best practices.
Delivery Schedule:
Flight Plans Within 10 days of contract
Orthophotos Within 30 days of acquisition
All Remaining Deliverables Within 60 days of acquisition
1.6.
Deliverables:
Part I - Ground Control Point (GCP) in ESRI GIS format.
Part II - Raw & processed Ariel imagery in GeoTIFF format.
Part III - Geo referencing images in GeoTIFF format.
Page 410
EPC Agreement
Part IV - Contour Map, Metadata of all details in ESRI GIS format.

Part V - DTM / DEM, Contours
Digital map has to be in *.shp format (in CD/DVD)
1.7.
Recording Objections:
A register shall be maintained by the consultant to record and track the objections.
The objections should also be flagged in the Digital Topographic Data Base
(DTDB) for better control and monitoring.
The consultant shall assist the Government officers in resolving the objections.
Consultant shall finalize the necessary recording of objection format between

Ministry of Defense, DGCA, Ministry of Environment and Forest District
Magistrate, Local Police Authority or any other Government department
whichever is applicable before the commencement of work.
Page 411
EPC Agreement
Schedule U Reports
INDEX
DISCLAIMER
1. Geotechnical Investigation Report.
2. Material Investigation Report.
3. Contour Plan of Shendra Industrial Area (Phase-I).
Page 412

Aitl Epc - Package - I Sbia

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Aitl Epc - Package - I Sbia

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

EPC

(ENGINEERING PROCUREMENT AND

Design and Build the Infrastructure Works for Roads,

Aurangabad Industrial Township Limited

Definitions and Interpretation

Measurements and arithmetic conventions

Priority of Agreements and errors/discrepancies

Joint and several liability

Scope of the Project

Scope of the Project

Scope of the Project

Obligations of the Contractor

Obligations of the Contractor

Obligations relating to sub-contracts and any other Agreements

Employment of foreign nationals

Advertisement on Project Site

Contractor's care of the Works

Electricity, water and other services

Obligations of the Employer

Obligations of the Employer

Maintenance obligations prior to the Appointed Date

Representations and Warranties

Representations and warranties of the Contractor

Representations and warranties of the Employer

Construction and Maintenance

Extension of Performance Security

Appropriation of Performance Security

Aurangabad Industrial Township Limited

Release of Performance Security

Procurement of the Site

Damages for delay in handing over the Site

Site to be free from Encumbrances

Protection of Site from encroachments

Special/temporary Right of Way

Access to the Employer and the Employers Engineer

Geological and archaeological finds

Utilities and Trees

Existing utilities and roads

Shifting of obstructing utilities

Design and Construction of the Project Works

Obligations prior to commencement of Works

Design and Drawings

Construction of the Project Works

Maintenance during Construction Period

Extension of time for completion

Quality Assurance, Monitoring and Supervision

Quality of Materials and workmanship

Quality control system

Inspection and technical audit by the Employer

External technical audit

Inspection of Construction records

Monthly progress reports

Examination of work before covering up

Delays during Construction

Aurangabad Industrial Township Limited

Quality control records and Documents

Suspension of unsafe Construction Works

Completion of remaining Works

Procedure for Change of Scope

Payment for Change of Scope

Restrictions on Change of Scope

Power of the Employer to undertake Works

Maintenance obligations of the Contractor